497
|
1
|
|
2
|
|
3
|
|
4
|
|
5
|
|
6
|
|
7 Network Working Group R. Fielding
|
|
8 Request for Comments: 2068 UC Irvine
|
|
9 Category: Standards Track J. Gettys
|
|
10 J. Mogul
|
|
11 DEC
|
|
12 H. Frystyk
|
|
13 T. Berners-Lee
|
|
14 MIT/LCS
|
|
15 January 1997
|
|
16
|
|
17
|
|
18 Hypertext Transfer Protocol -- HTTP/1.1
|
|
19
|
|
20 Status of this Memo
|
|
21
|
|
22 This document specifies an Internet standards track protocol for the
|
|
23 Internet community, and requests discussion and suggestions for
|
|
24 improvements. Please refer to the current edition of the "Internet
|
|
25 Official Protocol Standards" (STD 1) for the standardization state
|
|
26 and status of this protocol. Distribution of this memo is unlimited.
|
|
27
|
|
28 Abstract
|
|
29
|
|
30 The Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) is an application-level
|
|
31 protocol for distributed, collaborative, hypermedia information
|
|
32 systems. It is a generic, stateless, object-oriented protocol which
|
|
33 can be used for many tasks, such as name servers and distributed
|
|
34 object management systems, through extension of its request methods.
|
|
35 A feature of HTTP is the typing and negotiation of data
|
|
36 representation, allowing systems to be built independently of the
|
|
37 data being transferred.
|
|
38
|
|
39 HTTP has been in use by the World-Wide Web global information
|
|
40 initiative since 1990. This specification defines the protocol
|
|
41 referred to as "HTTP/1.1".
|
|
42
|
|
43 Table of Contents
|
|
44
|
|
45 1 Introduction.............................................7
|
|
46 1.1 Purpose ..............................................7
|
|
47 1.2 Requirements .........................................7
|
|
48 1.3 Terminology ..........................................8
|
|
49 1.4 Overall Operation ...................................11
|
|
50 2 Notational Conventions and Generic Grammar..............13
|
|
51 2.1 Augmented BNF .......................................13
|
|
52 2.2 Basic Rules .........................................15
|
|
53 3 Protocol Parameters.....................................17
|
|
54 3.1 HTTP Version ........................................17
|
|
55
|
|
56
|
|
57
|
|
58 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 1]
|
|
59
|
|
60 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
61
|
|
62
|
|
63 3.2 Uniform Resource Identifiers ........................18
|
|
64 3.2.1 General Syntax ...................................18
|
|
65 3.2.2 http URL .........................................19
|
|
66 3.2.3 URI Comparison ...................................20
|
|
67 3.3 Date/Time Formats ...................................21
|
|
68 3.3.1 Full Date ........................................21
|
|
69 3.3.2 Delta Seconds ....................................22
|
|
70 3.4 Character Sets ......................................22
|
|
71 3.5 Content Codings .....................................23
|
|
72 3.6 Transfer Codings ....................................24
|
|
73 3.7 Media Types .........................................25
|
|
74 3.7.1 Canonicalization and Text Defaults ...............26
|
|
75 3.7.2 Multipart Types ..................................27
|
|
76 3.8 Product Tokens ......................................28
|
|
77 3.9 Quality Values ......................................28
|
|
78 3.10 Language Tags ......................................28
|
|
79 3.11 Entity Tags ........................................29
|
|
80 3.12 Range Units ........................................30
|
|
81 4 HTTP Message............................................30
|
|
82 4.1 Message Types .......................................30
|
|
83 4.2 Message Headers .....................................31
|
|
84 4.3 Message Body ........................................32
|
|
85 4.4 Message Length ......................................32
|
|
86 4.5 General Header Fields ...............................34
|
|
87 5 Request.................................................34
|
|
88 5.1 Request-Line ........................................34
|
|
89 5.1.1 Method ...........................................35
|
|
90 5.1.2 Request-URI ......................................35
|
|
91 5.2 The Resource Identified by a Request ................37
|
|
92 5.3 Request Header Fields ...............................37
|
|
93 6 Response................................................38
|
|
94 6.1 Status-Line .........................................38
|
|
95 6.1.1 Status Code and Reason Phrase ....................39
|
|
96 6.2 Response Header Fields ..............................41
|
|
97 7 Entity..................................................41
|
|
98 7.1 Entity Header Fields ................................41
|
|
99 7.2 Entity Body .........................................42
|
|
100 7.2.1 Type .............................................42
|
|
101 7.2.2 Length ...........................................43
|
|
102 8 Connections.............................................43
|
|
103 8.1 Persistent Connections ..............................43
|
|
104 8.1.1 Purpose ..........................................43
|
|
105 8.1.2 Overall Operation ................................44
|
|
106 8.1.3 Proxy Servers ....................................45
|
|
107 8.1.4 Practical Considerations .........................45
|
|
108 8.2 Message Transmission Requirements ...................46
|
|
109 9 Method Definitions......................................48
|
|
110 9.1 Safe and Idempotent Methods .........................48
|
|
111
|
|
112
|
|
113
|
|
114 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 2]
|
|
115
|
|
116 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
117
|
|
118
|
|
119 9.1.1 Safe Methods .....................................48
|
|
120 9.1.2 Idempotent Methods ...............................49
|
|
121 9.2 OPTIONS .............................................49
|
|
122 9.3 GET .................................................50
|
|
123 9.4 HEAD ................................................50
|
|
124 9.5 POST ................................................51
|
|
125 9.6 PUT .................................................52
|
|
126 9.7 DELETE ..............................................53
|
|
127 9.8 TRACE ...............................................53
|
|
128 10 Status Code Definitions................................53
|
|
129 10.1 Informational 1xx ..................................54
|
|
130 10.1.1 100 Continue ....................................54
|
|
131 10.1.2 101 Switching Protocols .........................54
|
|
132 10.2 Successful 2xx .....................................54
|
|
133 10.2.1 200 OK ..........................................54
|
|
134 10.2.2 201 Created .....................................55
|
|
135 10.2.3 202 Accepted ....................................55
|
|
136 10.2.4 203 Non-Authoritative Information ...............55
|
|
137 10.2.5 204 No Content ..................................55
|
|
138 10.2.6 205 Reset Content ...............................56
|
|
139 10.2.7 206 Partial Content .............................56
|
|
140 10.3 Redirection 3xx ....................................56
|
|
141 10.3.1 300 Multiple Choices ............................57
|
|
142 10.3.2 301 Moved Permanently ...........................57
|
|
143 10.3.3 302 Moved Temporarily ...........................58
|
|
144 10.3.4 303 See Other ...................................58
|
|
145 10.3.5 304 Not Modified ................................58
|
|
146 10.3.6 305 Use Proxy ...................................59
|
|
147 10.4 Client Error 4xx ...................................59
|
|
148 10.4.1 400 Bad Request .................................60
|
|
149 10.4.2 401 Unauthorized ................................60
|
|
150 10.4.3 402 Payment Required ............................60
|
|
151 10.4.4 403 Forbidden ...................................60
|
|
152 10.4.5 404 Not Found ...................................60
|
|
153 10.4.6 405 Method Not Allowed ..........................61
|
|
154 10.4.7 406 Not Acceptable ..............................61
|
|
155 10.4.8 407 Proxy Authentication Required ...............61
|
|
156 10.4.9 408 Request Timeout .............................62
|
|
157 10.4.10 409 Conflict ...................................62
|
|
158 10.4.11 410 Gone .......................................62
|
|
159 10.4.12 411 Length Required ............................63
|
|
160 10.4.13 412 Precondition Failed ........................63
|
|
161 10.4.14 413 Request Entity Too Large ...................63
|
|
162 10.4.15 414 Request-URI Too Long .......................63
|
|
163 10.4.16 415 Unsupported Media Type .....................63
|
|
164 10.5 Server Error 5xx ...................................64
|
|
165 10.5.1 500 Internal Server Error .......................64
|
|
166 10.5.2 501 Not Implemented .............................64
|
|
167
|
|
168
|
|
169
|
|
170 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 3]
|
|
171
|
|
172 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
173
|
|
174
|
|
175 10.5.3 502 Bad Gateway .................................64
|
|
176 10.5.4 503 Service Unavailable .........................64
|
|
177 10.5.5 504 Gateway Timeout .............................64
|
|
178 10.5.6 505 HTTP Version Not Supported ..................65
|
|
179 11 Access Authentication..................................65
|
|
180 11.1 Basic Authentication Scheme ........................66
|
|
181 11.2 Digest Authentication Scheme .......................67
|
|
182 12 Content Negotiation....................................67
|
|
183 12.1 Server-driven Negotiation ..........................68
|
|
184 12.2 Agent-driven Negotiation ...........................69
|
|
185 12.3 Transparent Negotiation ............................70
|
|
186 13 Caching in HTTP........................................70
|
|
187 13.1.1 Cache Correctness ...............................72
|
|
188 13.1.2 Warnings ........................................73
|
|
189 13.1.3 Cache-control Mechanisms ........................74
|
|
190 13.1.4 Explicit User Agent Warnings ....................74
|
|
191 13.1.5 Exceptions to the Rules and Warnings ............75
|
|
192 13.1.6 Client-controlled Behavior ......................75
|
|
193 13.2 Expiration Model ...................................75
|
|
194 13.2.1 Server-Specified Expiration .....................75
|
|
195 13.2.2 Heuristic Expiration ............................76
|
|
196 13.2.3 Age Calculations ................................77
|
|
197 13.2.4 Expiration Calculations .........................79
|
|
198 13.2.5 Disambiguating Expiration Values ................80
|
|
199 13.2.6 Disambiguating Multiple Responses ...............80
|
|
200 13.3 Validation Model ...................................81
|
|
201 13.3.1 Last-modified Dates .............................82
|
|
202 13.3.2 Entity Tag Cache Validators .....................82
|
|
203 13.3.3 Weak and Strong Validators ......................82
|
|
204 13.3.4 Rules for When to Use Entity Tags and Last-
|
|
205 modified Dates..........................................85
|
|
206 13.3.5 Non-validating Conditionals .....................86
|
|
207 13.4 Response Cachability ...............................86
|
|
208 13.5 Constructing Responses From Caches .................87
|
|
209 13.5.1 End-to-end and Hop-by-hop Headers ...............88
|
|
210 13.5.2 Non-modifiable Headers ..........................88
|
|
211 13.5.3 Combining Headers ...............................89
|
|
212 13.5.4 Combining Byte Ranges ...........................90
|
|
213 13.6 Caching Negotiated Responses .......................90
|
|
214 13.7 Shared and Non-Shared Caches .......................91
|
|
215 13.8 Errors or Incomplete Response Cache Behavior .......91
|
|
216 13.9 Side Effects of GET and HEAD .......................92
|
|
217 13.10 Invalidation After Updates or Deletions ...........92
|
|
218 13.11 Write-Through Mandatory ...........................93
|
|
219 13.12 Cache Replacement .................................93
|
|
220 13.13 History Lists .....................................93
|
|
221 14 Header Field Definitions...............................94
|
|
222 14.1 Accept .............................................95
|
|
223
|
|
224
|
|
225
|
|
226 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 4]
|
|
227
|
|
228 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
229
|
|
230
|
|
231 14.2 Accept-Charset .....................................97
|
|
232 14.3 Accept-Encoding ....................................97
|
|
233 14.4 Accept-Language ....................................98
|
|
234 14.5 Accept-Ranges ......................................99
|
|
235 14.6 Age ................................................99
|
|
236 14.7 Allow .............................................100
|
|
237 14.8 Authorization .....................................100
|
|
238 14.9 Cache-Control .....................................101
|
|
239 14.9.1 What is Cachable ...............................103
|
|
240 14.9.2 What May be Stored by Caches ...................103
|
|
241 14.9.3 Modifications of the Basic Expiration Mechanism 104
|
|
242 14.9.4 Cache Revalidation and Reload Controls .........105
|
|
243 14.9.5 No-Transform Directive .........................107
|
|
244 14.9.6 Cache Control Extensions .......................108
|
|
245 14.10 Connection .......................................109
|
|
246 14.11 Content-Base .....................................109
|
|
247 14.12 Content-Encoding .................................110
|
|
248 14.13 Content-Language .................................110
|
|
249 14.14 Content-Length ...................................111
|
|
250 14.15 Content-Location .................................112
|
|
251 14.16 Content-MD5 ......................................113
|
|
252 14.17 Content-Range ....................................114
|
|
253 14.18 Content-Type .....................................116
|
|
254 14.19 Date .............................................116
|
|
255 14.20 ETag .............................................117
|
|
256 14.21 Expires ..........................................117
|
|
257 14.22 From .............................................118
|
|
258 14.23 Host .............................................119
|
|
259 14.24 If-Modified-Since ................................119
|
|
260 14.25 If-Match .........................................121
|
|
261 14.26 If-None-Match ....................................122
|
|
262 14.27 If-Range .........................................123
|
|
263 14.28 If-Unmodified-Since ..............................124
|
|
264 14.29 Last-Modified ....................................124
|
|
265 14.30 Location .........................................125
|
|
266 14.31 Max-Forwards .....................................125
|
|
267 14.32 Pragma ...........................................126
|
|
268 14.33 Proxy-Authenticate ...............................127
|
|
269 14.34 Proxy-Authorization ..............................127
|
|
270 14.35 Public ...........................................127
|
|
271 14.36 Range ............................................128
|
|
272 14.36.1 Byte Ranges ...................................128
|
|
273 14.36.2 Range Retrieval Requests ......................130
|
|
274 14.37 Referer ..........................................131
|
|
275 14.38 Retry-After ......................................131
|
|
276 14.39 Server ...........................................132
|
|
277 14.40 Transfer-Encoding ................................132
|
|
278 14.41 Upgrade ..........................................132
|
|
279
|
|
280
|
|
281
|
|
282 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 5]
|
|
283
|
|
284 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
285
|
|
286
|
|
287 14.42 User-Agent .......................................134
|
|
288 14.43 Vary .............................................134
|
|
289 14.44 Via ..............................................135
|
|
290 14.45 Warning ..........................................137
|
|
291 14.46 WWW-Authenticate .................................139
|
|
292 15 Security Considerations...............................139
|
|
293 15.1 Authentication of Clients .........................139
|
|
294 15.2 Offering a Choice of Authentication Schemes .......140
|
|
295 15.3 Abuse of Server Log Information ...................141
|
|
296 15.4 Transfer of Sensitive Information .................141
|
|
297 15.5 Attacks Based On File and Path Names ..............142
|
|
298 15.6 Personal Information ..............................143
|
|
299 15.7 Privacy Issues Connected to Accept Headers ........143
|
|
300 15.8 DNS Spoofing ......................................144
|
|
301 15.9 Location Headers and Spoofing .....................144
|
|
302 16 Acknowledgments.......................................144
|
|
303 17 References............................................146
|
|
304 18 Authors' Addresses....................................149
|
|
305 19 Appendices............................................150
|
|
306 19.1 Internet Media Type message/http ..................150
|
|
307 19.2 Internet Media Type multipart/byteranges ..........150
|
|
308 19.3 Tolerant Applications .............................151
|
|
309 19.4 Differences Between HTTP Entities and
|
|
310 MIME Entities...........................................152
|
|
311 19.4.1 Conversion to Canonical Form ...................152
|
|
312 19.4.2 Conversion of Date Formats .....................153
|
|
313 19.4.3 Introduction of Content-Encoding ...............153
|
|
314 19.4.4 No Content-Transfer-Encoding ...................153
|
|
315 19.4.5 HTTP Header Fields in Multipart Body-Parts .....153
|
|
316 19.4.6 Introduction of Transfer-Encoding ..............154
|
|
317 19.4.7 MIME-Version ...................................154
|
|
318 19.5 Changes from HTTP/1.0 .............................154
|
|
319 19.5.1 Changes to Simplify Multi-homed Web Servers and
|
|
320 Conserve IP Addresses .................................155
|
|
321 19.6 Additional Features ...............................156
|
|
322 19.6.1 Additional Request Methods .....................156
|
|
323 19.6.2 Additional Header Field Definitions ............156
|
|
324 19.7 Compatibility with Previous Versions ..............160
|
|
325 19.7.1 Compatibility with HTTP/1.0 Persistent
|
|
326 Connections............................................161
|
|
327
|
|
328
|
|
329
|
|
330
|
|
331
|
|
332
|
|
333
|
|
334
|
|
335
|
|
336
|
|
337
|
|
338 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 6]
|
|
339
|
|
340 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
341
|
|
342
|
|
343 1 Introduction
|
|
344
|
|
345 1.1 Purpose
|
|
346
|
|
347 The Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) is an application-level
|
|
348 protocol for distributed, collaborative, hypermedia information
|
|
349 systems. HTTP has been in use by the World-Wide Web global
|
|
350 information initiative since 1990. The first version of HTTP,
|
|
351 referred to as HTTP/0.9, was a simple protocol for raw data transfer
|
|
352 across the Internet. HTTP/1.0, as defined by RFC 1945 [6], improved
|
|
353 the protocol by allowing messages to be in the format of MIME-like
|
|
354 messages, containing metainformation about the data transferred and
|
|
355 modifiers on the request/response semantics. However, HTTP/1.0 does
|
|
356 not sufficiently take into consideration the effects of hierarchical
|
|
357 proxies, caching, the need for persistent connections, and virtual
|
|
358 hosts. In addition, the proliferation of incompletely-implemented
|
|
359 applications calling themselves "HTTP/1.0" has necessitated a
|
|
360 protocol version change in order for two communicating applications
|
|
361 to determine each other's true capabilities.
|
|
362
|
|
363 This specification defines the protocol referred to as "HTTP/1.1".
|
|
364 This protocol includes more stringent requirements than HTTP/1.0 in
|
|
365 order to ensure reliable implementation of its features.
|
|
366
|
|
367 Practical information systems require more functionality than simple
|
|
368 retrieval, including search, front-end update, and annotation. HTTP
|
|
369 allows an open-ended set of methods that indicate the purpose of a
|
|
370 request. It builds on the discipline of reference provided by the
|
|
371 Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) [3][20], as a location (URL) [4] or
|
|
372 name (URN) , for indicating the resource to which a method is to be
|
|
373 applied. Messages are passed in a format similar to that used by
|
|
374 Internet mail as defined by the Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions
|
|
375 (MIME).
|
|
376
|
|
377 HTTP is also used as a generic protocol for communication between
|
|
378 user agents and proxies/gateways to other Internet systems, including
|
|
379 those supported by the SMTP [16], NNTP [13], FTP [18], Gopher [2],
|
|
380 and WAIS [10] protocols. In this way, HTTP allows basic hypermedia
|
|
381 access to resources available from diverse applications.
|
|
382
|
|
383 1.2 Requirements
|
|
384
|
|
385 This specification uses the same words as RFC 1123 [8] for defining
|
|
386 the significance of each particular requirement. These words are:
|
|
387
|
|
388 MUST
|
|
389 This word or the adjective "required" means that the item is an
|
|
390 absolute requirement of the specification.
|
|
391
|
|
392
|
|
393
|
|
394 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 7]
|
|
395
|
|
396 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
397
|
|
398
|
|
399 SHOULD
|
|
400 This word or the adjective "recommended" means that there may
|
|
401 exist valid reasons in particular circumstances to ignore this
|
|
402 item, but the full implications should be understood and the case
|
|
403 carefully weighed before choosing a different course.
|
|
404
|
|
405 MAY
|
|
406 This word or the adjective "optional" means that this item is
|
|
407 truly optional. One vendor may choose to include the item because
|
|
408 a particular marketplace requires it or because it enhances the
|
|
409 product, for example; another vendor may omit the same item.
|
|
410
|
|
411 An implementation is not compliant if it fails to satisfy one or more
|
|
412 of the MUST requirements for the protocols it implements. An
|
|
413 implementation that satisfies all the MUST and all the SHOULD
|
|
414 requirements for its protocols is said to be "unconditionally
|
|
415 compliant"; one that satisfies all the MUST requirements but not all
|
|
416 the SHOULD requirements for its protocols is said to be
|
|
417 "conditionally compliant."
|
|
418
|
|
419 1.3 Terminology
|
|
420
|
|
421 This specification uses a number of terms to refer to the roles
|
|
422 played by participants in, and objects of, the HTTP communication.
|
|
423
|
|
424 connection
|
|
425 A transport layer virtual circuit established between two programs
|
|
426 for the purpose of communication.
|
|
427
|
|
428 message
|
|
429 The basic unit of HTTP communication, consisting of a structured
|
|
430 sequence of octets matching the syntax defined in section 4 and
|
|
431 transmitted via the connection.
|
|
432
|
|
433 request
|
|
434 An HTTP request message, as defined in section 5.
|
|
435
|
|
436 response
|
|
437 An HTTP response message, as defined in section 6.
|
|
438
|
|
439 resource
|
|
440 A network data object or service that can be identified by a URI,
|
|
441 as defined in section 3.2. Resources may be available in multiple
|
|
442 representations (e.g. multiple languages, data formats, size,
|
|
443 resolutions) or vary in other ways.
|
|
444
|
|
445
|
|
446
|
|
447
|
|
448
|
|
449
|
|
450 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 8]
|
|
451
|
|
452 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
453
|
|
454
|
|
455 entity
|
|
456 The information transferred as the payload of a request or
|
|
457 response. An entity consists of metainformation in the form of
|
|
458 entity-header fields and content in the form of an entity-body, as
|
|
459 described in section 7.
|
|
460
|
|
461 representation
|
|
462 An entity included with a response that is subject to content
|
|
463 negotiation, as described in section 12. There may exist multiple
|
|
464 representations associated with a particular response status.
|
|
465
|
|
466 content negotiation
|
|
467 The mechanism for selecting the appropriate representation when
|
|
468 servicing a request, as described in section 12. The
|
|
469 representation of entities in any response can be negotiated
|
|
470 (including error responses).
|
|
471
|
|
472 variant
|
|
473 A resource may have one, or more than one, representation(s)
|
|
474 associated with it at any given instant. Each of these
|
|
475 representations is termed a `variant.' Use of the term `variant'
|
|
476 does not necessarily imply that the resource is subject to content
|
|
477 negotiation.
|
|
478
|
|
479 client
|
|
480 A program that establishes connections for the purpose of sending
|
|
481 requests.
|
|
482
|
|
483 user agent
|
|
484 The client which initiates a request. These are often browsers,
|
|
485 editors, spiders (web-traversing robots), or other end user tools.
|
|
486
|
|
487 server
|
|
488 An application program that accepts connections in order to
|
|
489 service requests by sending back responses. Any given program may
|
|
490 be capable of being both a client and a server; our use of these
|
|
491 terms refers only to the role being performed by the program for a
|
|
492 particular connection, rather than to the program's capabilities
|
|
493 in general. Likewise, any server may act as an origin server,
|
|
494 proxy, gateway, or tunnel, switching behavior based on the nature
|
|
495 of each request.
|
|
496
|
|
497 origin server
|
|
498 The server on which a given resource resides or is to be created.
|
|
499
|
|
500
|
|
501
|
|
502
|
|
503
|
|
504
|
|
505
|
|
506 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 9]
|
|
507
|
|
508 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
509
|
|
510
|
|
511 proxy
|
|
512 An intermediary program which acts as both a server and a client
|
|
513 for the purpose of making requests on behalf of other clients.
|
|
514 Requests are serviced internally or by passing them on, with
|
|
515 possible translation, to other servers. A proxy must implement
|
|
516 both the client and server requirements of this specification.
|
|
517
|
|
518 gateway
|
|
519 A server which acts as an intermediary for some other server.
|
|
520 Unlike a proxy, a gateway receives requests as if it were the
|
|
521 origin server for the requested resource; the requesting client
|
|
522 may not be aware that it is communicating with a gateway.
|
|
523
|
|
524 tunnel
|
|
525 An intermediary program which is acting as a blind relay between
|
|
526 two connections. Once active, a tunnel is not considered a party
|
|
527 to the HTTP communication, though the tunnel may have been
|
|
528 initiated by an HTTP request. The tunnel ceases to exist when both
|
|
529 ends of the relayed connections are closed.
|
|
530
|
|
531 cache
|
|
532 A program's local store of response messages and the subsystem
|
|
533 that controls its message storage, retrieval, and deletion. A
|
|
534 cache stores cachable responses in order to reduce the response
|
|
535 time and network bandwidth consumption on future, equivalent
|
|
536 requests. Any client or server may include a cache, though a cache
|
|
537 cannot be used by a server that is acting as a tunnel.
|
|
538
|
|
539 cachable
|
|
540 A response is cachable if a cache is allowed to store a copy of
|
|
541 the response message for use in answering subsequent requests. The
|
|
542 rules for determining the cachability of HTTP responses are
|
|
543 defined in section 13. Even if a resource is cachable, there may
|
|
544 be additional constraints on whether a cache can use the cached
|
|
545 copy for a particular request.
|
|
546
|
|
547 first-hand
|
|
548 A response is first-hand if it comes directly and without
|
|
549 unnecessary delay from the origin server, perhaps via one or more
|
|
550 proxies. A response is also first-hand if its validity has just
|
|
551 been checked directly with the origin server.
|
|
552
|
|
553 explicit expiration time
|
|
554 The time at which the origin server intends that an entity should
|
|
555 no longer be returned by a cache without further validation.
|
|
556
|
|
557
|
|
558
|
|
559
|
|
560
|
|
561
|
|
562 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 10]
|
|
563
|
|
564 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
565
|
|
566
|
|
567 heuristic expiration time
|
|
568 An expiration time assigned by a cache when no explicit expiration
|
|
569 time is available.
|
|
570
|
|
571 age
|
|
572 The age of a response is the time since it was sent by, or
|
|
573 successfully validated with, the origin server.
|
|
574
|
|
575 freshness lifetime
|
|
576 The length of time between the generation of a response and its
|
|
577 expiration time.
|
|
578
|
|
579 fresh
|
|
580 A response is fresh if its age has not yet exceeded its freshness
|
|
581 lifetime.
|
|
582
|
|
583 stale
|
|
584 A response is stale if its age has passed its freshness lifetime.
|
|
585
|
|
586 semantically transparent
|
|
587 A cache behaves in a "semantically transparent" manner, with
|
|
588 respect to a particular response, when its use affects neither the
|
|
589 requesting client nor the origin server, except to improve
|
|
590 performance. When a cache is semantically transparent, the client
|
|
591 receives exactly the same response (except for hop-by-hop headers)
|
|
592 that it would have received had its request been handled directly
|
|
593 by the origin server.
|
|
594
|
|
595 validator
|
|
596 A protocol element (e.g., an entity tag or a Last-Modified time)
|
|
597 that is used to find out whether a cache entry is an equivalent
|
|
598 copy of an entity.
|
|
599
|
|
600 1.4 Overall Operation
|
|
601
|
|
602 The HTTP protocol is a request/response protocol. A client sends a
|
|
603 request to the server in the form of a request method, URI, and
|
|
604 protocol version, followed by a MIME-like message containing request
|
|
605 modifiers, client information, and possible body content over a
|
|
606 connection with a server. The server responds with a status line,
|
|
607 including the message's protocol version and a success or error code,
|
|
608 followed by a MIME-like message containing server information, entity
|
|
609 metainformation, and possible entity-body content. The relationship
|
|
610 between HTTP and MIME is described in appendix 19.4.
|
|
611
|
|
612
|
|
613
|
|
614
|
|
615
|
|
616
|
|
617
|
|
618 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 11]
|
|
619
|
|
620 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
621
|
|
622
|
|
623 Most HTTP communication is initiated by a user agent and consists of
|
|
624 a request to be applied to a resource on some origin server. In the
|
|
625 simplest case, this may be accomplished via a single connection (v)
|
|
626 between the user agent (UA) and the origin server (O).
|
|
627
|
|
628 request chain ------------------------>
|
|
629 UA -------------------v------------------- O
|
|
630 <----------------------- response chain
|
|
631
|
|
632 A more complicated situation occurs when one or more intermediaries
|
|
633 are present in the request/response chain. There are three common
|
|
634 forms of intermediary: proxy, gateway, and tunnel. A proxy is a
|
|
635 forwarding agent, receiving requests for a URI in its absolute form,
|
|
636 rewriting all or part of the message, and forwarding the reformatted
|
|
637 request toward the server identified by the URI. A gateway is a
|
|
638 receiving agent, acting as a layer above some other server(s) and, if
|
|
639 necessary, translating the requests to the underlying server's
|
|
640 protocol. A tunnel acts as a relay point between two connections
|
|
641 without changing the messages; tunnels are used when the
|
|
642 communication needs to pass through an intermediary (such as a
|
|
643 firewall) even when the intermediary cannot understand the contents
|
|
644 of the messages.
|
|
645
|
|
646 request chain -------------------------------------->
|
|
647 UA -----v----- A -----v----- B -----v----- C -----v----- O
|
|
648 <------------------------------------- response chain
|
|
649
|
|
650 The figure above shows three intermediaries (A, B, and C) between the
|
|
651 user agent and origin server. A request or response message that
|
|
652 travels the whole chain will pass through four separate connections.
|
|
653 This distinction is important because some HTTP communication options
|
|
654 may apply only to the connection with the nearest, non-tunnel
|
|
655 neighbor, only to the end-points of the chain, or to all connections
|
|
656 along the chain. Although the diagram is linear, each participant
|
|
657 may be engaged in multiple, simultaneous communications. For example,
|
|
658 B may be receiving requests from many clients other than A, and/or
|
|
659 forwarding requests to servers other than C, at the same time that it
|
|
660 is handling A's request.
|
|
661
|
|
662 Any party to the communication which is not acting as a tunnel may
|
|
663 employ an internal cache for handling requests. The effect of a cache
|
|
664 is that the request/response chain is shortened if one of the
|
|
665 participants along the chain has a cached response applicable to that
|
|
666 request. The following illustrates the resulting chain if B has a
|
|
667 cached copy of an earlier response from O (via C) for a request which
|
|
668 has not been cached by UA or A.
|
|
669
|
|
670
|
|
671
|
|
672
|
|
673
|
|
674 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 12]
|
|
675
|
|
676 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
677
|
|
678
|
|
679 request chain ---------->
|
|
680 UA -----v----- A -----v----- B - - - - - - C - - - - - - O
|
|
681 <--------- response chain
|
|
682
|
|
683 Not all responses are usefully cachable, and some requests may
|
|
684 contain modifiers which place special requirements on cache behavior.
|
|
685 HTTP requirements for cache behavior and cachable responses are
|
|
686 defined in section 13.
|
|
687
|
|
688 In fact, there are a wide variety of architectures and configurations
|
|
689 of caches and proxies currently being experimented with or deployed
|
|
690 across the World Wide Web; these systems include national hierarchies
|
|
691 of proxy caches to save transoceanic bandwidth, systems that
|
|
692 broadcast or multicast cache entries, organizations that distribute
|
|
693 subsets of cached data via CD-ROM, and so on. HTTP systems are used
|
|
694 in corporate intranets over high-bandwidth links, and for access via
|
|
695 PDAs with low-power radio links and intermittent connectivity. The
|
|
696 goal of HTTP/1.1 is to support the wide diversity of configurations
|
|
697 already deployed while introducing protocol constructs that meet the
|
|
698 needs of those who build web applications that require high
|
|
699 reliability and, failing that, at least reliable indications of
|
|
700 failure.
|
|
701
|
|
702 HTTP communication usually takes place over TCP/IP connections. The
|
|
703 default port is TCP 80, but other ports can be used. This does not
|
|
704 preclude HTTP from being implemented on top of any other protocol on
|
|
705 the Internet, or on other networks. HTTP only presumes a reliable
|
|
706 transport; any protocol that provides such guarantees can be used;
|
|
707 the mapping of the HTTP/1.1 request and response structures onto the
|
|
708 transport data units of the protocol in question is outside the scope
|
|
709 of this specification.
|
|
710
|
|
711 In HTTP/1.0, most implementations used a new connection for each
|
|
712 request/response exchange. In HTTP/1.1, a connection may be used for
|
|
713 one or more request/response exchanges, although connections may be
|
|
714 closed for a variety of reasons (see section 8.1).
|
|
715
|
|
716 2 Notational Conventions and Generic Grammar
|
|
717
|
|
718 2.1 Augmented BNF
|
|
719
|
|
720 All of the mechanisms specified in this document are described in
|
|
721 both prose and an augmented Backus-Naur Form (BNF) similar to that
|
|
722 used by RFC 822 [9]. Implementers will need to be familiar with the
|
|
723 notation in order to understand this specification. The augmented BNF
|
|
724 includes the following constructs:
|
|
725
|
|
726
|
|
727
|
|
728
|
|
729
|
|
730 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 13]
|
|
731
|
|
732 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
733
|
|
734
|
|
735 name = definition
|
|
736 The name of a rule is simply the name itself (without any enclosing
|
|
737 "<" and ">") and is separated from its definition by the equal "="
|
|
738 character. Whitespace is only significant in that indentation of
|
|
739 continuation lines is used to indicate a rule definition that spans
|
|
740 more than one line. Certain basic rules are in uppercase, such as
|
|
741 SP, LWS, HT, CRLF, DIGIT, ALPHA, etc. Angle brackets are used
|
|
742 within definitions whenever their presence will facilitate
|
|
743 discerning the use of rule names.
|
|
744
|
|
745 "literal"
|
|
746 Quotation marks surround literal text. Unless stated otherwise, the
|
|
747 text is case-insensitive.
|
|
748
|
|
749 rule1 | rule2
|
|
750 Elements separated by a bar ("|") are alternatives, e.g., "yes |
|
|
751 no" will accept yes or no.
|
|
752
|
|
753 (rule1 rule2)
|
|
754 Elements enclosed in parentheses are treated as a single element.
|
|
755 Thus, "(elem (foo | bar) elem)" allows the token sequences "elem
|
|
756 foo elem" and "elem bar elem".
|
|
757
|
|
758 *rule
|
|
759 The character "*" preceding an element indicates repetition. The
|
|
760 full form is "<n>*<m>element" indicating at least <n> and at most
|
|
761 <m> occurrences of element. Default values are 0 and infinity so
|
|
762 that "*(element)" allows any number, including zero; "1*element"
|
|
763 requires at least one; and "1*2element" allows one or two.
|
|
764
|
|
765 [rule]
|
|
766 Square brackets enclose optional elements; "[foo bar]" is
|
|
767 equivalent to "*1(foo bar)".
|
|
768
|
|
769 N rule
|
|
770 Specific repetition: "<n>(element)" is equivalent to
|
|
771 "<n>*<n>(element)"; that is, exactly <n> occurrences of (element).
|
|
772 Thus 2DIGIT is a 2-digit number, and 3ALPHA is a string of three
|
|
773 alphabetic characters.
|
|
774
|
|
775 #rule
|
|
776 A construct "#" is defined, similar to "*", for defining lists of
|
|
777 elements. The full form is "<n>#<m>element " indicating at least
|
|
778 <n> and at most <m> elements, each separated by one or more commas
|
|
779 (",") and optional linear whitespace (LWS). This makes the usual
|
|
780 form of lists very easy; a rule such as "( *LWS element *( *LWS ","
|
|
781 *LWS element )) " can be shown as "1#element". Wherever this
|
|
782 construct is used, null elements are allowed, but do not contribute
|
|
783
|
|
784
|
|
785
|
|
786 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 14]
|
|
787
|
|
788 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
789
|
|
790
|
|
791 to the count of elements present. That is, "(element), , (element)
|
|
792 " is permitted, but counts as only two elements. Therefore, where
|
|
793 at least one element is required, at least one non-null element
|
|
794 must be present. Default values are 0 and infinity so that
|
|
795 "#element" allows any number, including zero; "1#element" requires
|
|
796 at least one; and "1#2element" allows one or two.
|
|
797
|
|
798 ; comment
|
|
799 A semi-colon, set off some distance to the right of rule text,
|
|
800 starts a comment that continues to the end of line. This is a
|
|
801 simple way of including useful notes in parallel with the
|
|
802 specifications.
|
|
803
|
|
804 implied *LWS
|
|
805 The grammar described by this specification is word-based. Except
|
|
806 where noted otherwise, linear whitespace (LWS) can be included
|
|
807 between any two adjacent words (token or quoted-string), and
|
|
808 between adjacent tokens and delimiters (tspecials), without
|
|
809 changing the interpretation of a field. At least one delimiter
|
|
810 (tspecials) must exist between any two tokens, since they would
|
|
811 otherwise be interpreted as a single token.
|
|
812
|
|
813 2.2 Basic Rules
|
|
814
|
|
815 The following rules are used throughout this specification to
|
|
816 describe basic parsing constructs. The US-ASCII coded character set
|
|
817 is defined by ANSI X3.4-1986 [21].
|
|
818
|
|
819 OCTET = <any 8-bit sequence of data>
|
|
820 CHAR = <any US-ASCII character (octets 0 - 127)>
|
|
821 UPALPHA = <any US-ASCII uppercase letter "A".."Z">
|
|
822 LOALPHA = <any US-ASCII lowercase letter "a".."z">
|
|
823 ALPHA = UPALPHA | LOALPHA
|
|
824 DIGIT = <any US-ASCII digit "0".."9">
|
|
825 CTL = <any US-ASCII control character
|
|
826 (octets 0 - 31) and DEL (127)>
|
|
827 CR = <US-ASCII CR, carriage return (13)>
|
|
828 LF = <US-ASCII LF, linefeed (10)>
|
|
829 SP = <US-ASCII SP, space (32)>
|
|
830 HT = <US-ASCII HT, horizontal-tab (9)>
|
|
831 <"> = <US-ASCII double-quote mark (34)>
|
|
832
|
|
833
|
|
834
|
|
835
|
|
836
|
|
837
|
|
838
|
|
839
|
|
840
|
|
841
|
|
842 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 15]
|
|
843
|
|
844 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
845
|
|
846
|
|
847 HTTP/1.1 defines the sequence CR LF as the end-of-line marker for all
|
|
848 protocol elements except the entity-body (see appendix 19.3 for
|
|
849 tolerant applications). The end-of-line marker within an entity-body
|
|
850 is defined by its associated media type, as described in section 3.7.
|
|
851
|
|
852 CRLF = CR LF
|
|
853
|
|
854 HTTP/1.1 headers can be folded onto multiple lines if the
|
|
855 continuation line begins with a space or horizontal tab. All linear
|
|
856 white space, including folding, has the same semantics as SP.
|
|
857
|
|
858 LWS = [CRLF] 1*( SP | HT )
|
|
859
|
|
860 The TEXT rule is only used for descriptive field contents and values
|
|
861 that are not intended to be interpreted by the message parser. Words
|
|
862 of *TEXT may contain characters from character sets other than ISO
|
|
863 8859-1 [22] only when encoded according to the rules of RFC 1522
|
|
864 [14].
|
|
865
|
|
866 TEXT = <any OCTET except CTLs,
|
|
867 but including LWS>
|
|
868
|
|
869 Hexadecimal numeric characters are used in several protocol elements.
|
|
870
|
|
871 HEX = "A" | "B" | "C" | "D" | "E" | "F"
|
|
872 | "a" | "b" | "c" | "d" | "e" | "f" | DIGIT
|
|
873
|
|
874 Many HTTP/1.1 header field values consist of words separated by LWS
|
|
875 or special characters. These special characters MUST be in a quoted
|
|
876 string to be used within a parameter value.
|
|
877
|
|
878 token = 1*<any CHAR except CTLs or tspecials>
|
|
879
|
|
880 tspecials = "(" | ")" | "<" | ">" | "@"
|
|
881 | "," | ";" | ":" | "\" | <">
|
|
882 | "/" | "[" | "]" | "?" | "="
|
|
883 | "{" | "}" | SP | HT
|
|
884
|
|
885 Comments can be included in some HTTP header fields by surrounding
|
|
886 the comment text with parentheses. Comments are only allowed in
|
|
887 fields containing "comment" as part of their field value definition.
|
|
888 In all other fields, parentheses are considered part of the field
|
|
889 value.
|
|
890
|
|
891 comment = "(" *( ctext | comment ) ")"
|
|
892 ctext = <any TEXT excluding "(" and ")">
|
|
893
|
|
894
|
|
895
|
|
896
|
|
897
|
|
898 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 16]
|
|
899
|
|
900 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
901
|
|
902
|
|
903 A string of text is parsed as a single word if it is quoted using
|
|
904 double-quote marks.
|
|
905
|
|
906 quoted-string = ( <"> *(qdtext) <"> )
|
|
907
|
|
908 qdtext = <any TEXT except <">>
|
|
909
|
|
910 The backslash character ("\") may be used as a single-character quoting
|
|
911 mechanism only within quoted-string and comment constructs.
|
|
912
|
|
913 quoted-pair = "\" CHAR
|
|
914
|
|
915 3 Protocol Parameters
|
|
916
|
|
917 3.1 HTTP Version
|
|
918
|
|
919 HTTP uses a "<major>.<minor>" numbering scheme to indicate versions
|
|
920 of the protocol. The protocol versioning policy is intended to allow
|
|
921 the sender to indicate the format of a message and its capacity for
|
|
922 understanding further HTTP communication, rather than the features
|
|
923 obtained via that communication. No change is made to the version
|
|
924 number for the addition of message components which do not affect
|
|
925 communication behavior or which only add to extensible field values.
|
|
926 The <minor> number is incremented when the changes made to the
|
|
927 protocol add features which do not change the general message parsing
|
|
928 algorithm, but which may add to the message semantics and imply
|
|
929 additional capabilities of the sender. The <major> number is
|
|
930 incremented when the format of a message within the protocol is
|
|
931 changed.
|
|
932
|
|
933 The version of an HTTP message is indicated by an HTTP-Version field
|
|
934 in the first line of the message.
|
|
935
|
|
936 HTTP-Version = "HTTP" "/" 1*DIGIT "." 1*DIGIT
|
|
937
|
|
938 Note that the major and minor numbers MUST be treated as separate
|
|
939 integers and that each may be incremented higher than a single digit.
|
|
940 Thus, HTTP/2.4 is a lower version than HTTP/2.13, which in turn is
|
|
941 lower than HTTP/12.3. Leading zeros MUST be ignored by recipients and
|
|
942 MUST NOT be sent.
|
|
943
|
|
944 Applications sending Request or Response messages, as defined by this
|
|
945 specification, MUST include an HTTP-Version of "HTTP/1.1". Use of
|
|
946 this version number indicates that the sending application is at
|
|
947 least conditionally compliant with this specification.
|
|
948
|
|
949 The HTTP version of an application is the highest HTTP version for
|
|
950 which the application is at least conditionally compliant.
|
|
951
|
|
952
|
|
953
|
|
954 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 17]
|
|
955
|
|
956 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
957
|
|
958
|
|
959 Proxy and gateway applications must be careful when forwarding
|
|
960 messages in protocol versions different from that of the application.
|
|
961 Since the protocol version indicates the protocol capability of the
|
|
962 sender, a proxy/gateway MUST never send a message with a version
|
|
963 indicator which is greater than its actual version; if a higher
|
|
964 version request is received, the proxy/gateway MUST either downgrade
|
|
965 the request version, respond with an error, or switch to tunnel
|
|
966 behavior. Requests with a version lower than that of the
|
|
967 proxy/gateway's version MAY be upgraded before being forwarded; the
|
|
968 proxy/gateway's response to that request MUST be in the same major
|
|
969 version as the request.
|
|
970
|
|
971 Note: Converting between versions of HTTP may involve modification
|
|
972 of header fields required or forbidden by the versions involved.
|
|
973
|
|
974 3.2 Uniform Resource Identifiers
|
|
975
|
|
976 URIs have been known by many names: WWW addresses, Universal Document
|
|
977 Identifiers, Universal Resource Identifiers , and finally the
|
|
978 combination of Uniform Resource Locators (URL) and Names (URN). As
|
|
979 far as HTTP is concerned, Uniform Resource Identifiers are simply
|
|
980 formatted strings which identify--via name, location, or any other
|
|
981 characteristic--a resource.
|
|
982
|
|
983 3.2.1 General Syntax
|
|
984
|
|
985 URIs in HTTP can be represented in absolute form or relative to some
|
|
986 known base URI, depending upon the context of their use. The two
|
|
987 forms are differentiated by the fact that absolute URIs always begin
|
|
988 with a scheme name followed by a colon.
|
|
989
|
|
990 URI = ( absoluteURI | relativeURI ) [ "#" fragment ]
|
|
991
|
|
992 absoluteURI = scheme ":" *( uchar | reserved )
|
|
993
|
|
994 relativeURI = net_path | abs_path | rel_path
|
|
995
|
|
996 net_path = "//" net_loc [ abs_path ]
|
|
997 abs_path = "/" rel_path
|
|
998 rel_path = [ path ] [ ";" params ] [ "?" query ]
|
|
999
|
|
1000 path = fsegment *( "/" segment )
|
|
1001 fsegment = 1*pchar
|
|
1002 segment = *pchar
|
|
1003
|
|
1004 params = param *( ";" param )
|
|
1005 param = *( pchar | "/" )
|
|
1006
|
|
1007
|
|
1008
|
|
1009
|
|
1010 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 18]
|
|
1011
|
|
1012 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
1013
|
|
1014
|
|
1015 scheme = 1*( ALPHA | DIGIT | "+" | "-" | "." )
|
|
1016 net_loc = *( pchar | ";" | "?" )
|
|
1017
|
|
1018 query = *( uchar | reserved )
|
|
1019 fragment = *( uchar | reserved )
|
|
1020
|
|
1021 pchar = uchar | ":" | "@" | "&" | "=" | "+"
|
|
1022 uchar = unreserved | escape
|
|
1023 unreserved = ALPHA | DIGIT | safe | extra | national
|
|
1024
|
|
1025 escape = "%" HEX HEX
|
|
1026 reserved = ";" | "/" | "?" | ":" | "@" | "&" | "=" | "+"
|
|
1027 extra = "!" | "*" | "'" | "(" | ")" | ","
|
|
1028 safe = "$" | "-" | "_" | "."
|
|
1029 unsafe = CTL | SP | <"> | "#" | "%" | "<" | ">"
|
|
1030 national = <any OCTET excluding ALPHA, DIGIT,
|
|
1031 reserved, extra, safe, and unsafe>
|
|
1032
|
|
1033 For definitive information on URL syntax and semantics, see RFC 1738
|
|
1034 [4] and RFC 1808 [11]. The BNF above includes national characters not
|
|
1035 allowed in valid URLs as specified by RFC 1738, since HTTP servers
|
|
1036 are not restricted in the set of unreserved characters allowed to
|
|
1037 represent the rel_path part of addresses, and HTTP proxies may
|
|
1038 receive requests for URIs not defined by RFC 1738.
|
|
1039
|
|
1040 The HTTP protocol does not place any a priori limit on the length of
|
|
1041 a URI. Servers MUST be able to handle the URI of any resource they
|
|
1042 serve, and SHOULD be able to handle URIs of unbounded length if they
|
|
1043 provide GET-based forms that could generate such URIs. A server
|
|
1044 SHOULD return 414 (Request-URI Too Long) status if a URI is longer
|
|
1045 than the server can handle (see section 10.4.15).
|
|
1046
|
|
1047 Note: Servers should be cautious about depending on URI lengths
|
|
1048 above 255 bytes, because some older client or proxy implementations
|
|
1049 may not properly support these lengths.
|
|
1050
|
|
1051 3.2.2 http URL
|
|
1052
|
|
1053 The "http" scheme is used to locate network resources via the HTTP
|
|
1054 protocol. This section defines the scheme-specific syntax and
|
|
1055 semantics for http URLs.
|
|
1056
|
|
1057
|
|
1058
|
|
1059
|
|
1060
|
|
1061
|
|
1062
|
|
1063
|
|
1064
|
|
1065
|
|
1066 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 19]
|
|
1067
|
|
1068 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
1069
|
|
1070
|
|
1071 http_URL = "http:" "//" host [ ":" port ] [ abs_path ]
|
|
1072
|
|
1073 host = <A legal Internet host domain name
|
|
1074 or IP address (in dotted-decimal form),
|
|
1075 as defined by Section 2.1 of RFC 1123>
|
|
1076
|
|
1077 port = *DIGIT
|
|
1078
|
|
1079 If the port is empty or not given, port 80 is assumed. The semantics
|
|
1080 are that the identified resource is located at the server listening
|
|
1081 for TCP connections on that port of that host, and the Request-URI
|
|
1082 for the resource is abs_path. The use of IP addresses in URL's SHOULD
|
|
1083 be avoided whenever possible (see RFC 1900 [24]). If the abs_path is
|
|
1084 not present in the URL, it MUST be given as "/" when used as a
|
|
1085 Request-URI for a resource (section 5.1.2).
|
|
1086
|
|
1087 3.2.3 URI Comparison
|
|
1088
|
|
1089 When comparing two URIs to decide if they match or not, a client
|
|
1090 SHOULD use a case-sensitive octet-by-octet comparison of the entire
|
|
1091 URIs, with these exceptions:
|
|
1092
|
|
1093 o A port that is empty or not given is equivalent to the default
|
|
1094 port for that URI;
|
|
1095
|
|
1096 o Comparisons of host names MUST be case-insensitive;
|
|
1097
|
|
1098 o Comparisons of scheme names MUST be case-insensitive;
|
|
1099
|
|
1100 o An empty abs_path is equivalent to an abs_path of "/".
|
|
1101
|
|
1102 Characters other than those in the "reserved" and "unsafe" sets (see
|
|
1103 section 3.2) are equivalent to their ""%" HEX HEX" encodings.
|
|
1104
|
|
1105 For example, the following three URIs are equivalent:
|
|
1106
|
|
1107 http://abc.com:80/~smith/home.html
|
|
1108 http://ABC.com/%7Esmith/home.html
|
|
1109 http://ABC.com:/%7esmith/home.html
|
|
1110
|
|
1111
|
|
1112
|
|
1113
|
|
1114
|
|
1115
|
|
1116
|
|
1117
|
|
1118
|
|
1119
|
|
1120
|
|
1121
|
|
1122 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 20]
|
|
1123
|
|
1124 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
1125
|
|
1126
|
|
1127 3.3 Date/Time Formats
|
|
1128
|
|
1129 3.3.1 Full Date
|
|
1130
|
|
1131 HTTP applications have historically allowed three different formats
|
|
1132 for the representation of date/time stamps:
|
|
1133
|
|
1134 Sun, 06 Nov 1994 08:49:37 GMT ; RFC 822, updated by RFC 1123
|
|
1135 Sunday, 06-Nov-94 08:49:37 GMT ; RFC 850, obsoleted by RFC 1036
|
|
1136 Sun Nov 6 08:49:37 1994 ; ANSI C's asctime() format
|
|
1137
|
|
1138 The first format is preferred as an Internet standard and represents
|
|
1139 a fixed-length subset of that defined by RFC 1123 (an update to RFC
|
|
1140 822). The second format is in common use, but is based on the
|
|
1141 obsolete RFC 850 [12] date format and lacks a four-digit year.
|
|
1142 HTTP/1.1 clients and servers that parse the date value MUST accept
|
|
1143 all three formats (for compatibility with HTTP/1.0), though they MUST
|
|
1144 only generate the RFC 1123 format for representing HTTP-date values
|
|
1145 in header fields.
|
|
1146
|
|
1147 Note: Recipients of date values are encouraged to be robust in
|
|
1148 accepting date values that may have been sent by non-HTTP
|
|
1149 applications, as is sometimes the case when retrieving or posting
|
|
1150 messages via proxies/gateways to SMTP or NNTP.
|
|
1151
|
|
1152 All HTTP date/time stamps MUST be represented in Greenwich Mean Time
|
|
1153 (GMT), without exception. This is indicated in the first two formats
|
|
1154 by the inclusion of "GMT" as the three-letter abbreviation for time
|
|
1155 zone, and MUST be assumed when reading the asctime format.
|
|
1156
|
|
1157 HTTP-date = rfc1123-date | rfc850-date | asctime-date
|
|
1158
|
|
1159 rfc1123-date = wkday "," SP date1 SP time SP "GMT"
|
|
1160 rfc850-date = weekday "," SP date2 SP time SP "GMT"
|
|
1161 asctime-date = wkday SP date3 SP time SP 4DIGIT
|
|
1162
|
|
1163 date1 = 2DIGIT SP month SP 4DIGIT
|
|
1164 ; day month year (e.g., 02 Jun 1982)
|
|
1165 date2 = 2DIGIT "-" month "-" 2DIGIT
|
|
1166 ; day-month-year (e.g., 02-Jun-82)
|
|
1167 date3 = month SP ( 2DIGIT | ( SP 1DIGIT ))
|
|
1168 ; month day (e.g., Jun 2)
|
|
1169
|
|
1170 time = 2DIGIT ":" 2DIGIT ":" 2DIGIT
|
|
1171 ; 00:00:00 - 23:59:59
|
|
1172
|
|
1173 wkday = "Mon" | "Tue" | "Wed"
|
|
1174 | "Thu" | "Fri" | "Sat" | "Sun"
|
|
1175
|
|
1176
|
|
1177
|
|
1178 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 21]
|
|
1179
|
|
1180 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
1181
|
|
1182
|
|
1183 weekday = "Monday" | "Tuesday" | "Wednesday"
|
|
1184 | "Thursday" | "Friday" | "Saturday" | "Sunday"
|
|
1185
|
|
1186 month = "Jan" | "Feb" | "Mar" | "Apr"
|
|
1187 | "May" | "Jun" | "Jul" | "Aug"
|
|
1188 | "Sep" | "Oct" | "Nov" | "Dec"
|
|
1189
|
|
1190 Note: HTTP requirements for the date/time stamp format apply only
|
|
1191 to their usage within the protocol stream. Clients and servers are
|
|
1192 not required to use these formats for user presentation, request
|
|
1193 logging, etc.
|
|
1194
|
|
1195 3.3.2 Delta Seconds
|
|
1196
|
|
1197 Some HTTP header fields allow a time value to be specified as an
|
|
1198 integer number of seconds, represented in decimal, after the time
|
|
1199 that the message was received.
|
|
1200
|
|
1201 delta-seconds = 1*DIGIT
|
|
1202
|
|
1203 3.4 Character Sets
|
|
1204
|
|
1205 HTTP uses the same definition of the term "character set" as that
|
|
1206 described for MIME:
|
|
1207
|
|
1208 The term "character set" is used in this document to refer to a
|
|
1209 method used with one or more tables to convert a sequence of octets
|
|
1210 into a sequence of characters. Note that unconditional conversion
|
|
1211 in the other direction is not required, in that not all characters
|
|
1212 may be available in a given character set and a character set may
|
|
1213 provide more than one sequence of octets to represent a particular
|
|
1214 character. This definition is intended to allow various kinds of
|
|
1215 character encodings, from simple single-table mappings such as US-
|
|
1216 ASCII to complex table switching methods such as those that use ISO
|
|
1217 2022's techniques. However, the definition associated with a MIME
|
|
1218 character set name MUST fully specify the mapping to be performed
|
|
1219 from octets to characters. In particular, use of external profiling
|
|
1220 information to determine the exact mapping is not permitted.
|
|
1221
|
|
1222 Note: This use of the term "character set" is more commonly
|
|
1223 referred to as a "character encoding." However, since HTTP and MIME
|
|
1224 share the same registry, it is important that the terminology also
|
|
1225 be shared.
|
|
1226
|
|
1227
|
|
1228
|
|
1229
|
|
1230
|
|
1231
|
|
1232
|
|
1233
|
|
1234 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 22]
|
|
1235
|
|
1236 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
1237
|
|
1238
|
|
1239 HTTP character sets are identified by case-insensitive tokens. The
|
|
1240 complete set of tokens is defined by the IANA Character Set registry
|
|
1241 [19].
|
|
1242
|
|
1243 charset = token
|
|
1244
|
|
1245 Although HTTP allows an arbitrary token to be used as a charset
|
|
1246 value, any token that has a predefined value within the IANA
|
|
1247 Character Set registry MUST represent the character set defined by
|
|
1248 that registry. Applications SHOULD limit their use of character sets
|
|
1249 to those defined by the IANA registry.
|
|
1250
|
|
1251 3.5 Content Codings
|
|
1252
|
|
1253 Content coding values indicate an encoding transformation that has
|
|
1254 been or can be applied to an entity. Content codings are primarily
|
|
1255 used to allow a document to be compressed or otherwise usefully
|
|
1256 transformed without losing the identity of its underlying media type
|
|
1257 and without loss of information. Frequently, the entity is stored in
|
|
1258 coded form, transmitted directly, and only decoded by the recipient.
|
|
1259
|
|
1260 content-coding = token
|
|
1261
|
|
1262 All content-coding values are case-insensitive. HTTP/1.1 uses
|
|
1263 content-coding values in the Accept-Encoding (section 14.3) and
|
|
1264 Content-Encoding (section 14.12) header fields. Although the value
|
|
1265 describes the content-coding, what is more important is that it
|
|
1266 indicates what decoding mechanism will be required to remove the
|
|
1267 encoding.
|
|
1268
|
|
1269 The Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) acts as a registry for
|
|
1270 content-coding value tokens. Initially, the registry contains the
|
|
1271 following tokens:
|
|
1272
|
|
1273 gzip An encoding format produced by the file compression program "gzip"
|
|
1274 (GNU zip) as described in RFC 1952 [25]. This format is a Lempel-
|
|
1275 Ziv coding (LZ77) with a 32 bit CRC.
|
|
1276
|
|
1277 compress
|
|
1278 The encoding format produced by the common UNIX file compression
|
|
1279 program "compress". This format is an adaptive Lempel-Ziv-Welch
|
|
1280 coding (LZW).
|
|
1281
|
|
1282
|
|
1283
|
|
1284
|
|
1285
|
|
1286
|
|
1287
|
|
1288
|
|
1289
|
|
1290 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 23]
|
|
1291
|
|
1292 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
1293
|
|
1294
|
|
1295 Note: Use of program names for the identification of encoding
|
|
1296 formats is not desirable and should be discouraged for future
|
|
1297 encodings. Their use here is representative of historical practice,
|
|
1298 not good design. For compatibility with previous implementations of
|
|
1299 HTTP, applications should consider "x-gzip" and "x-compress" to be
|
|
1300 equivalent to "gzip" and "compress" respectively.
|
|
1301
|
|
1302 deflate The "zlib" format defined in RFC 1950[31] in combination with
|
|
1303 the "deflate" compression mechanism described in RFC 1951[29].
|
|
1304
|
|
1305 New content-coding value tokens should be registered; to allow
|
|
1306 interoperability between clients and servers, specifications of the
|
|
1307 content coding algorithms needed to implement a new value should be
|
|
1308 publicly available and adequate for independent implementation, and
|
|
1309 conform to the purpose of content coding defined in this section.
|
|
1310
|
|
1311 3.6 Transfer Codings
|
|
1312
|
|
1313 Transfer coding values are used to indicate an encoding
|
|
1314 transformation that has been, can be, or may need to be applied to an
|
|
1315 entity-body in order to ensure "safe transport" through the network.
|
|
1316 This differs from a content coding in that the transfer coding is a
|
|
1317 property of the message, not of the original entity.
|
|
1318
|
|
1319 transfer-coding = "chunked" | transfer-extension
|
|
1320
|
|
1321 transfer-extension = token
|
|
1322
|
|
1323 All transfer-coding values are case-insensitive. HTTP/1.1 uses
|
|
1324 transfer coding values in the Transfer-Encoding header field (section
|
|
1325 14.40).
|
|
1326
|
|
1327 Transfer codings are analogous to the Content-Transfer-Encoding
|
|
1328 values of MIME , which were designed to enable safe transport of
|
|
1329 binary data over a 7-bit transport service. However, safe transport
|
|
1330 has a different focus for an 8bit-clean transfer protocol. In HTTP,
|
|
1331 the only unsafe characteristic of message-bodies is the difficulty in
|
|
1332 determining the exact body length (section 7.2.2), or the desire to
|
|
1333 encrypt data over a shared transport.
|
|
1334
|
|
1335 The chunked encoding modifies the body of a message in order to
|
|
1336 transfer it as a series of chunks, each with its own size indicator,
|
|
1337 followed by an optional footer containing entity-header fields. This
|
|
1338 allows dynamically-produced content to be transferred along with the
|
|
1339 information necessary for the recipient to verify that it has
|
|
1340 received the full message.
|
|
1341
|
|
1342
|
|
1343
|
|
1344
|
|
1345
|
|
1346 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 24]
|
|
1347
|
|
1348 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
1349
|
|
1350
|
|
1351 Chunked-Body = *chunk
|
|
1352 "0" CRLF
|
|
1353 footer
|
|
1354 CRLF
|
|
1355
|
|
1356 chunk = chunk-size [ chunk-ext ] CRLF
|
|
1357 chunk-data CRLF
|
|
1358
|
|
1359 hex-no-zero = <HEX excluding "0">
|
|
1360
|
|
1361 chunk-size = hex-no-zero *HEX
|
|
1362 chunk-ext = *( ";" chunk-ext-name [ "=" chunk-ext-value ] )
|
|
1363 chunk-ext-name = token
|
|
1364 chunk-ext-val = token | quoted-string
|
|
1365 chunk-data = chunk-size(OCTET)
|
|
1366
|
|
1367 footer = *entity-header
|
|
1368
|
|
1369 The chunked encoding is ended by a zero-sized chunk followed by the
|
|
1370 footer, which is terminated by an empty line. The purpose of the
|
|
1371 footer is to provide an efficient way to supply information about an
|
|
1372 entity that is generated dynamically; applications MUST NOT send
|
|
1373 header fields in the footer which are not explicitly defined as being
|
|
1374 appropriate for the footer, such as Content-MD5 or future extensions
|
|
1375 to HTTP for digital signatures or other facilities.
|
|
1376
|
|
1377 An example process for decoding a Chunked-Body is presented in
|
|
1378 appendix 19.4.6.
|
|
1379
|
|
1380 All HTTP/1.1 applications MUST be able to receive and decode the
|
|
1381 "chunked" transfer coding, and MUST ignore transfer coding extensions
|
|
1382 they do not understand. A server which receives an entity-body with a
|
|
1383 transfer-coding it does not understand SHOULD return 501
|
|
1384 (Unimplemented), and close the connection. A server MUST NOT send
|
|
1385 transfer-codings to an HTTP/1.0 client.
|
|
1386
|
|
1387 3.7 Media Types
|
|
1388
|
|
1389 HTTP uses Internet Media Types in the Content-Type (section 14.18)
|
|
1390 and Accept (section 14.1) header fields in order to provide open and
|
|
1391 extensible data typing and type negotiation.
|
|
1392
|
|
1393 media-type = type "/" subtype *( ";" parameter )
|
|
1394 type = token
|
|
1395 subtype = token
|
|
1396
|
|
1397 Parameters may follow the type/subtype in the form of attribute/value
|
|
1398 pairs.
|
|
1399
|
|
1400
|
|
1401
|
|
1402 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 25]
|
|
1403
|
|
1404 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
1405
|
|
1406
|
|
1407 parameter = attribute "=" value
|
|
1408 attribute = token
|
|
1409 value = token | quoted-string
|
|
1410
|
|
1411 The type, subtype, and parameter attribute names are case-
|
|
1412 insensitive. Parameter values may or may not be case-sensitive,
|
|
1413 depending on the semantics of the parameter name. Linear white space
|
|
1414 (LWS) MUST NOT be used between the type and subtype, nor between an
|
|
1415 attribute and its value. User agents that recognize the media-type
|
|
1416 MUST process (or arrange to be processed by any external applications
|
|
1417 used to process that type/subtype by the user agent) the parameters
|
|
1418 for that MIME type as described by that type/subtype definition to
|
|
1419 the and inform the user of any problems discovered.
|
|
1420
|
|
1421 Note: some older HTTP applications do not recognize media type
|
|
1422 parameters. When sending data to older HTTP applications,
|
|
1423 implementations should only use media type parameters when they are
|
|
1424 required by that type/subtype definition.
|
|
1425
|
|
1426 Media-type values are registered with the Internet Assigned Number
|
|
1427 Authority (IANA). The media type registration process is outlined in
|
|
1428 RFC 2048 [17]. Use of non-registered media types is discouraged.
|
|
1429
|
|
1430 3.7.1 Canonicalization and Text Defaults
|
|
1431
|
|
1432 Internet media types are registered with a canonical form. In
|
|
1433 general, an entity-body transferred via HTTP messages MUST be
|
|
1434 represented in the appropriate canonical form prior to its
|
|
1435 transmission; the exception is "text" types, as defined in the next
|
|
1436 paragraph.
|
|
1437
|
|
1438 When in canonical form, media subtypes of the "text" type use CRLF as
|
|
1439 the text line break. HTTP relaxes this requirement and allows the
|
|
1440 transport of text media with plain CR or LF alone representing a line
|
|
1441 break when it is done consistently for an entire entity-body. HTTP
|
|
1442 applications MUST accept CRLF, bare CR, and bare LF as being
|
|
1443 representative of a line break in text media received via HTTP. In
|
|
1444 addition, if the text is represented in a character set that does not
|
|
1445 use octets 13 and 10 for CR and LF respectively, as is the case for
|
|
1446 some multi-byte character sets, HTTP allows the use of whatever octet
|
|
1447 sequences are defined by that character set to represent the
|
|
1448 equivalent of CR and LF for line breaks. This flexibility regarding
|
|
1449 line breaks applies only to text media in the entity-body; a bare CR
|
|
1450 or LF MUST NOT be substituted for CRLF within any of the HTTP control
|
|
1451 structures (such as header fields and multipart boundaries).
|
|
1452
|
|
1453 If an entity-body is encoded with a Content-Encoding, the underlying
|
|
1454 data MUST be in a form defined above prior to being encoded.
|
|
1455
|
|
1456
|
|
1457
|
|
1458 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 26]
|
|
1459
|
|
1460 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
1461
|
|
1462
|
|
1463 The "charset" parameter is used with some media types to define the
|
|
1464 character set (section 3.4) of the data. When no explicit charset
|
|
1465 parameter is provided by the sender, media subtypes of the "text"
|
|
1466 type are defined to have a default charset value of "ISO-8859-1" when
|
|
1467 received via HTTP. Data in character sets other than "ISO-8859-1" or
|
|
1468 its subsets MUST be labeled with an appropriate charset value.
|
|
1469
|
|
1470 Some HTTP/1.0 software has interpreted a Content-Type header without
|
|
1471 charset parameter incorrectly to mean "recipient should guess."
|
|
1472 Senders wishing to defeat this behavior MAY include a charset
|
|
1473 parameter even when the charset is ISO-8859-1 and SHOULD do so when
|
|
1474 it is known that it will not confuse the recipient.
|
|
1475
|
|
1476 Unfortunately, some older HTTP/1.0 clients did not deal properly with
|
|
1477 an explicit charset parameter. HTTP/1.1 recipients MUST respect the
|
|
1478 charset label provided by the sender; and those user agents that have
|
|
1479 a provision to "guess" a charset MUST use the charset from the
|
|
1480 content-type field if they support that charset, rather than the
|
|
1481 recipient's preference, when initially displaying a document.
|
|
1482
|
|
1483 3.7.2 Multipart Types
|
|
1484
|
|
1485 MIME provides for a number of "multipart" types -- encapsulations of
|
|
1486 one or more entities within a single message-body. All multipart
|
|
1487 types share a common syntax, as defined in MIME [7], and MUST
|
|
1488 include a boundary parameter as part of the media type value. The
|
|
1489 message body is itself a protocol element and MUST therefore use only
|
|
1490 CRLF to represent line breaks between body-parts. Unlike in MIME, the
|
|
1491 epilogue of any multipart message MUST be empty; HTTP applications
|
|
1492 MUST NOT transmit the epilogue (even if the original multipart
|
|
1493 contains an epilogue).
|
|
1494
|
|
1495 In HTTP, multipart body-parts MAY contain header fields which are
|
|
1496 significant to the meaning of that part. A Content-Location header
|
|
1497 field (section 14.15) SHOULD be included in the body-part of each
|
|
1498 enclosed entity that can be identified by a URL.
|
|
1499
|
|
1500 In general, an HTTP user agent SHOULD follow the same or similar
|
|
1501 behavior as a MIME user agent would upon receipt of a multipart type.
|
|
1502 If an application receives an unrecognized multipart subtype, the
|
|
1503 application MUST treat it as being equivalent to "multipart/mixed".
|
|
1504
|
|
1505 Note: The "multipart/form-data" type has been specifically defined
|
|
1506 for carrying form data suitable for processing via the POST request
|
|
1507 method, as described in RFC 1867 [15].
|
|
1508
|
|
1509
|
|
1510
|
|
1511
|
|
1512
|
|
1513
|
|
1514 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 27]
|
|
1515
|
|
1516 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
1517
|
|
1518
|
|
1519 3.8 Product Tokens
|
|
1520
|
|
1521 Product tokens are used to allow communicating applications to
|
|
1522 identify themselves by software name and version. Most fields using
|
|
1523 product tokens also allow sub-products which form a significant part
|
|
1524 of the application to be listed, separated by whitespace. By
|
|
1525 convention, the products are listed in order of their significance
|
|
1526 for identifying the application.
|
|
1527
|
|
1528 product = token ["/" product-version]
|
|
1529 product-version = token
|
|
1530
|
|
1531 Examples:
|
|
1532
|
|
1533 User-Agent: CERN-LineMode/2.15 libwww/2.17b3
|
|
1534 Server: Apache/0.8.4
|
|
1535
|
|
1536 Product tokens should be short and to the point -- use of them for
|
|
1537 advertising or other non-essential information is explicitly
|
|
1538 forbidden. Although any token character may appear in a product-
|
|
1539 version, this token SHOULD only be used for a version identifier
|
|
1540 (i.e., successive versions of the same product SHOULD only differ in
|
|
1541 the product-version portion of the product value).
|
|
1542
|
|
1543 3.9 Quality Values
|
|
1544
|
|
1545 HTTP content negotiation (section 12) uses short "floating point"
|
|
1546 numbers to indicate the relative importance ("weight") of various
|
|
1547 negotiable parameters. A weight is normalized to a real number in the
|
|
1548 range 0 through 1, where 0 is the minimum and 1 the maximum value.
|
|
1549 HTTP/1.1 applications MUST NOT generate more than three digits after
|
|
1550 the decimal point. User configuration of these values SHOULD also be
|
|
1551 limited in this fashion.
|
|
1552
|
|
1553 qvalue = ( "0" [ "." 0*3DIGIT ] )
|
|
1554 | ( "1" [ "." 0*3("0") ] )
|
|
1555
|
|
1556 "Quality values" is a misnomer, since these values merely represent
|
|
1557 relative degradation in desired quality.
|
|
1558
|
|
1559 3.10 Language Tags
|
|
1560
|
|
1561 A language tag identifies a natural language spoken, written, or
|
|
1562 otherwise conveyed by human beings for communication of information
|
|
1563 to other human beings. Computer languages are explicitly excluded.
|
|
1564 HTTP uses language tags within the Accept-Language and Content-
|
|
1565 Language fields.
|
|
1566
|
|
1567
|
|
1568
|
|
1569
|
|
1570 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 28]
|
|
1571
|
|
1572 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
1573
|
|
1574
|
|
1575 The syntax and registry of HTTP language tags is the same as that
|
|
1576 defined by RFC 1766 [1]. In summary, a language tag is composed of 1
|
|
1577 or more parts: A primary language tag and a possibly empty series of
|
|
1578 subtags:
|
|
1579
|
|
1580 language-tag = primary-tag *( "-" subtag )
|
|
1581
|
|
1582 primary-tag = 1*8ALPHA
|
|
1583 subtag = 1*8ALPHA
|
|
1584
|
|
1585 Whitespace is not allowed within the tag and all tags are case-
|
|
1586 insensitive. The name space of language tags is administered by the
|
|
1587 IANA. Example tags include:
|
|
1588
|
|
1589 en, en-US, en-cockney, i-cherokee, x-pig-latin
|
|
1590
|
|
1591 where any two-letter primary-tag is an ISO 639 language abbreviation
|
|
1592 and any two-letter initial subtag is an ISO 3166 country code. (The
|
|
1593 last three tags above are not registered tags; all but the last are
|
|
1594 examples of tags which could be registered in future.)
|
|
1595
|
|
1596 3.11 Entity Tags
|
|
1597
|
|
1598 Entity tags are used for comparing two or more entities from the same
|
|
1599 requested resource. HTTP/1.1 uses entity tags in the ETag (section
|
|
1600 14.20), If-Match (section 14.25), If-None-Match (section 14.26), and
|
|
1601 If-Range (section 14.27) header fields. The definition of how they
|
|
1602 are used and compared as cache validators is in section 13.3.3. An
|
|
1603 entity tag consists of an opaque quoted string, possibly prefixed by
|
|
1604 a weakness indicator.
|
|
1605
|
|
1606 entity-tag = [ weak ] opaque-tag
|
|
1607
|
|
1608 weak = "W/"
|
|
1609 opaque-tag = quoted-string
|
|
1610
|
|
1611 A "strong entity tag" may be shared by two entities of a resource
|
|
1612 only if they are equivalent by octet equality.
|
|
1613
|
|
1614 A "weak entity tag," indicated by the "W/" prefix, may be shared by
|
|
1615 two entities of a resource only if the entities are equivalent and
|
|
1616 could be substituted for each other with no significant change in
|
|
1617 semantics. A weak entity tag can only be used for weak comparison.
|
|
1618
|
|
1619 An entity tag MUST be unique across all versions of all entities
|
|
1620 associated with a particular resource. A given entity tag value may
|
|
1621 be used for entities obtained by requests on different URIs without
|
|
1622 implying anything about the equivalence of those entities.
|
|
1623
|
|
1624
|
|
1625
|
|
1626 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 29]
|
|
1627
|
|
1628 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
1629
|
|
1630
|
|
1631 3.12 Range Units
|
|
1632
|
|
1633 HTTP/1.1 allows a client to request that only part (a range of) the
|
|
1634 response entity be included within the response. HTTP/1.1 uses range
|
|
1635 units in the Range (section 14.36) and Content-Range (section 14.17)
|
|
1636 header fields. An entity may be broken down into subranges according
|
|
1637 to various structural units.
|
|
1638
|
|
1639 range-unit = bytes-unit | other-range-unit
|
|
1640
|
|
1641 bytes-unit = "bytes"
|
|
1642 other-range-unit = token
|
|
1643
|
|
1644 The only range unit defined by HTTP/1.1 is "bytes". HTTP/1.1
|
|
1645 implementations may ignore ranges specified using other units.
|
|
1646 HTTP/1.1 has been designed to allow implementations of applications
|
|
1647 that do not depend on knowledge of ranges.
|
|
1648
|
|
1649 4 HTTP Message
|
|
1650
|
|
1651 4.1 Message Types
|
|
1652
|
|
1653 HTTP messages consist of requests from client to server and responses
|
|
1654 from server to client.
|
|
1655
|
|
1656 HTTP-message = Request | Response ; HTTP/1.1 messages
|
|
1657
|
|
1658 Request (section 5) and Response (section 6) messages use the generic
|
|
1659 message format of RFC 822 [9] for transferring entities (the payload
|
|
1660 of the message). Both types of message consist of a start-line, one
|
|
1661 or more header fields (also known as "headers"), an empty line (i.e.,
|
|
1662 a line with nothing preceding the CRLF) indicating the end of the
|
|
1663 header fields, and an optional message-body.
|
|
1664
|
|
1665 generic-message = start-line
|
|
1666 *message-header
|
|
1667 CRLF
|
|
1668 [ message-body ]
|
|
1669
|
|
1670 start-line = Request-Line | Status-Line
|
|
1671
|
|
1672 In the interest of robustness, servers SHOULD ignore any empty
|
|
1673 line(s) received where a Request-Line is expected. In other words, if
|
|
1674 the server is reading the protocol stream at the beginning of a
|
|
1675 message and receives a CRLF first, it should ignore the CRLF.
|
|
1676
|
|
1677
|
|
1678
|
|
1679
|
|
1680
|
|
1681
|
|
1682 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 30]
|
|
1683
|
|
1684 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
1685
|
|
1686
|
|
1687 Note: certain buggy HTTP/1.0 client implementations generate an
|
|
1688 extra CRLF's after a POST request. To restate what is explicitly
|
|
1689 forbidden by the BNF, an HTTP/1.1 client must not preface or follow
|
|
1690 a request with an extra CRLF.
|
|
1691
|
|
1692 4.2 Message Headers
|
|
1693
|
|
1694 HTTP header fields, which include general-header (section 4.5),
|
|
1695 request-header (section 5.3), response-header (section 6.2), and
|
|
1696 entity-header (section 7.1) fields, follow the same generic format as
|
|
1697 that given in Section 3.1 of RFC 822 [9]. Each header field consists
|
|
1698 of a name followed by a colon (":") and the field value. Field names
|
|
1699 are case-insensitive. The field value may be preceded by any amount
|
|
1700 of LWS, though a single SP is preferred. Header fields can be
|
|
1701 extended over multiple lines by preceding each extra line with at
|
|
1702 least one SP or HT. Applications SHOULD follow "common form" when
|
|
1703 generating HTTP constructs, since there might exist some
|
|
1704 implementations that fail to accept anything beyond the common forms.
|
|
1705
|
|
1706 message-header = field-name ":" [ field-value ] CRLF
|
|
1707
|
|
1708 field-name = token
|
|
1709 field-value = *( field-content | LWS )
|
|
1710
|
|
1711 field-content = <the OCTETs making up the field-value
|
|
1712 and consisting of either *TEXT or combinations
|
|
1713 of token, tspecials, and quoted-string>
|
|
1714
|
|
1715 The order in which header fields with differing field names are
|
|
1716 received is not significant. However, it is "good practice" to send
|
|
1717 general-header fields first, followed by request-header or response-
|
|
1718 header fields, and ending with the entity-header fields.
|
|
1719
|
|
1720 Multiple message-header fields with the same field-name may be
|
|
1721 present in a message if and only if the entire field-value for that
|
|
1722 header field is defined as a comma-separated list [i.e., #(values)].
|
|
1723 It MUST be possible to combine the multiple header fields into one
|
|
1724 "field-name: field-value" pair, without changing the semantics of the
|
|
1725 message, by appending each subsequent field-value to the first, each
|
|
1726 separated by a comma. The order in which header fields with the same
|
|
1727 field-name are received is therefore significant to the
|
|
1728 interpretation of the combined field value, and thus a proxy MUST NOT
|
|
1729 change the order of these field values when a message is forwarded.
|
|
1730
|
|
1731
|
|
1732
|
|
1733
|
|
1734
|
|
1735
|
|
1736
|
|
1737
|
|
1738 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 31]
|
|
1739
|
|
1740 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
1741
|
|
1742
|
|
1743 4.3 Message Body
|
|
1744
|
|
1745 The message-body (if any) of an HTTP message is used to carry the
|
|
1746 entity-body associated with the request or response. The message-body
|
|
1747 differs from the entity-body only when a transfer coding has been
|
|
1748 applied, as indicated by the Transfer-Encoding header field (section
|
|
1749 14.40).
|
|
1750
|
|
1751 message-body = entity-body
|
|
1752 | <entity-body encoded as per Transfer-Encoding>
|
|
1753
|
|
1754 Transfer-Encoding MUST be used to indicate any transfer codings
|
|
1755 applied by an application to ensure safe and proper transfer of the
|
|
1756 message. Transfer-Encoding is a property of the message, not of the
|
|
1757 entity, and thus can be added or removed by any application along the
|
|
1758 request/response chain.
|
|
1759
|
|
1760 The rules for when a message-body is allowed in a message differ for
|
|
1761 requests and responses.
|
|
1762
|
|
1763 The presence of a message-body in a request is signaled by the
|
|
1764 inclusion of a Content-Length or Transfer-Encoding header field in
|
|
1765 the request's message-headers. A message-body MAY be included in a
|
|
1766 request only when the request method (section 5.1.1) allows an
|
|
1767 entity-body.
|
|
1768
|
|
1769 For response messages, whether or not a message-body is included with
|
|
1770 a message is dependent on both the request method and the response
|
|
1771 status code (section 6.1.1). All responses to the HEAD request method
|
|
1772 MUST NOT include a message-body, even though the presence of entity-
|
|
1773 header fields might lead one to believe they do. All 1xx
|
|
1774 (informational), 204 (no content), and 304 (not modified) responses
|
|
1775 MUST NOT include a message-body. All other responses do include a
|
|
1776 message-body, although it may be of zero length.
|
|
1777
|
|
1778 4.4 Message Length
|
|
1779
|
|
1780 When a message-body is included with a message, the length of that
|
|
1781 body is determined by one of the following (in order of precedence):
|
|
1782
|
|
1783 1. Any response message which MUST NOT include a message-body
|
|
1784 (such as the 1xx, 204, and 304 responses and any response to a HEAD
|
|
1785 request) is always terminated by the first empty line after the
|
|
1786 header fields, regardless of the entity-header fields present in the
|
|
1787 message.
|
|
1788
|
|
1789 2. If a Transfer-Encoding header field (section 14.40) is present and
|
|
1790 indicates that the "chunked" transfer coding has been applied, then
|
|
1791
|
|
1792
|
|
1793
|
|
1794 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 32]
|
|
1795
|
|
1796 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
1797
|
|
1798
|
|
1799 the length is defined by the chunked encoding (section 3.6).
|
|
1800
|
|
1801 3. If a Content-Length header field (section 14.14) is present, its
|
|
1802 value in bytes represents the length of the message-body.
|
|
1803
|
|
1804 4. If the message uses the media type "multipart/byteranges", which is
|
|
1805 self-delimiting, then that defines the length. This media type MUST
|
|
1806 NOT be used unless the sender knows that the recipient can parse it;
|
|
1807 the presence in a request of a Range header with multiple byte-range
|
|
1808 specifiers implies that the client can parse multipart/byteranges
|
|
1809 responses.
|
|
1810
|
|
1811 5. By the server closing the connection. (Closing the connection
|
|
1812 cannot be used to indicate the end of a request body, since that
|
|
1813 would leave no possibility for the server to send back a response.)
|
|
1814
|
|
1815 For compatibility with HTTP/1.0 applications, HTTP/1.1 requests
|
|
1816 containing a message-body MUST include a valid Content-Length header
|
|
1817 field unless the server is known to be HTTP/1.1 compliant. If a
|
|
1818 request contains a message-body and a Content-Length is not given,
|
|
1819 the server SHOULD respond with 400 (bad request) if it cannot
|
|
1820 determine the length of the message, or with 411 (length required) if
|
|
1821 it wishes to insist on receiving a valid Content-Length.
|
|
1822
|
|
1823 All HTTP/1.1 applications that receive entities MUST accept the
|
|
1824 "chunked" transfer coding (section 3.6), thus allowing this mechanism
|
|
1825 to be used for messages when the message length cannot be determined
|
|
1826 in advance.
|
|
1827
|
|
1828 Messages MUST NOT include both a Content-Length header field and the
|
|
1829 "chunked" transfer coding. If both are received, the Content-Length
|
|
1830 MUST be ignored.
|
|
1831
|
|
1832 When a Content-Length is given in a message where a message-body is
|
|
1833 allowed, its field value MUST exactly match the number of OCTETs in
|
|
1834 the message-body. HTTP/1.1 user agents MUST notify the user when an
|
|
1835 invalid length is received and detected.
|
|
1836
|
|
1837
|
|
1838
|
|
1839
|
|
1840
|
|
1841
|
|
1842
|
|
1843
|
|
1844
|
|
1845
|
|
1846
|
|
1847
|
|
1848
|
|
1849
|
|
1850 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 33]
|
|
1851
|
|
1852 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
1853
|
|
1854
|
|
1855 4.5 General Header Fields
|
|
1856
|
|
1857 There are a few header fields which have general applicability for
|
|
1858 both request and response messages, but which do not apply to the
|
|
1859 entity being transferred. These header fields apply only to the
|
|
1860 message being transmitted.
|
|
1861
|
|
1862 general-header = Cache-Control ; Section 14.9
|
|
1863 | Connection ; Section 14.10
|
|
1864 | Date ; Section 14.19
|
|
1865 | Pragma ; Section 14.32
|
|
1866 | Transfer-Encoding ; Section 14.40
|
|
1867 | Upgrade ; Section 14.41
|
|
1868 | Via ; Section 14.44
|
|
1869
|
|
1870 General-header field names can be extended reliably only in
|
|
1871 combination with a change in the protocol version. However, new or
|
|
1872 experimental header fields may be given the semantics of general
|
|
1873 header fields if all parties in the communication recognize them to
|
|
1874 be general-header fields. Unrecognized header fields are treated as
|
|
1875 entity-header fields.
|
|
1876
|
|
1877 5 Request
|
|
1878
|
|
1879 A request message from a client to a server includes, within the
|
|
1880 first line of that message, the method to be applied to the resource,
|
|
1881 the identifier of the resource, and the protocol version in use.
|
|
1882
|
|
1883 Request = Request-Line ; Section 5.1
|
|
1884 *( general-header ; Section 4.5
|
|
1885 | request-header ; Section 5.3
|
|
1886 | entity-header ) ; Section 7.1
|
|
1887 CRLF
|
|
1888 [ message-body ] ; Section 7.2
|
|
1889
|
|
1890 5.1 Request-Line
|
|
1891
|
|
1892 The Request-Line begins with a method token, followed by the
|
|
1893 Request-URI and the protocol version, and ending with CRLF. The
|
|
1894 elements are separated by SP characters. No CR or LF are allowed
|
|
1895 except in the final CRLF sequence.
|
|
1896
|
|
1897 Request-Line = Method SP Request-URI SP HTTP-Version CRLF
|
|
1898
|
|
1899
|
|
1900
|
|
1901
|
|
1902
|
|
1903
|
|
1904
|
|
1905
|
|
1906 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 34]
|
|
1907
|
|
1908 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
1909
|
|
1910
|
|
1911 5.1.1 Method
|
|
1912
|
|
1913 The Method token indicates the method to be performed on the resource
|
|
1914 identified by the Request-URI. The method is case-sensitive.
|
|
1915
|
|
1916 Method = "OPTIONS" ; Section 9.2
|
|
1917 | "GET" ; Section 9.3
|
|
1918 | "HEAD" ; Section 9.4
|
|
1919 | "POST" ; Section 9.5
|
|
1920 | "PUT" ; Section 9.6
|
|
1921 | "DELETE" ; Section 9.7
|
|
1922 | "TRACE" ; Section 9.8
|
|
1923 | extension-method
|
|
1924
|
|
1925 extension-method = token
|
|
1926
|
|
1927 The list of methods allowed by a resource can be specified in an
|
|
1928 Allow header field (section 14.7). The return code of the response
|
|
1929 always notifies the client whether a method is currently allowed on a
|
|
1930 resource, since the set of allowed methods can change dynamically.
|
|
1931 Servers SHOULD return the status code 405 (Method Not Allowed) if the
|
|
1932 method is known by the server but not allowed for the requested
|
|
1933 resource, and 501 (Not Implemented) if the method is unrecognized or
|
|
1934 not implemented by the server. The list of methods known by a server
|
|
1935 can be listed in a Public response-header field (section 14.35).
|
|
1936
|
|
1937 The methods GET and HEAD MUST be supported by all general-purpose
|
|
1938 servers. All other methods are optional; however, if the above
|
|
1939 methods are implemented, they MUST be implemented with the same
|
|
1940 semantics as those specified in section 9.
|
|
1941
|
|
1942 5.1.2 Request-URI
|
|
1943
|
|
1944 The Request-URI is a Uniform Resource Identifier (section 3.2) and
|
|
1945 identifies the resource upon which to apply the request.
|
|
1946
|
|
1947 Request-URI = "*" | absoluteURI | abs_path
|
|
1948
|
|
1949 The three options for Request-URI are dependent on the nature of the
|
|
1950 request. The asterisk "*" means that the request does not apply to a
|
|
1951 particular resource, but to the server itself, and is only allowed
|
|
1952 when the method used does not necessarily apply to a resource. One
|
|
1953 example would be
|
|
1954
|
|
1955 OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1
|
|
1956
|
|
1957 The absoluteURI form is required when the request is being made to a
|
|
1958 proxy. The proxy is requested to forward the request or service it
|
|
1959
|
|
1960
|
|
1961
|
|
1962 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 35]
|
|
1963
|
|
1964 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
1965
|
|
1966
|
|
1967 from a valid cache, and return the response. Note that the proxy MAY
|
|
1968 forward the request on to another proxy or directly to the server
|
|
1969 specified by the absoluteURI. In order to avoid request loops, a
|
|
1970 proxy MUST be able to recognize all of its server names, including
|
|
1971 any aliases, local variations, and the numeric IP address. An example
|
|
1972 Request-Line would be:
|
|
1973
|
|
1974 GET http://www.w3.org/pub/WWW/TheProject.html HTTP/1.1
|
|
1975
|
|
1976 To allow for transition to absoluteURIs in all requests in future
|
|
1977 versions of HTTP, all HTTP/1.1 servers MUST accept the absoluteURI
|
|
1978 form in requests, even though HTTP/1.1 clients will only generate
|
|
1979 them in requests to proxies.
|
|
1980
|
|
1981 The most common form of Request-URI is that used to identify a
|
|
1982 resource on an origin server or gateway. In this case the absolute
|
|
1983 path of the URI MUST be transmitted (see section 3.2.1, abs_path) as
|
|
1984 the Request-URI, and the network location of the URI (net_loc) MUST
|
|
1985 be transmitted in a Host header field. For example, a client wishing
|
|
1986 to retrieve the resource above directly from the origin server would
|
|
1987 create a TCP connection to port 80 of the host "www.w3.org" and send
|
|
1988 the lines:
|
|
1989
|
|
1990 GET /pub/WWW/TheProject.html HTTP/1.1
|
|
1991 Host: www.w3.org
|
|
1992
|
|
1993 followed by the remainder of the Request. Note that the absolute path
|
|
1994 cannot be empty; if none is present in the original URI, it MUST be
|
|
1995 given as "/" (the server root).
|
|
1996
|
|
1997 If a proxy receives a request without any path in the Request-URI and
|
|
1998 the method specified is capable of supporting the asterisk form of
|
|
1999 request, then the last proxy on the request chain MUST forward the
|
|
2000 request with "*" as the final Request-URI. For example, the request
|
|
2001
|
|
2002 OPTIONS http://www.ics.uci.edu:8001 HTTP/1.1
|
|
2003
|
|
2004 would be forwarded by the proxy as
|
|
2005
|
|
2006 OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1
|
|
2007 Host: www.ics.uci.edu:8001
|
|
2008
|
|
2009 after connecting to port 8001 of host "www.ics.uci.edu".
|
|
2010
|
|
2011 The Request-URI is transmitted in the format specified in section
|
|
2012 3.2.1. The origin server MUST decode the Request-URI in order to
|
|
2013 properly interpret the request. Servers SHOULD respond to invalid
|
|
2014 Request-URIs with an appropriate status code.
|
|
2015
|
|
2016
|
|
2017
|
|
2018 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 36]
|
|
2019
|
|
2020 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
2021
|
|
2022
|
|
2023 In requests that they forward, proxies MUST NOT rewrite the
|
|
2024 "abs_path" part of a Request-URI in any way except as noted above to
|
|
2025 replace a null abs_path with "*", no matter what the proxy does in
|
|
2026 its internal implementation.
|
|
2027
|
|
2028 Note: The "no rewrite" rule prevents the proxy from changing the
|
|
2029 meaning of the request when the origin server is improperly using a
|
|
2030 non-reserved URL character for a reserved purpose. Implementers
|
|
2031 should be aware that some pre-HTTP/1.1 proxies have been known to
|
|
2032 rewrite the Request-URI.
|
|
2033
|
|
2034 5.2 The Resource Identified by a Request
|
|
2035
|
|
2036 HTTP/1.1 origin servers SHOULD be aware that the exact resource
|
|
2037 identified by an Internet request is determined by examining both the
|
|
2038 Request-URI and the Host header field.
|
|
2039
|
|
2040 An origin server that does not allow resources to differ by the
|
|
2041 requested host MAY ignore the Host header field value. (But see
|
|
2042 section 19.5.1 for other requirements on Host support in HTTP/1.1.)
|
|
2043
|
|
2044 An origin server that does differentiate resources based on the host
|
|
2045 requested (sometimes referred to as virtual hosts or vanity
|
|
2046 hostnames) MUST use the following rules for determining the requested
|
|
2047 resource on an HTTP/1.1 request:
|
|
2048
|
|
2049 1. If Request-URI is an absoluteURI, the host is part of the
|
|
2050 Request-URI. Any Host header field value in the request MUST be
|
|
2051 ignored.
|
|
2052
|
|
2053 2. If the Request-URI is not an absoluteURI, and the request
|
|
2054 includes a Host header field, the host is determined by the Host
|
|
2055 header field value.
|
|
2056
|
|
2057 3. If the host as determined by rule 1 or 2 is not a valid host on
|
|
2058 the server, the response MUST be a 400 (Bad Request) error
|
|
2059 message.
|
|
2060
|
|
2061 Recipients of an HTTP/1.0 request that lacks a Host header field MAY
|
|
2062 attempt to use heuristics (e.g., examination of the URI path for
|
|
2063 something unique to a particular host) in order to determine what
|
|
2064 exact resource is being requested.
|
|
2065
|
|
2066 5.3 Request Header Fields
|
|
2067
|
|
2068 The request-header fields allow the client to pass additional
|
|
2069 information about the request, and about the client itself, to the
|
|
2070 server. These fields act as request modifiers, with semantics
|
|
2071
|
|
2072
|
|
2073
|
|
2074 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 37]
|
|
2075
|
|
2076 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
2077
|
|
2078
|
|
2079 equivalent to the parameters on a programming language method
|
|
2080 invocation.
|
|
2081
|
|
2082 request-header = Accept ; Section 14.1
|
|
2083 | Accept-Charset ; Section 14.2
|
|
2084 | Accept-Encoding ; Section 14.3
|
|
2085 | Accept-Language ; Section 14.4
|
|
2086 | Authorization ; Section 14.8
|
|
2087 | From ; Section 14.22
|
|
2088 | Host ; Section 14.23
|
|
2089 | If-Modified-Since ; Section 14.24
|
|
2090 | If-Match ; Section 14.25
|
|
2091 | If-None-Match ; Section 14.26
|
|
2092 | If-Range ; Section 14.27
|
|
2093 | If-Unmodified-Since ; Section 14.28
|
|
2094 | Max-Forwards ; Section 14.31
|
|
2095 | Proxy-Authorization ; Section 14.34
|
|
2096 | Range ; Section 14.36
|
|
2097 | Referer ; Section 14.37
|
|
2098 | User-Agent ; Section 14.42
|
|
2099
|
|
2100 Request-header field names can be extended reliably only in
|
|
2101 combination with a change in the protocol version. However, new or
|
|
2102 experimental header fields MAY be given the semantics of request-
|
|
2103 header fields if all parties in the communication recognize them to
|
|
2104 be request-header fields. Unrecognized header fields are treated as
|
|
2105 entity-header fields.
|
|
2106
|
|
2107 6 Response
|
|
2108
|
|
2109 After receiving and interpreting a request message, a server responds
|
|
2110 with an HTTP response message.
|
|
2111
|
|
2112 Response = Status-Line ; Section 6.1
|
|
2113 *( general-header ; Section 4.5
|
|
2114 | response-header ; Section 6.2
|
|
2115 | entity-header ) ; Section 7.1
|
|
2116 CRLF
|
|
2117 [ message-body ] ; Section 7.2
|
|
2118
|
|
2119 6.1 Status-Line
|
|
2120
|
|
2121 The first line of a Response message is the Status-Line, consisting
|
|
2122 of the protocol version followed by a numeric status code and its
|
|
2123 associated textual phrase, with each element separated by SP
|
|
2124 characters. No CR or LF is allowed except in the final CRLF
|
|
2125 sequence.
|
|
2126
|
|
2127
|
|
2128
|
|
2129
|
|
2130 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 38]
|
|
2131
|
|
2132 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
2133
|
|
2134
|
|
2135 Status-Line = HTTP-Version SP Status-Code SP Reason-Phrase CRLF
|
|
2136
|
|
2137 6.1.1 Status Code and Reason Phrase
|
|
2138
|
|
2139 The Status-Code element is a 3-digit integer result code of the
|
|
2140 attempt to understand and satisfy the request. These codes are fully
|
|
2141 defined in section 10. The Reason-Phrase is intended to give a short
|
|
2142 textual description of the Status-Code. The Status-Code is intended
|
|
2143 for use by automata and the Reason-Phrase is intended for the human
|
|
2144 user. The client is not required to examine or display the Reason-
|
|
2145 Phrase.
|
|
2146
|
|
2147 The first digit of the Status-Code defines the class of response. The
|
|
2148 last two digits do not have any categorization role. There are 5
|
|
2149 values for the first digit:
|
|
2150
|
|
2151 o 1xx: Informational - Request received, continuing process
|
|
2152
|
|
2153 o 2xx: Success - The action was successfully received, understood,
|
|
2154 and accepted
|
|
2155
|
|
2156 o 3xx: Redirection - Further action must be taken in order to
|
|
2157 complete the request
|
|
2158
|
|
2159 o 4xx: Client Error - The request contains bad syntax or cannot be
|
|
2160 fulfilled
|
|
2161
|
|
2162 o 5xx: Server Error - The server failed to fulfill an apparently
|
|
2163 valid request
|
|
2164
|
|
2165 The individual values of the numeric status codes defined for
|
|
2166 HTTP/1.1, and an example set of corresponding Reason-Phrase's, are
|
|
2167 presented below. The reason phrases listed here are only recommended
|
|
2168 -- they may be replaced by local equivalents without affecting the
|
|
2169 protocol.
|
|
2170
|
|
2171 Status-Code = "100" ; Continue
|
|
2172 | "101" ; Switching Protocols
|
|
2173 | "200" ; OK
|
|
2174 | "201" ; Created
|
|
2175 | "202" ; Accepted
|
|
2176 | "203" ; Non-Authoritative Information
|
|
2177 | "204" ; No Content
|
|
2178 | "205" ; Reset Content
|
|
2179 | "206" ; Partial Content
|
|
2180 | "300" ; Multiple Choices
|
|
2181 | "301" ; Moved Permanently
|
|
2182 | "302" ; Moved Temporarily
|
|
2183
|
|
2184
|
|
2185
|
|
2186 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 39]
|
|
2187
|
|
2188 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
2189
|
|
2190
|
|
2191 | "303" ; See Other
|
|
2192 | "304" ; Not Modified
|
|
2193 | "305" ; Use Proxy
|
|
2194 | "400" ; Bad Request
|
|
2195 | "401" ; Unauthorized
|
|
2196 | "402" ; Payment Required
|
|
2197 | "403" ; Forbidden
|
|
2198 | "404" ; Not Found
|
|
2199 | "405" ; Method Not Allowed
|
|
2200 | "406" ; Not Acceptable
|
|
2201 | "407" ; Proxy Authentication Required
|
|
2202 | "408" ; Request Time-out
|
|
2203 | "409" ; Conflict
|
|
2204 | "410" ; Gone
|
|
2205 | "411" ; Length Required
|
|
2206 | "412" ; Precondition Failed
|
|
2207 | "413" ; Request Entity Too Large
|
|
2208 | "414" ; Request-URI Too Large
|
|
2209 | "415" ; Unsupported Media Type
|
|
2210 | "500" ; Internal Server Error
|
|
2211 | "501" ; Not Implemented
|
|
2212 | "502" ; Bad Gateway
|
|
2213 | "503" ; Service Unavailable
|
|
2214 | "504" ; Gateway Time-out
|
|
2215 | "505" ; HTTP Version not supported
|
|
2216 | extension-code
|
|
2217
|
|
2218 extension-code = 3DIGIT
|
|
2219
|
|
2220 Reason-Phrase = *<TEXT, excluding CR, LF>
|
|
2221
|
|
2222 HTTP status codes are extensible. HTTP applications are not required
|
|
2223 to understand the meaning of all registered status codes, though such
|
|
2224 understanding is obviously desirable. However, applications MUST
|
|
2225 understand the class of any status code, as indicated by the first
|
|
2226 digit, and treat any unrecognized response as being equivalent to the
|
|
2227 x00 status code of that class, with the exception that an
|
|
2228 unrecognized response MUST NOT be cached. For example, if an
|
|
2229 unrecognized status code of 431 is received by the client, it can
|
|
2230 safely assume that there was something wrong with its request and
|
|
2231 treat the response as if it had received a 400 status code. In such
|
|
2232 cases, user agents SHOULD present to the user the entity returned
|
|
2233 with the response, since that entity is likely to include human-
|
|
2234 readable information which will explain the unusual status.
|
|
2235
|
|
2236
|
|
2237
|
|
2238
|
|
2239
|
|
2240
|
|
2241
|
|
2242 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 40]
|
|
2243
|
|
2244 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
2245
|
|
2246
|
|
2247 6.2 Response Header Fields
|
|
2248
|
|
2249 The response-header fields allow the server to pass additional
|
|
2250 information about the response which cannot be placed in the Status-
|
|
2251 Line. These header fields give information about the server and about
|
|
2252 further access to the resource identified by the Request-URI.
|
|
2253
|
|
2254 response-header = Age ; Section 14.6
|
|
2255 | Location ; Section 14.30
|
|
2256 | Proxy-Authenticate ; Section 14.33
|
|
2257 | Public ; Section 14.35
|
|
2258 | Retry-After ; Section 14.38
|
|
2259 | Server ; Section 14.39
|
|
2260 | Vary ; Section 14.43
|
|
2261 | Warning ; Section 14.45
|
|
2262 | WWW-Authenticate ; Section 14.46
|
|
2263
|
|
2264 Response-header field names can be extended reliably only in
|
|
2265 combination with a change in the protocol version. However, new or
|
|
2266 experimental header fields MAY be given the semantics of response-
|
|
2267 header fields if all parties in the communication recognize them to
|
|
2268 be response-header fields. Unrecognized header fields are treated as
|
|
2269 entity-header fields.
|
|
2270
|
|
2271 7 Entity
|
|
2272
|
|
2273 Request and Response messages MAY transfer an entity if not otherwise
|
|
2274 restricted by the request method or response status code. An entity
|
|
2275 consists of entity-header fields and an entity-body, although some
|
|
2276 responses will only include the entity-headers.
|
|
2277
|
|
2278 In this section, both sender and recipient refer to either the client
|
|
2279 or the server, depending on who sends and who receives the entity.
|
|
2280
|
|
2281 7.1 Entity Header Fields
|
|
2282
|
|
2283 Entity-header fields define optional metainformation about the
|
|
2284 entity-body or, if no body is present, about the resource identified
|
|
2285 by the request.
|
|
2286
|
|
2287
|
|
2288
|
|
2289
|
|
2290
|
|
2291
|
|
2292
|
|
2293
|
|
2294
|
|
2295
|
|
2296
|
|
2297
|
|
2298 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 41]
|
|
2299
|
|
2300 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
2301
|
|
2302
|
|
2303 entity-header = Allow ; Section 14.7
|
|
2304 | Content-Base ; Section 14.11
|
|
2305 | Content-Encoding ; Section 14.12
|
|
2306 | Content-Language ; Section 14.13
|
|
2307 | Content-Length ; Section 14.14
|
|
2308 | Content-Location ; Section 14.15
|
|
2309 | Content-MD5 ; Section 14.16
|
|
2310 | Content-Range ; Section 14.17
|
|
2311 | Content-Type ; Section 14.18
|
|
2312 | ETag ; Section 14.20
|
|
2313 | Expires ; Section 14.21
|
|
2314 | Last-Modified ; Section 14.29
|
|
2315 | extension-header
|
|
2316
|
|
2317 extension-header = message-header
|
|
2318
|
|
2319 The extension-header mechanism allows additional entity-header fields
|
|
2320 to be defined without changing the protocol, but these fields cannot
|
|
2321 be assumed to be recognizable by the recipient. Unrecognized header
|
|
2322 fields SHOULD be ignored by the recipient and forwarded by proxies.
|
|
2323
|
|
2324 7.2 Entity Body
|
|
2325
|
|
2326 The entity-body (if any) sent with an HTTP request or response is in
|
|
2327 a format and encoding defined by the entity-header fields.
|
|
2328
|
|
2329 entity-body = *OCTET
|
|
2330
|
|
2331 An entity-body is only present in a message when a message-body is
|
|
2332 present, as described in section 4.3. The entity-body is obtained
|
|
2333 from the message-body by decoding any Transfer-Encoding that may have
|
|
2334 been applied to ensure safe and proper transfer of the message.
|
|
2335
|
|
2336 7.2.1 Type
|
|
2337
|
|
2338 When an entity-body is included with a message, the data type of that
|
|
2339 body is determined via the header fields Content-Type and Content-
|
|
2340 Encoding. These define a two-layer, ordered encoding model:
|
|
2341
|
|
2342 entity-body := Content-Encoding( Content-Type( data ) )
|
|
2343
|
|
2344 Content-Type specifies the media type of the underlying data.
|
|
2345 Content-Encoding may be used to indicate any additional content
|
|
2346 codings applied to the data, usually for the purpose of data
|
|
2347 compression, that are a property of the requested resource. There is
|
|
2348 no default encoding.
|
|
2349
|
|
2350
|
|
2351
|
|
2352
|
|
2353
|
|
2354 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 42]
|
|
2355
|
|
2356 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
2357
|
|
2358
|
|
2359 Any HTTP/1.1 message containing an entity-body SHOULD include a
|
|
2360 Content-Type header field defining the media type of that body. If
|
|
2361 and only if the media type is not given by a Content-Type field, the
|
|
2362 recipient MAY attempt to guess the media type via inspection of its
|
|
2363 content and/or the name extension(s) of the URL used to identify the
|
|
2364 resource. If the media type remains unknown, the recipient SHOULD
|
|
2365 treat it as type "application/octet-stream".
|
|
2366
|
|
2367 7.2.2 Length
|
|
2368
|
|
2369 The length of an entity-body is the length of the message-body after
|
|
2370 any transfer codings have been removed. Section 4.4 defines how the
|
|
2371 length of a message-body is determined.
|
|
2372
|
|
2373 8 Connections
|
|
2374
|
|
2375 8.1 Persistent Connections
|
|
2376
|
|
2377 8.1.1 Purpose
|
|
2378
|
|
2379 Prior to persistent connections, a separate TCP connection was
|
|
2380 established to fetch each URL, increasing the load on HTTP servers
|
|
2381 and causing congestion on the Internet. The use of inline images and
|
|
2382 other associated data often requires a client to make multiple
|
|
2383 requests of the same server in a short amount of time. Analyses of
|
|
2384 these performance problems are available [30][27]; analysis and
|
|
2385 results from a prototype implementation are in [26].
|
|
2386
|
|
2387 Persistent HTTP connections have a number of advantages:
|
|
2388
|
|
2389 o By opening and closing fewer TCP connections, CPU time is saved,
|
|
2390 and memory used for TCP protocol control blocks is also saved.
|
|
2391 o HTTP requests and responses can be pipelined on a connection.
|
|
2392 Pipelining allows a client to make multiple requests without
|
|
2393 waiting for each response, allowing a single TCP connection to be
|
|
2394 used much more efficiently, with much lower elapsed time.
|
|
2395 o Network congestion is reduced by reducing the number of packets
|
|
2396 caused by TCP opens, and by allowing TCP sufficient time to
|
|
2397 determine the congestion state of the network.
|
|
2398 o HTTP can evolve more gracefully; since errors can be reported
|
|
2399 without the penalty of closing the TCP connection. Clients using
|
|
2400 future versions of HTTP might optimistically try a new feature, but
|
|
2401 if communicating with an older server, retry with old semantics
|
|
2402 after an error is reported.
|
|
2403
|
|
2404 HTTP implementations SHOULD implement persistent connections.
|
|
2405
|
|
2406
|
|
2407
|
|
2408
|
|
2409
|
|
2410 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 43]
|
|
2411
|
|
2412 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
2413
|
|
2414
|
|
2415 8.1.2 Overall Operation
|
|
2416
|
|
2417 A significant difference between HTTP/1.1 and earlier versions of
|
|
2418 HTTP is that persistent connections are the default behavior of any
|
|
2419 HTTP connection. That is, unless otherwise indicated, the client may
|
|
2420 assume that the server will maintain a persistent connection.
|
|
2421
|
|
2422 Persistent connections provide a mechanism by which a client and a
|
|
2423 server can signal the close of a TCP connection. This signaling takes
|
|
2424 place using the Connection header field. Once a close has been
|
|
2425 signaled, the client MUST not send any more requests on that
|
|
2426 connection.
|
|
2427
|
|
2428 8.1.2.1 Negotiation
|
|
2429
|
|
2430 An HTTP/1.1 server MAY assume that a HTTP/1.1 client intends to
|
|
2431 maintain a persistent connection unless a Connection header including
|
|
2432 the connection-token "close" was sent in the request. If the server
|
|
2433 chooses to close the connection immediately after sending the
|
|
2434 response, it SHOULD send a Connection header including the
|
|
2435 connection-token close.
|
|
2436
|
|
2437 An HTTP/1.1 client MAY expect a connection to remain open, but would
|
|
2438 decide to keep it open based on whether the response from a server
|
|
2439 contains a Connection header with the connection-token close. In case
|
|
2440 the client does not want to maintain a connection for more than that
|
|
2441 request, it SHOULD send a Connection header including the
|
|
2442 connection-token close.
|
|
2443
|
|
2444 If either the client or the server sends the close token in the
|
|
2445 Connection header, that request becomes the last one for the
|
|
2446 connection.
|
|
2447
|
|
2448 Clients and servers SHOULD NOT assume that a persistent connection is
|
|
2449 maintained for HTTP versions less than 1.1 unless it is explicitly
|
|
2450 signaled. See section 19.7.1 for more information on backwards
|
|
2451 compatibility with HTTP/1.0 clients.
|
|
2452
|
|
2453 In order to remain persistent, all messages on the connection must
|
|
2454 have a self-defined message length (i.e., one not defined by closure
|
|
2455 of the connection), as described in section 4.4.
|
|
2456
|
|
2457 8.1.2.2 Pipelining
|
|
2458
|
|
2459 A client that supports persistent connections MAY "pipeline" its
|
|
2460 requests (i.e., send multiple requests without waiting for each
|
|
2461 response). A server MUST send its responses to those requests in the
|
|
2462 same order that the requests were received.
|
|
2463
|
|
2464
|
|
2465
|
|
2466 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 44]
|
|
2467
|
|
2468 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
2469
|
|
2470
|
|
2471 Clients which assume persistent connections and pipeline immediately
|
|
2472 after connection establishment SHOULD be prepared to retry their
|
|
2473 connection if the first pipelined attempt fails. If a client does
|
|
2474 such a retry, it MUST NOT pipeline before it knows the connection is
|
|
2475 persistent. Clients MUST also be prepared to resend their requests if
|
|
2476 the server closes the connection before sending all of the
|
|
2477 corresponding responses.
|
|
2478
|
|
2479 8.1.3 Proxy Servers
|
|
2480
|
|
2481 It is especially important that proxies correctly implement the
|
|
2482 properties of the Connection header field as specified in 14.2.1.
|
|
2483
|
|
2484 The proxy server MUST signal persistent connections separately with
|
|
2485 its clients and the origin servers (or other proxy servers) that it
|
|
2486 connects to. Each persistent connection applies to only one transport
|
|
2487 link.
|
|
2488
|
|
2489 A proxy server MUST NOT establish a persistent connection with an
|
|
2490 HTTP/1.0 client.
|
|
2491
|
|
2492 8.1.4 Practical Considerations
|
|
2493
|
|
2494 Servers will usually have some time-out value beyond which they will
|
|
2495 no longer maintain an inactive connection. Proxy servers might make
|
|
2496 this a higher value since it is likely that the client will be making
|
|
2497 more connections through the same server. The use of persistent
|
|
2498 connections places no requirements on the length of this time-out for
|
|
2499 either the client or the server.
|
|
2500
|
|
2501 When a client or server wishes to time-out it SHOULD issue a graceful
|
|
2502 close on the transport connection. Clients and servers SHOULD both
|
|
2503 constantly watch for the other side of the transport close, and
|
|
2504 respond to it as appropriate. If a client or server does not detect
|
|
2505 the other side's close promptly it could cause unnecessary resource
|
|
2506 drain on the network.
|
|
2507
|
|
2508 A client, server, or proxy MAY close the transport connection at any
|
|
2509 time. For example, a client MAY have started to send a new request at
|
|
2510 the same time that the server has decided to close the "idle"
|
|
2511 connection. From the server's point of view, the connection is being
|
|
2512 closed while it was idle, but from the client's point of view, a
|
|
2513 request is in progress.
|
|
2514
|
|
2515 This means that clients, servers, and proxies MUST be able to recover
|
|
2516 from asynchronous close events. Client software SHOULD reopen the
|
|
2517 transport connection and retransmit the aborted request without user
|
|
2518 interaction so long as the request method is idempotent (see section
|
|
2519
|
|
2520
|
|
2521
|
|
2522 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 45]
|
|
2523
|
|
2524 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
2525
|
|
2526
|
|
2527 9.1.2); other methods MUST NOT be automatically retried, although
|
|
2528 user agents MAY offer a human operator the choice of retrying the
|
|
2529 request.
|
|
2530
|
|
2531 However, this automatic retry SHOULD NOT be repeated if the second
|
|
2532 request fails.
|
|
2533
|
|
2534 Servers SHOULD always respond to at least one request per connection,
|
|
2535 if at all possible. Servers SHOULD NOT close a connection in the
|
|
2536 middle of transmitting a response, unless a network or client failure
|
|
2537 is suspected.
|
|
2538
|
|
2539 Clients that use persistent connections SHOULD limit the number of
|
|
2540 simultaneous connections that they maintain to a given server. A
|
|
2541 single-user client SHOULD maintain AT MOST 2 connections with any
|
|
2542 server or proxy. A proxy SHOULD use up to 2*N connections to another
|
|
2543 server or proxy, where N is the number of simultaneously active
|
|
2544 users. These guidelines are intended to improve HTTP response times
|
|
2545 and avoid congestion of the Internet or other networks.
|
|
2546
|
|
2547 8.2 Message Transmission Requirements
|
|
2548
|
|
2549 General requirements:
|
|
2550
|
|
2551 o HTTP/1.1 servers SHOULD maintain persistent connections and use
|
|
2552 TCP's flow control mechanisms to resolve temporary overloads,
|
|
2553 rather than terminating connections with the expectation that
|
|
2554 clients will retry. The latter technique can exacerbate network
|
|
2555 congestion.
|
|
2556
|
|
2557 o An HTTP/1.1 (or later) client sending a message-body SHOULD monitor
|
|
2558 the network connection for an error status while it is transmitting
|
|
2559 the request. If the client sees an error status, it SHOULD
|
|
2560 immediately cease transmitting the body. If the body is being sent
|
|
2561 using a "chunked" encoding (section 3.6), a zero length chunk and
|
|
2562 empty footer MAY be used to prematurely mark the end of the
|
|
2563 message. If the body was preceded by a Content-Length header, the
|
|
2564 client MUST close the connection.
|
|
2565
|
|
2566 o An HTTP/1.1 (or later) client MUST be prepared to accept a 100
|
|
2567 (Continue) status followed by a regular response.
|
|
2568
|
|
2569 o An HTTP/1.1 (or later) server that receives a request from a
|
|
2570 HTTP/1.0 (or earlier) client MUST NOT transmit the 100 (continue)
|
|
2571 response; it SHOULD either wait for the request to be completed
|
|
2572 normally (thus avoiding an interrupted request) or close the
|
|
2573 connection prematurely.
|
|
2574
|
|
2575
|
|
2576
|
|
2577
|
|
2578 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 46]
|
|
2579
|
|
2580 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
2581
|
|
2582
|
|
2583 Upon receiving a method subject to these requirements from an
|
|
2584 HTTP/1.1 (or later) client, an HTTP/1.1 (or later) server MUST either
|
|
2585 respond with 100 (Continue) status and continue to read from the
|
|
2586 input stream, or respond with an error status. If it responds with an
|
|
2587 error status, it MAY close the transport (TCP) connection or it MAY
|
|
2588 continue to read and discard the rest of the request. It MUST NOT
|
|
2589 perform the requested method if it returns an error status.
|
|
2590
|
|
2591 Clients SHOULD remember the version number of at least the most
|
|
2592 recently used server; if an HTTP/1.1 client has seen an HTTP/1.1 or
|
|
2593 later response from the server, and it sees the connection close
|
|
2594 before receiving any status from the server, the client SHOULD retry
|
|
2595 the request without user interaction so long as the request method is
|
|
2596 idempotent (see section 9.1.2); other methods MUST NOT be
|
|
2597 automatically retried, although user agents MAY offer a human
|
|
2598 operator the choice of retrying the request.. If the client does
|
|
2599 retry the request, the client
|
|
2600
|
|
2601 o MUST first send the request header fields, and then
|
|
2602
|
|
2603 o MUST wait for the server to respond with either a 100 (Continue)
|
|
2604 response, in which case the client should continue, or with an
|
|
2605 error status.
|
|
2606
|
|
2607 If an HTTP/1.1 client has not seen an HTTP/1.1 or later response from
|
|
2608 the server, it should assume that the server implements HTTP/1.0 or
|
|
2609 older and will not use the 100 (Continue) response. If in this case
|
|
2610 the client sees the connection close before receiving any status from
|
|
2611 the server, the client SHOULD retry the request. If the client does
|
|
2612 retry the request to this HTTP/1.0 server, it should use the
|
|
2613 following "binary exponential backoff" algorithm to be assured of
|
|
2614 obtaining a reliable response:
|
|
2615
|
|
2616 1. Initiate a new connection to the server
|
|
2617
|
|
2618 2. Transmit the request-headers
|
|
2619
|
|
2620 3. Initialize a variable R to the estimated round-trip time to the
|
|
2621 server (e.g., based on the time it took to establish the
|
|
2622 connection), or to a constant value of 5 seconds if the round-trip
|
|
2623 time is not available.
|
|
2624
|
|
2625 4. Compute T = R * (2**N), where N is the number of previous retries
|
|
2626 of this request.
|
|
2627
|
|
2628 5. Wait either for an error response from the server, or for T seconds
|
|
2629 (whichever comes first)
|
|
2630
|
|
2631
|
|
2632
|
|
2633
|
|
2634 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 47]
|
|
2635
|
|
2636 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
2637
|
|
2638
|
|
2639 6. If no error response is received, after T seconds transmit the body
|
|
2640 of the request.
|
|
2641
|
|
2642 7. If client sees that the connection is closed prematurely, repeat
|
|
2643 from step 1 until the request is accepted, an error response is
|
|
2644 received, or the user becomes impatient and terminates the retry
|
|
2645 process.
|
|
2646
|
|
2647 No matter what the server version, if an error status is received,
|
|
2648 the client
|
|
2649
|
|
2650 o MUST NOT continue and
|
|
2651
|
|
2652 o MUST close the connection if it has not completed sending the
|
|
2653 message.
|
|
2654
|
|
2655 An HTTP/1.1 (or later) client that sees the connection close after
|
|
2656 receiving a 100 (Continue) but before receiving any other status
|
|
2657 SHOULD retry the request, and need not wait for 100 (Continue)
|
|
2658 response (but MAY do so if this simplifies the implementation).
|
|
2659
|
|
2660 9 Method Definitions
|
|
2661
|
|
2662 The set of common methods for HTTP/1.1 is defined below. Although
|
|
2663 this set can be expanded, additional methods cannot be assumed to
|
|
2664 share the same semantics for separately extended clients and servers.
|
|
2665
|
|
2666 The Host request-header field (section 14.23) MUST accompany all
|
|
2667 HTTP/1.1 requests.
|
|
2668
|
|
2669 9.1 Safe and Idempotent Methods
|
|
2670
|
|
2671 9.1.1 Safe Methods
|
|
2672
|
|
2673 Implementers should be aware that the software represents the user in
|
|
2674 their interactions over the Internet, and should be careful to allow
|
|
2675 the user to be aware of any actions they may take which may have an
|
|
2676 unexpected significance to themselves or others.
|
|
2677
|
|
2678 In particular, the convention has been established that the GET and
|
|
2679 HEAD methods should never have the significance of taking an action
|
|
2680 other than retrieval. These methods should be considered "safe." This
|
|
2681 allows user agents to represent other methods, such as POST, PUT and
|
|
2682 DELETE, in a special way, so that the user is made aware of the fact
|
|
2683 that a possibly unsafe action is being requested.
|
|
2684
|
|
2685 Naturally, it is not possible to ensure that the server does not
|
|
2686 generate side-effects as a result of performing a GET request; in
|
|
2687
|
|
2688
|
|
2689
|
|
2690 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 48]
|
|
2691
|
|
2692 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
2693
|
|
2694
|
|
2695 fact, some dynamic resources consider that a feature. The important
|
|
2696 distinction here is that the user did not request the side-effects,
|
|
2697 so therefore cannot be held accountable for them.
|
|
2698
|
|
2699 9.1.2 Idempotent Methods
|
|
2700
|
|
2701 Methods may also have the property of "idempotence" in that (aside
|
|
2702 from error or expiration issues) the side-effects of N > 0 identical
|
|
2703 requests is the same as for a single request. The methods GET, HEAD,
|
|
2704 PUT and DELETE share this property.
|
|
2705
|
|
2706 9.2 OPTIONS
|
|
2707
|
|
2708 The OPTIONS method represents a request for information about the
|
|
2709 communication options available on the request/response chain
|
|
2710 identified by the Request-URI. This method allows the client to
|
|
2711 determine the options and/or requirements associated with a resource,
|
|
2712 or the capabilities of a server, without implying a resource action
|
|
2713 or initiating a resource retrieval.
|
|
2714
|
|
2715 Unless the server's response is an error, the response MUST NOT
|
|
2716 include entity information other than what can be considered as
|
|
2717 communication options (e.g., Allow is appropriate, but Content-Type
|
|
2718 is not). Responses to this method are not cachable.
|
|
2719
|
|
2720 If the Request-URI is an asterisk ("*"), the OPTIONS request is
|
|
2721 intended to apply to the server as a whole. A 200 response SHOULD
|
|
2722 include any header fields which indicate optional features
|
|
2723 implemented by the server (e.g., Public), including any extensions
|
|
2724 not defined by this specification, in addition to any applicable
|
|
2725 general or response-header fields. As described in section 5.1.2, an
|
|
2726 "OPTIONS *" request can be applied through a proxy by specifying the
|
|
2727 destination server in the Request-URI without any path information.
|
|
2728
|
|
2729 If the Request-URI is not an asterisk, the OPTIONS request applies
|
|
2730 only to the options that are available when communicating with that
|
|
2731 resource. A 200 response SHOULD include any header fields which
|
|
2732 indicate optional features implemented by the server and applicable
|
|
2733 to that resource (e.g., Allow), including any extensions not defined
|
|
2734 by this specification, in addition to any applicable general or
|
|
2735 response-header fields. If the OPTIONS request passes through a
|
|
2736 proxy, the proxy MUST edit the response to exclude those options
|
|
2737 which apply to a proxy's capabilities and which are known to be
|
|
2738 unavailable through that proxy.
|
|
2739
|
|
2740
|
|
2741
|
|
2742
|
|
2743
|
|
2744
|
|
2745
|
|
2746 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 49]
|
|
2747
|
|
2748 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
2749
|
|
2750
|
|
2751 9.3 GET
|
|
2752
|
|
2753 The GET method means retrieve whatever information (in the form of an
|
|
2754 entity) is identified by the Request-URI. If the Request-URI refers
|
|
2755 to a data-producing process, it is the produced data which shall be
|
|
2756 returned as the entity in the response and not the source text of the
|
|
2757 process, unless that text happens to be the output of the process.
|
|
2758
|
|
2759 The semantics of the GET method change to a "conditional GET" if the
|
|
2760 request message includes an If-Modified-Since, If-Unmodified-Since,
|
|
2761 If-Match, If-None-Match, or If-Range header field. A conditional GET
|
|
2762 method requests that the entity be transferred only under the
|
|
2763 circumstances described by the conditional header field(s). The
|
|
2764 conditional GET method is intended to reduce unnecessary network
|
|
2765 usage by allowing cached entities to be refreshed without requiring
|
|
2766 multiple requests or transferring data already held by the client.
|
|
2767
|
|
2768 The semantics of the GET method change to a "partial GET" if the
|
|
2769 request message includes a Range header field. A partial GET requests
|
|
2770 that only part of the entity be transferred, as described in section
|
|
2771 14.36. The partial GET method is intended to reduce unnecessary
|
|
2772 network usage by allowing partially-retrieved entities to be
|
|
2773 completed without transferring data already held by the client.
|
|
2774
|
|
2775 The response to a GET request is cachable if and only if it meets the
|
|
2776 requirements for HTTP caching described in section 13.
|
|
2777
|
|
2778 9.4 HEAD
|
|
2779
|
|
2780 The HEAD method is identical to GET except that the server MUST NOT
|
|
2781 return a message-body in the response. The metainformation contained
|
|
2782 in the HTTP headers in response to a HEAD request SHOULD be identical
|
|
2783 to the information sent in response to a GET request. This method can
|
|
2784 be used for obtaining metainformation about the entity implied by the
|
|
2785 request without transferring the entity-body itself. This method is
|
|
2786 often used for testing hypertext links for validity, accessibility,
|
|
2787 and recent modification.
|
|
2788
|
|
2789 The response to a HEAD request may be cachable in the sense that the
|
|
2790 information contained in the response may be used to update a
|
|
2791 previously cached entity from that resource. If the new field values
|
|
2792 indicate that the cached entity differs from the current entity (as
|
|
2793 would be indicated by a change in Content-Length, Content-MD5, ETag
|
|
2794 or Last-Modified), then the cache MUST treat the cache entry as
|
|
2795 stale.
|
|
2796
|
|
2797
|
|
2798
|
|
2799
|
|
2800
|
|
2801
|
|
2802 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 50]
|
|
2803
|
|
2804 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
2805
|
|
2806
|
|
2807 9.5 POST
|
|
2808
|
|
2809 The POST method is used to request that the destination server accept
|
|
2810 the entity enclosed in the request as a new subordinate of the
|
|
2811 resource identified by the Request-URI in the Request-Line. POST is
|
|
2812 designed to allow a uniform method to cover the following functions:
|
|
2813
|
|
2814 o Annotation of existing resources;
|
|
2815
|
|
2816 o Posting a message to a bulletin board, newsgroup, mailing list,
|
|
2817 or similar group of articles;
|
|
2818
|
|
2819 o Providing a block of data, such as the result of submitting a
|
|
2820 form, to a data-handling process;
|
|
2821
|
|
2822 o Extending a database through an append operation.
|
|
2823
|
|
2824 The actual function performed by the POST method is determined by the
|
|
2825 server and is usually dependent on the Request-URI. The posted entity
|
|
2826 is subordinate to that URI in the same way that a file is subordinate
|
|
2827 to a directory containing it, a news article is subordinate to a
|
|
2828 newsgroup to which it is posted, or a record is subordinate to a
|
|
2829 database.
|
|
2830
|
|
2831 The action performed by the POST method might not result in a
|
|
2832 resource that can be identified by a URI. In this case, either 200
|
|
2833 (OK) or 204 (No Content) is the appropriate response status,
|
|
2834 depending on whether or not the response includes an entity that
|
|
2835 describes the result.
|
|
2836
|
|
2837 If a resource has been created on the origin server, the response
|
|
2838 SHOULD be 201 (Created) and contain an entity which describes the
|
|
2839 status of the request and refers to the new resource, and a Location
|
|
2840 header (see section 14.30).
|
|
2841
|
|
2842 Responses to this method are not cachable, unless the response
|
|
2843 includes appropriate Cache-Control or Expires header fields. However,
|
|
2844 the 303 (See Other) response can be used to direct the user agent to
|
|
2845 retrieve a cachable resource.
|
|
2846
|
|
2847 POST requests must obey the message transmission requirements set out
|
|
2848 in section 8.2.
|
|
2849
|
|
2850
|
|
2851
|
|
2852
|
|
2853
|
|
2854
|
|
2855
|
|
2856
|
|
2857
|
|
2858 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 51]
|
|
2859
|
|
2860 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
2861
|
|
2862
|
|
2863 9.6 PUT
|
|
2864
|
|
2865 The PUT method requests that the enclosed entity be stored under the
|
|
2866 supplied Request-URI. If the Request-URI refers to an already
|
|
2867 existing resource, the enclosed entity SHOULD be considered as a
|
|
2868 modified version of the one residing on the origin server. If the
|
|
2869 Request-URI does not point to an existing resource, and that URI is
|
|
2870 capable of being defined as a new resource by the requesting user
|
|
2871 agent, the origin server can create the resource with that URI. If a
|
|
2872 new resource is created, the origin server MUST inform the user agent
|
|
2873 via the 201 (Created) response. If an existing resource is modified,
|
|
2874 either the 200 (OK) or 204 (No Content) response codes SHOULD be sent
|
|
2875 to indicate successful completion of the request. If the resource
|
|
2876 could not be created or modified with the Request-URI, an appropriate
|
|
2877 error response SHOULD be given that reflects the nature of the
|
|
2878 problem. The recipient of the entity MUST NOT ignore any Content-*
|
|
2879 (e.g. Content-Range) headers that it does not understand or implement
|
|
2880 and MUST return a 501 (Not Implemented) response in such cases.
|
|
2881
|
|
2882 If the request passes through a cache and the Request-URI identifies
|
|
2883 one or more currently cached entities, those entries should be
|
|
2884 treated as stale. Responses to this method are not cachable.
|
|
2885
|
|
2886 The fundamental difference between the POST and PUT requests is
|
|
2887 reflected in the different meaning of the Request-URI. The URI in a
|
|
2888 POST request identifies the resource that will handle the enclosed
|
|
2889 entity. That resource may be a data-accepting process, a gateway to
|
|
2890 some other protocol, or a separate entity that accepts annotations.
|
|
2891 In contrast, the URI in a PUT request identifies the entity enclosed
|
|
2892 with the request -- the user agent knows what URI is intended and the
|
|
2893 server MUST NOT attempt to apply the request to some other resource.
|
|
2894 If the server desires that the request be applied to a different URI,
|
|
2895 it MUST send a 301 (Moved Permanently) response; the user agent MAY
|
|
2896 then make its own decision regarding whether or not to redirect the
|
|
2897 request.
|
|
2898
|
|
2899 A single resource MAY be identified by many different URIs. For
|
|
2900 example, an article may have a URI for identifying "the current
|
|
2901 version" which is separate from the URI identifying each particular
|
|
2902 version. In this case, a PUT request on a general URI may result in
|
|
2903 several other URIs being defined by the origin server.
|
|
2904
|
|
2905 HTTP/1.1 does not define how a PUT method affects the state of an
|
|
2906 origin server.
|
|
2907
|
|
2908 PUT requests must obey the message transmission requirements set out
|
|
2909 in section 8.2.
|
|
2910
|
|
2911
|
|
2912
|
|
2913
|
|
2914 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 52]
|
|
2915
|
|
2916 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
2917
|
|
2918
|
|
2919 9.7 DELETE
|
|
2920
|
|
2921 The DELETE method requests that the origin server delete the resource
|
|
2922 identified by the Request-URI. This method MAY be overridden by human
|
|
2923 intervention (or other means) on the origin server. The client cannot
|
|
2924 be guaranteed that the operation has been carried out, even if the
|
|
2925 status code returned from the origin server indicates that the action
|
|
2926 has been completed successfully. However, the server SHOULD not
|
|
2927 indicate success unless, at the time the response is given, it
|
|
2928 intends to delete the resource or move it to an inaccessible
|
|
2929 location.
|
|
2930
|
|
2931 A successful response SHOULD be 200 (OK) if the response includes an
|
|
2932 entity describing the status, 202 (Accepted) if the action has not
|
|
2933 yet been enacted, or 204 (No Content) if the response is OK but does
|
|
2934 not include an entity.
|
|
2935
|
|
2936 If the request passes through a cache and the Request-URI identifies
|
|
2937 one or more currently cached entities, those entries should be
|
|
2938 treated as stale. Responses to this method are not cachable.
|
|
2939
|
|
2940 9.8 TRACE
|
|
2941
|
|
2942 The TRACE method is used to invoke a remote, application-layer loop-
|
|
2943 back of the request message. The final recipient of the request
|
|
2944 SHOULD reflect the message received back to the client as the
|
|
2945 entity-body of a 200 (OK) response. The final recipient is either the
|
|
2946 origin server or the first proxy or gateway to receive a Max-Forwards
|
|
2947 value of zero (0) in the request (see section 14.31). A TRACE request
|
|
2948 MUST NOT include an entity.
|
|
2949
|
|
2950 TRACE allows the client to see what is being received at the other
|
|
2951 end of the request chain and use that data for testing or diagnostic
|
|
2952 information. The value of the Via header field (section 14.44) is of
|
|
2953 particular interest, since it acts as a trace of the request chain.
|
|
2954 Use of the Max-Forwards header field allows the client to limit the
|
|
2955 length of the request chain, which is useful for testing a chain of
|
|
2956 proxies forwarding messages in an infinite loop.
|
|
2957
|
|
2958 If successful, the response SHOULD contain the entire request message
|
|
2959 in the entity-body, with a Content-Type of "message/http". Responses
|
|
2960 to this method MUST NOT be cached.
|
|
2961
|
|
2962 10 Status Code Definitions
|
|
2963
|
|
2964 Each Status-Code is described below, including a description of which
|
|
2965 method(s) it can follow and any metainformation required in the
|
|
2966 response.
|
|
2967
|
|
2968
|
|
2969
|
|
2970 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 53]
|
|
2971
|
|
2972 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
2973
|
|
2974
|
|
2975 10.1 Informational 1xx
|
|
2976
|
|
2977 This class of status code indicates a provisional response,
|
|
2978 consisting only of the Status-Line and optional headers, and is
|
|
2979 terminated by an empty line. Since HTTP/1.0 did not define any 1xx
|
|
2980 status codes, servers MUST NOT send a 1xx response to an HTTP/1.0
|
|
2981 client except under experimental conditions.
|
|
2982
|
|
2983 10.1.1 100 Continue
|
|
2984
|
|
2985 The client may continue with its request. This interim response is
|
|
2986 used to inform the client that the initial part of the request has
|
|
2987 been received and has not yet been rejected by the server. The client
|
|
2988 SHOULD continue by sending the remainder of the request or, if the
|
|
2989 request has already been completed, ignore this response. The server
|
|
2990 MUST send a final response after the request has been completed.
|
|
2991
|
|
2992 10.1.2 101 Switching Protocols
|
|
2993
|
|
2994 The server understands and is willing to comply with the client's
|
|
2995 request, via the Upgrade message header field (section 14.41), for a
|
|
2996 change in the application protocol being used on this connection. The
|
|
2997 server will switch protocols to those defined by the response's
|
|
2998 Upgrade header field immediately after the empty line which
|
|
2999 terminates the 101 response.
|
|
3000
|
|
3001 The protocol should only be switched when it is advantageous to do
|
|
3002 so. For example, switching to a newer version of HTTP is
|
|
3003 advantageous over older versions, and switching to a real-time,
|
|
3004 synchronous protocol may be advantageous when delivering resources
|
|
3005 that use such features.
|
|
3006
|
|
3007 10.2 Successful 2xx
|
|
3008
|
|
3009 This class of status code indicates that the client's request was
|
|
3010 successfully received, understood, and accepted.
|
|
3011
|
|
3012 10.2.1 200 OK
|
|
3013
|
|
3014 The request has succeeded. The information returned with the response
|
|
3015 is dependent on the method used in the request, for example:
|
|
3016
|
|
3017 GET an entity corresponding to the requested resource is sent in the
|
|
3018 response;
|
|
3019
|
|
3020 HEAD the entity-header fields corresponding to the requested resource
|
|
3021 are sent in the response without any message-body;
|
|
3022
|
|
3023
|
|
3024
|
|
3025
|
|
3026 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 54]
|
|
3027
|
|
3028 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
3029
|
|
3030
|
|
3031 POST an entity describing or containing the result of the action;
|
|
3032
|
|
3033 TRACE an entity containing the request message as received by the end
|
|
3034 server.
|
|
3035
|
|
3036 10.2.2 201 Created
|
|
3037
|
|
3038 The request has been fulfilled and resulted in a new resource being
|
|
3039 created. The newly created resource can be referenced by the URI(s)
|
|
3040 returned in the entity of the response, with the most specific URL
|
|
3041 for the resource given by a Location header field. The origin server
|
|
3042 MUST create the resource before returning the 201 status code. If the
|
|
3043 action cannot be carried out immediately, the server should respond
|
|
3044 with 202 (Accepted) response instead.
|
|
3045
|
|
3046 10.2.3 202 Accepted
|
|
3047
|
|
3048 The request has been accepted for processing, but the processing has
|
|
3049 not been completed. The request MAY or MAY NOT eventually be acted
|
|
3050 upon, as it MAY be disallowed when processing actually takes place.
|
|
3051 There is no facility for re-sending a status code from an
|
|
3052 asynchronous operation such as this.
|
|
3053
|
|
3054 The 202 response is intentionally non-committal. Its purpose is to
|
|
3055 allow a server to accept a request for some other process (perhaps a
|
|
3056 batch-oriented process that is only run once per day) without
|
|
3057 requiring that the user agent's connection to the server persist
|
|
3058 until the process is completed. The entity returned with this
|
|
3059 response SHOULD include an indication of the request's current status
|
|
3060 and either a pointer to a status monitor or some estimate of when the
|
|
3061 user can expect the request to be fulfilled.
|
|
3062
|
|
3063 10.2.4 203 Non-Authoritative Information
|
|
3064
|
|
3065 The returned metainformation in the entity-header is not the
|
|
3066 definitive set as available from the origin server, but is gathered
|
|
3067 from a local or a third-party copy. The set presented MAY be a subset
|
|
3068 or superset of the original version. For example, including local
|
|
3069 annotation information about the resource MAY result in a superset of
|
|
3070 the metainformation known by the origin server. Use of this response
|
|
3071 code is not required and is only appropriate when the response would
|
|
3072 otherwise be 200 (OK).
|
|
3073
|
|
3074 10.2.5 204 No Content
|
|
3075
|
|
3076 The server has fulfilled the request but there is no new information
|
|
3077 to send back. If the client is a user agent, it SHOULD NOT change its
|
|
3078 document view from that which caused the request to be sent. This
|
|
3079
|
|
3080
|
|
3081
|
|
3082 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 55]
|
|
3083
|
|
3084 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
3085
|
|
3086
|
|
3087 response is primarily intended to allow input for actions to take
|
|
3088 place without causing a change to the user agent's active document
|
|
3089 view. The response MAY include new metainformation in the form of
|
|
3090 entity-headers, which SHOULD apply to the document currently in the
|
|
3091 user agent's active view.
|
|
3092
|
|
3093 The 204 response MUST NOT include a message-body, and thus is always
|
|
3094 terminated by the first empty line after the header fields.
|
|
3095
|
|
3096 10.2.6 205 Reset Content
|
|
3097
|
|
3098 The server has fulfilled the request and the user agent SHOULD reset
|
|
3099 the document view which caused the request to be sent. This response
|
|
3100 is primarily intended to allow input for actions to take place via
|
|
3101 user input, followed by a clearing of the form in which the input is
|
|
3102 given so that the user can easily initiate another input action. The
|
|
3103 response MUST NOT include an entity.
|
|
3104
|
|
3105 10.2.7 206 Partial Content
|
|
3106
|
|
3107 The server has fulfilled the partial GET request for the resource.
|
|
3108 The request must have included a Range header field (section 14.36)
|
|
3109 indicating the desired range. The response MUST include either a
|
|
3110 Content-Range header field (section 14.17) indicating the range
|
|
3111 included with this response, or a multipart/byteranges Content-Type
|
|
3112 including Content-Range fields for each part. If multipart/byteranges
|
|
3113 is not used, the Content-Length header field in the response MUST
|
|
3114 match the actual number of OCTETs transmitted in the message-body.
|
|
3115
|
|
3116 A cache that does not support the Range and Content-Range headers
|
|
3117 MUST NOT cache 206 (Partial) responses.
|
|
3118
|
|
3119 10.3 Redirection 3xx
|
|
3120
|
|
3121 This class of status code indicates that further action needs to be
|
|
3122 taken by the user agent in order to fulfill the request. The action
|
|
3123 required MAY be carried out by the user agent without interaction
|
|
3124 with the user if and only if the method used in the second request is
|
|
3125 GET or HEAD. A user agent SHOULD NOT automatically redirect a request
|
|
3126 more than 5 times, since such redirections usually indicate an
|
|
3127 infinite loop.
|
|
3128
|
|
3129
|
|
3130
|
|
3131
|
|
3132
|
|
3133
|
|
3134
|
|
3135
|
|
3136
|
|
3137
|
|
3138 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 56]
|
|
3139
|
|
3140 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
3141
|
|
3142
|
|
3143 10.3.1 300 Multiple Choices
|
|
3144
|
|
3145 The requested resource corresponds to any one of a set of
|
|
3146 representations, each with its own specific location, and agent-
|
|
3147 driven negotiation information (section 12) is being provided so that
|
|
3148 the user (or user agent) can select a preferred representation and
|
|
3149 redirect its request to that location.
|
|
3150
|
|
3151 Unless it was a HEAD request, the response SHOULD include an entity
|
|
3152 containing a list of resource characteristics and location(s) from
|
|
3153 which the user or user agent can choose the one most appropriate. The
|
|
3154 entity format is specified by the media type given in the Content-
|
|
3155 Type header field. Depending upon the format and the capabilities of
|
|
3156 the user agent, selection of the most appropriate choice may be
|
|
3157 performed automatically. However, this specification does not define
|
|
3158 any standard for such automatic selection.
|
|
3159
|
|
3160 If the server has a preferred choice of representation, it SHOULD
|
|
3161 include the specific URL for that representation in the Location
|
|
3162 field; user agents MAY use the Location field value for automatic
|
|
3163 redirection. This response is cachable unless indicated otherwise.
|
|
3164
|
|
3165 10.3.2 301 Moved Permanently
|
|
3166
|
|
3167 The requested resource has been assigned a new permanent URI and any
|
|
3168 future references to this resource SHOULD be done using one of the
|
|
3169 returned URIs. Clients with link editing capabilities SHOULD
|
|
3170 automatically re-link references to the Request-URI to one or more of
|
|
3171 the new references returned by the server, where possible. This
|
|
3172 response is cachable unless indicated otherwise.
|
|
3173
|
|
3174 If the new URI is a location, its URL SHOULD be given by the Location
|
|
3175 field in the response. Unless the request method was HEAD, the entity
|
|
3176 of the response SHOULD contain a short hypertext note with a
|
|
3177 hyperlink to the new URI(s).
|
|
3178
|
|
3179 If the 301 status code is received in response to a request other
|
|
3180 than GET or HEAD, the user agent MUST NOT automatically redirect the
|
|
3181 request unless it can be confirmed by the user, since this might
|
|
3182 change the conditions under which the request was issued.
|
|
3183
|
|
3184 Note: When automatically redirecting a POST request after receiving
|
|
3185 a 301 status code, some existing HTTP/1.0 user agents will
|
|
3186 erroneously change it into a GET request.
|
|
3187
|
|
3188
|
|
3189
|
|
3190
|
|
3191
|
|
3192
|
|
3193
|
|
3194 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 57]
|
|
3195
|
|
3196 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
3197
|
|
3198
|
|
3199 10.3.3 302 Moved Temporarily
|
|
3200
|
|
3201 The requested resource resides temporarily under a different URI.
|
|
3202 Since the redirection may be altered on occasion, the client SHOULD
|
|
3203 continue to use the Request-URI for future requests. This response is
|
|
3204 only cachable if indicated by a Cache-Control or Expires header
|
|
3205 field.
|
|
3206
|
|
3207 If the new URI is a location, its URL SHOULD be given by the Location
|
|
3208 field in the response. Unless the request method was HEAD, the entity
|
|
3209 of the response SHOULD contain a short hypertext note with a
|
|
3210 hyperlink to the new URI(s).
|
|
3211
|
|
3212 If the 302 status code is received in response to a request other
|
|
3213 than GET or HEAD, the user agent MUST NOT automatically redirect the
|
|
3214 request unless it can be confirmed by the user, since this might
|
|
3215 change the conditions under which the request was issued.
|
|
3216
|
|
3217 Note: When automatically redirecting a POST request after receiving
|
|
3218 a 302 status code, some existing HTTP/1.0 user agents will
|
|
3219 erroneously change it into a GET request.
|
|
3220
|
|
3221 10.3.4 303 See Other
|
|
3222
|
|
3223 The response to the request can be found under a different URI and
|
|
3224 SHOULD be retrieved using a GET method on that resource. This method
|
|
3225 exists primarily to allow the output of a POST-activated script to
|
|
3226 redirect the user agent to a selected resource. The new URI is not a
|
|
3227 substitute reference for the originally requested resource. The 303
|
|
3228 response is not cachable, but the response to the second (redirected)
|
|
3229 request MAY be cachable.
|
|
3230
|
|
3231 If the new URI is a location, its URL SHOULD be given by the Location
|
|
3232 field in the response. Unless the request method was HEAD, the entity
|
|
3233 of the response SHOULD contain a short hypertext note with a
|
|
3234 hyperlink to the new URI(s).
|
|
3235
|
|
3236 10.3.5 304 Not Modified
|
|
3237
|
|
3238 If the client has performed a conditional GET request and access is
|
|
3239 allowed, but the document has not been modified, the server SHOULD
|
|
3240 respond with this status code. The response MUST NOT contain a
|
|
3241 message-body.
|
|
3242
|
|
3243
|
|
3244
|
|
3245
|
|
3246
|
|
3247
|
|
3248
|
|
3249
|
|
3250 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 58]
|
|
3251
|
|
3252 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
3253
|
|
3254
|
|
3255 The response MUST include the following header fields:
|
|
3256
|
|
3257 o Date
|
|
3258
|
|
3259 o ETag and/or Content-Location, if the header would have been sent in
|
|
3260 a 200 response to the same request
|
|
3261
|
|
3262 o Expires, Cache-Control, and/or Vary, if the field-value might
|
|
3263 differ from that sent in any previous response for the same variant
|
|
3264
|
|
3265 If the conditional GET used a strong cache validator (see section
|
|
3266 13.3.3), the response SHOULD NOT include other entity-headers.
|
|
3267 Otherwise (i.e., the conditional GET used a weak validator), the
|
|
3268 response MUST NOT include other entity-headers; this prevents
|
|
3269 inconsistencies between cached entity-bodies and updated headers.
|
|
3270
|
|
3271 If a 304 response indicates an entity not currently cached, then the
|
|
3272 cache MUST disregard the response and repeat the request without the
|
|
3273 conditional.
|
|
3274
|
|
3275 If a cache uses a received 304 response to update a cache entry, the
|
|
3276 cache MUST update the entry to reflect any new field values given in
|
|
3277 the response.
|
|
3278
|
|
3279 The 304 response MUST NOT include a message-body, and thus is always
|
|
3280 terminated by the first empty line after the header fields.
|
|
3281
|
|
3282 10.3.6 305 Use Proxy
|
|
3283
|
|
3284 The requested resource MUST be accessed through the proxy given by
|
|
3285 the Location field. The Location field gives the URL of the proxy.
|
|
3286 The recipient is expected to repeat the request via the proxy.
|
|
3287
|
|
3288 10.4 Client Error 4xx
|
|
3289
|
|
3290 The 4xx class of status code is intended for cases in which the
|
|
3291 client seems to have erred. Except when responding to a HEAD request,
|
|
3292 the server SHOULD include an entity containing an explanation of the
|
|
3293 error situation, and whether it is a temporary or permanent
|
|
3294 condition. These status codes are applicable to any request method.
|
|
3295 User agents SHOULD display any included entity to the user.
|
|
3296
|
|
3297 Note: If the client is sending data, a server implementation using
|
|
3298 TCP should be careful to ensure that the client acknowledges
|
|
3299 receipt of the packet(s) containing the response, before the server
|
|
3300 closes the input connection. If the client continues sending data
|
|
3301 to the server after the close, the server's TCP stack will send a
|
|
3302 reset packet to the client, which may erase the client's
|
|
3303
|
|
3304
|
|
3305
|
|
3306 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 59]
|
|
3307
|
|
3308 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
3309
|
|
3310
|
|
3311 unacknowledged input buffers before they can be read and
|
|
3312 interpreted by the HTTP application.
|
|
3313
|
|
3314 10.4.1 400 Bad Request
|
|
3315
|
|
3316 The request could not be understood by the server due to malformed
|
|
3317 syntax. The client SHOULD NOT repeat the request without
|
|
3318 modifications.
|
|
3319
|
|
3320 10.4.2 401 Unauthorized
|
|
3321
|
|
3322 The request requires user authentication. The response MUST include a
|
|
3323 WWW-Authenticate header field (section 14.46) containing a challenge
|
|
3324 applicable to the requested resource. The client MAY repeat the
|
|
3325 request with a suitable Authorization header field (section 14.8). If
|
|
3326 the request already included Authorization credentials, then the 401
|
|
3327 response indicates that authorization has been refused for those
|
|
3328 credentials. If the 401 response contains the same challenge as the
|
|
3329 prior response, and the user agent has already attempted
|
|
3330 authentication at least once, then the user SHOULD be presented the
|
|
3331 entity that was given in the response, since that entity MAY include
|
|
3332 relevant diagnostic information. HTTP access authentication is
|
|
3333 explained in section 11.
|
|
3334
|
|
3335 10.4.3 402 Payment Required
|
|
3336
|
|
3337 This code is reserved for future use.
|
|
3338
|
|
3339 10.4.4 403 Forbidden
|
|
3340
|
|
3341 The server understood the request, but is refusing to fulfill it.
|
|
3342 Authorization will not help and the request SHOULD NOT be repeated.
|
|
3343 If the request method was not HEAD and the server wishes to make
|
|
3344 public why the request has not been fulfilled, it SHOULD describe the
|
|
3345 reason for the refusal in the entity. This status code is commonly
|
|
3346 used when the server does not wish to reveal exactly why the request
|
|
3347 has been refused, or when no other response is applicable.
|
|
3348
|
|
3349 10.4.5 404 Not Found
|
|
3350
|
|
3351 The server has not found anything matching the Request-URI. No
|
|
3352 indication is given of whether the condition is temporary or
|
|
3353 permanent.
|
|
3354
|
|
3355
|
|
3356
|
|
3357
|
|
3358
|
|
3359
|
|
3360
|
|
3361
|
|
3362 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 60]
|
|
3363
|
|
3364 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
3365
|
|
3366
|
|
3367 If the server does not wish to make this information available to the
|
|
3368 client, the status code 403 (Forbidden) can be used instead. The 410
|
|
3369 (Gone) status code SHOULD be used if the server knows, through some
|
|
3370 internally configurable mechanism, that an old resource is
|
|
3371 permanently unavailable and has no forwarding address.
|
|
3372
|
|
3373 10.4.6 405 Method Not Allowed
|
|
3374
|
|
3375 The method specified in the Request-Line is not allowed for the
|
|
3376 resource identified by the Request-URI. The response MUST include an
|
|
3377 Allow header containing a list of valid methods for the requested
|
|
3378 resource.
|
|
3379
|
|
3380 10.4.7 406 Not Acceptable
|
|
3381
|
|
3382 The resource identified by the request is only capable of generating
|
|
3383 response entities which have content characteristics not acceptable
|
|
3384 according to the accept headers sent in the request.
|
|
3385
|
|
3386 Unless it was a HEAD request, the response SHOULD include an entity
|
|
3387 containing a list of available entity characteristics and location(s)
|
|
3388 from which the user or user agent can choose the one most
|
|
3389 appropriate. The entity format is specified by the media type given
|
|
3390 in the Content-Type header field. Depending upon the format and the
|
|
3391 capabilities of the user agent, selection of the most appropriate
|
|
3392 choice may be performed automatically. However, this specification
|
|
3393 does not define any standard for such automatic selection.
|
|
3394
|
|
3395 Note: HTTP/1.1 servers are allowed to return responses which are
|
|
3396 not acceptable according to the accept headers sent in the request.
|
|
3397 In some cases, this may even be preferable to sending a 406
|
|
3398 response. User agents are encouraged to inspect the headers of an
|
|
3399 incoming response to determine if it is acceptable. If the response
|
|
3400 could be unacceptable, a user agent SHOULD temporarily stop receipt
|
|
3401 of more data and query the user for a decision on further actions.
|
|
3402
|
|
3403 10.4.8 407 Proxy Authentication Required
|
|
3404
|
|
3405 This code is similar to 401 (Unauthorized), but indicates that the
|
|
3406 client MUST first authenticate itself with the proxy. The proxy MUST
|
|
3407 return a Proxy-Authenticate header field (section 14.33) containing a
|
|
3408 challenge applicable to the proxy for the requested resource. The
|
|
3409 client MAY repeat the request with a suitable Proxy-Authorization
|
|
3410 header field (section 14.34). HTTP access authentication is explained
|
|
3411 in section 11.
|
|
3412
|
|
3413
|
|
3414
|
|
3415
|
|
3416
|
|
3417
|
|
3418 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 61]
|
|
3419
|
|
3420 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
3421
|
|
3422
|
|
3423 10.4.9 408 Request Timeout
|
|
3424
|
|
3425 The client did not produce a request within the time that the server
|
|
3426 was prepared to wait. The client MAY repeat the request without
|
|
3427 modifications at any later time.
|
|
3428
|
|
3429 10.4.10 409 Conflict
|
|
3430
|
|
3431 The request could not be completed due to a conflict with the current
|
|
3432 state of the resource. This code is only allowed in situations where
|
|
3433 it is expected that the user might be able to resolve the conflict
|
|
3434 and resubmit the request. The response body SHOULD include enough
|
|
3435 information for the user to recognize the source of the conflict.
|
|
3436 Ideally, the response entity would include enough information for the
|
|
3437 user or user agent to fix the problem; however, that may not be
|
|
3438 possible and is not required.
|
|
3439
|
|
3440 Conflicts are most likely to occur in response to a PUT request. If
|
|
3441 versioning is being used and the entity being PUT includes changes to
|
|
3442 a resource which conflict with those made by an earlier (third-party)
|
|
3443 request, the server MAY use the 409 response to indicate that it
|
|
3444 can't complete the request. In this case, the response entity SHOULD
|
|
3445 contain a list of the differences between the two versions in a
|
|
3446 format defined by the response Content-Type.
|
|
3447
|
|
3448 10.4.11 410 Gone
|
|
3449
|
|
3450 The requested resource is no longer available at the server and no
|
|
3451 forwarding address is known. This condition SHOULD be considered
|
|
3452 permanent. Clients with link editing capabilities SHOULD delete
|
|
3453 references to the Request-URI after user approval. If the server does
|
|
3454 not know, or has no facility to determine, whether or not the
|
|
3455 condition is permanent, the status code 404 (Not Found) SHOULD be
|
|
3456 used instead. This response is cachable unless indicated otherwise.
|
|
3457
|
|
3458 The 410 response is primarily intended to assist the task of web
|
|
3459 maintenance by notifying the recipient that the resource is
|
|
3460 intentionally unavailable and that the server owners desire that
|
|
3461 remote links to that resource be removed. Such an event is common for
|
|
3462 limited-time, promotional services and for resources belonging to
|
|
3463 individuals no longer working at the server's site. It is not
|
|
3464 necessary to mark all permanently unavailable resources as "gone" or
|
|
3465 to keep the mark for any length of time -- that is left to the
|
|
3466 discretion of the server owner.
|
|
3467
|
|
3468
|
|
3469
|
|
3470
|
|
3471
|
|
3472
|
|
3473
|
|
3474 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 62]
|
|
3475
|
|
3476 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
3477
|
|
3478
|
|
3479 10.4.12 411 Length Required
|
|
3480
|
|
3481 The server refuses to accept the request without a defined Content-
|
|
3482 Length. The client MAY repeat the request if it adds a valid
|
|
3483 Content-Length header field containing the length of the message-body
|
|
3484 in the request message.
|
|
3485
|
|
3486 10.4.13 412 Precondition Failed
|
|
3487
|
|
3488 The precondition given in one or more of the request-header fields
|
|
3489 evaluated to false when it was tested on the server. This response
|
|
3490 code allows the client to place preconditions on the current resource
|
|
3491 metainformation (header field data) and thus prevent the requested
|
|
3492 method from being applied to a resource other than the one intended.
|
|
3493
|
|
3494 10.4.14 413 Request Entity Too Large
|
|
3495
|
|
3496 The server is refusing to process a request because the request
|
|
3497 entity is larger than the server is willing or able to process. The
|
|
3498 server may close the connection to prevent the client from continuing
|
|
3499 the request.
|
|
3500
|
|
3501 If the condition is temporary, the server SHOULD include a Retry-
|
|
3502 After header field to indicate that it is temporary and after what
|
|
3503 time the client may try again.
|
|
3504
|
|
3505 10.4.15 414 Request-URI Too Long
|
|
3506
|
|
3507 The server is refusing to service the request because the Request-URI
|
|
3508 is longer than the server is willing to interpret. This rare
|
|
3509 condition is only likely to occur when a client has improperly
|
|
3510 converted a POST request to a GET request with long query
|
|
3511 information, when the client has descended into a URL "black hole" of
|
|
3512 redirection (e.g., a redirected URL prefix that points to a suffix of
|
|
3513 itself), or when the server is under attack by a client attempting to
|
|
3514 exploit security holes present in some servers using fixed-length
|
|
3515 buffers for reading or manipulating the Request-URI.
|
|
3516
|
|
3517 10.4.16 415 Unsupported Media Type
|
|
3518
|
|
3519 The server is refusing to service the request because the entity of
|
|
3520 the request is in a format not supported by the requested resource
|
|
3521 for the requested method.
|
|
3522
|
|
3523
|
|
3524
|
|
3525
|
|
3526
|
|
3527
|
|
3528
|
|
3529
|
|
3530 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 63]
|
|
3531
|
|
3532 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
3533
|
|
3534
|
|
3535 10.5 Server Error 5xx
|
|
3536
|
|
3537 Response status codes beginning with the digit "5" indicate cases in
|
|
3538 which the server is aware that it has erred or is incapable of
|
|
3539 performing the request. Except when responding to a HEAD request, the
|
|
3540 server SHOULD include an entity containing an explanation of the
|
|
3541 error situation, and whether it is a temporary or permanent
|
|
3542 condition. User agents SHOULD display any included entity to the
|
|
3543 user. These response codes are applicable to any request method.
|
|
3544
|
|
3545 10.5.1 500 Internal Server Error
|
|
3546
|
|
3547 The server encountered an unexpected condition which prevented it
|
|
3548 from fulfilling the request.
|
|
3549
|
|
3550 10.5.2 501 Not Implemented
|
|
3551
|
|
3552 The server does not support the functionality required to fulfill the
|
|
3553 request. This is the appropriate response when the server does not
|
|
3554 recognize the request method and is not capable of supporting it for
|
|
3555 any resource.
|
|
3556
|
|
3557 10.5.3 502 Bad Gateway
|
|
3558
|
|
3559 The server, while acting as a gateway or proxy, received an invalid
|
|
3560 response from the upstream server it accessed in attempting to
|
|
3561 fulfill the request.
|
|
3562
|
|
3563 10.5.4 503 Service Unavailable
|
|
3564
|
|
3565 The server is currently unable to handle the request due to a
|
|
3566 temporary overloading or maintenance of the server. The implication
|
|
3567 is that this is a temporary condition which will be alleviated after
|
|
3568 some delay. If known, the length of the delay may be indicated in a
|
|
3569 Retry-After header. If no Retry-After is given, the client SHOULD
|
|
3570 handle the response as it would for a 500 response.
|
|
3571
|
|
3572 Note: The existence of the 503 status code does not imply that a
|
|
3573 server must use it when becoming overloaded. Some servers may wish
|
|
3574 to simply refuse the connection.
|
|
3575
|
|
3576 10.5.5 504 Gateway Timeout
|
|
3577
|
|
3578 The server, while acting as a gateway or proxy, did not receive a
|
|
3579 timely response from the upstream server it accessed in attempting to
|
|
3580 complete the request.
|
|
3581
|
|
3582
|
|
3583
|
|
3584
|
|
3585
|
|
3586 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 64]
|
|
3587
|
|
3588 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
3589
|
|
3590
|
|
3591 10.5.6 505 HTTP Version Not Supported
|
|
3592
|
|
3593 The server does not support, or refuses to support, the HTTP protocol
|
|
3594 version that was used in the request message. The server is
|
|
3595 indicating that it is unable or unwilling to complete the request
|
|
3596 using the same major version as the client, as described in section
|
|
3597 3.1, other than with this error message. The response SHOULD contain
|
|
3598 an entity describing why that version is not supported and what other
|
|
3599 protocols are supported by that server.
|
|
3600
|
|
3601 11 Access Authentication
|
|
3602
|
|
3603 HTTP provides a simple challenge-response authentication mechanism
|
|
3604 which MAY be used by a server to challenge a client request and by a
|
|
3605 client to provide authentication information. It uses an extensible,
|
|
3606 case-insensitive token to identify the authentication scheme,
|
|
3607 followed by a comma-separated list of attribute-value pairs which
|
|
3608 carry the parameters necessary for achieving authentication via that
|
|
3609 scheme.
|
|
3610
|
|
3611 auth-scheme = token
|
|
3612
|
|
3613 auth-param = token "=" quoted-string
|
|
3614
|
|
3615 The 401 (Unauthorized) response message is used by an origin server
|
|
3616 to challenge the authorization of a user agent. This response MUST
|
|
3617 include a WWW-Authenticate header field containing at least one
|
|
3618 challenge applicable to the requested resource.
|
|
3619
|
|
3620 challenge = auth-scheme 1*SP realm *( "," auth-param )
|
|
3621
|
|
3622 realm = "realm" "=" realm-value
|
|
3623 realm-value = quoted-string
|
|
3624
|
|
3625 The realm attribute (case-insensitive) is required for all
|
|
3626 authentication schemes which issue a challenge. The realm value
|
|
3627 (case-sensitive), in combination with the canonical root URL (see
|
|
3628 section 5.1.2) of the server being accessed, defines the protection
|
|
3629 space. These realms allow the protected resources on a server to be
|
|
3630 partitioned into a set of protection spaces, each with its own
|
|
3631 authentication scheme and/or authorization database. The realm value
|
|
3632 is a string, generally assigned by the origin server, which may have
|
|
3633 additional semantics specific to the authentication scheme.
|
|
3634
|
|
3635 A user agent that wishes to authenticate itself with a server--
|
|
3636 usually, but not necessarily, after receiving a 401 or 411 response-
|
|
3637 -MAY do so by including an Authorization header field with the
|
|
3638 request. The Authorization field value consists of credentials
|
|
3639
|
|
3640
|
|
3641
|
|
3642 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 65]
|
|
3643
|
|
3644 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
3645
|
|
3646
|
|
3647 containing the authentication information of the user agent for the
|
|
3648 realm of the resource being requested.
|
|
3649
|
|
3650 credentials = basic-credentials
|
|
3651 | auth-scheme #auth-param
|
|
3652
|
|
3653 The domain over which credentials can be automatically applied by a
|
|
3654 user agent is determined by the protection space. If a prior request
|
|
3655 has been authorized, the same credentials MAY be reused for all other
|
|
3656 requests within that protection space for a period of time determined
|
|
3657 by the authentication scheme, parameters, and/or user preference.
|
|
3658 Unless otherwise defined by the authentication scheme, a single
|
|
3659 protection space cannot extend outside the scope of its server.
|
|
3660
|
|
3661 If the server does not wish to accept the credentials sent with a
|
|
3662 request, it SHOULD return a 401 (Unauthorized) response. The response
|
|
3663 MUST include a WWW-Authenticate header field containing the (possibly
|
|
3664 new) challenge applicable to the requested resource and an entity
|
|
3665 explaining the refusal.
|
|
3666
|
|
3667 The HTTP protocol does not restrict applications to this simple
|
|
3668 challenge-response mechanism for access authentication. Additional
|
|
3669 mechanisms MAY be used, such as encryption at the transport level or
|
|
3670 via message encapsulation, and with additional header fields
|
|
3671 specifying authentication information. However, these additional
|
|
3672 mechanisms are not defined by this specification.
|
|
3673
|
|
3674 Proxies MUST be completely transparent regarding user agent
|
|
3675 authentication. That is, they MUST forward the WWW-Authenticate and
|
|
3676 Authorization headers untouched, and follow the rules found in
|
|
3677 section 14.8.
|
|
3678
|
|
3679 HTTP/1.1 allows a client to pass authentication information to and
|
|
3680 from a proxy via the Proxy-Authenticate and Proxy-Authorization
|
|
3681 headers.
|
|
3682
|
|
3683 11.1 Basic Authentication Scheme
|
|
3684
|
|
3685 The "basic" authentication scheme is based on the model that the user
|
|
3686 agent must authenticate itself with a user-ID and a password for each
|
|
3687 realm. The realm value should be considered an opaque string which
|
|
3688 can only be compared for equality with other realms on that server.
|
|
3689 The server will service the request only if it can validate the
|
|
3690 user-ID and password for the protection space of the Request-URI.
|
|
3691 There are no optional authentication parameters.
|
|
3692
|
|
3693
|
|
3694
|
|
3695
|
|
3696
|
|
3697
|
|
3698 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 66]
|
|
3699
|
|
3700 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
3701
|
|
3702
|
|
3703 Upon receipt of an unauthorized request for a URI within the
|
|
3704 protection space, the server MAY respond with a challenge like the
|
|
3705 following:
|
|
3706
|
|
3707 WWW-Authenticate: Basic realm="WallyWorld"
|
|
3708
|
|
3709 where "WallyWorld" is the string assigned by the server to identify
|
|
3710 the protection space of the Request-URI.
|
|
3711
|
|
3712 To receive authorization, the client sends the userid and password,
|
|
3713 separated by a single colon (":") character, within a base64 encoded
|
|
3714 string in the credentials.
|
|
3715
|
|
3716 basic-credentials = "Basic" SP basic-cookie
|
|
3717
|
|
3718 basic-cookie = <base64 [7] encoding of user-pass,
|
|
3719 except not limited to 76 char/line>
|
|
3720
|
|
3721 user-pass = userid ":" password
|
|
3722
|
|
3723 userid = *<TEXT excluding ":">
|
|
3724
|
|
3725 password = *TEXT
|
|
3726
|
|
3727 Userids might be case sensitive.
|
|
3728
|
|
3729 If the user agent wishes to send the userid "Aladdin" and password
|
|
3730 "open sesame", it would use the following header field:
|
|
3731
|
|
3732 Authorization: Basic QWxhZGRpbjpvcGVuIHNlc2FtZQ==
|
|
3733
|
|
3734 See section 15 for security considerations associated with Basic
|
|
3735 authentication.
|
|
3736
|
|
3737 11.2 Digest Authentication Scheme
|
|
3738
|
|
3739 A digest authentication for HTTP is specified in RFC 2069 [32].
|
|
3740
|
|
3741 12 Content Negotiation
|
|
3742
|
|
3743 Most HTTP responses include an entity which contains information for
|
|
3744 interpretation by a human user. Naturally, it is desirable to supply
|
|
3745 the user with the "best available" entity corresponding to the
|
|
3746 request. Unfortunately for servers and caches, not all users have
|
|
3747 the same preferences for what is "best," and not all user agents are
|
|
3748 equally capable of rendering all entity types. For that reason, HTTP
|
|
3749 has provisions for several mechanisms for "content negotiation" --
|
|
3750 the process of selecting the best representation for a given response
|
|
3751
|
|
3752
|
|
3753
|
|
3754 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 67]
|
|
3755
|
|
3756 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
3757
|
|
3758
|
|
3759 when there are multiple representations available.
|
|
3760
|
|
3761 Note: This is not called "format negotiation" because the alternate
|
|
3762 representations may be of the same media type, but use different
|
|
3763 capabilities of that type, be in different languages, etc.
|
|
3764
|
|
3765 Any response containing an entity-body MAY be subject to negotiation,
|
|
3766 including error responses.
|
|
3767
|
|
3768 There are two kinds of content negotiation which are possible in
|
|
3769 HTTP: server-driven and agent-driven negotiation. These two kinds of
|
|
3770 negotiation are orthogonal and thus may be used separately or in
|
|
3771 combination. One method of combination, referred to as transparent
|
|
3772 negotiation, occurs when a cache uses the agent-driven negotiation
|
|
3773 information provided by the origin server in order to provide
|
|
3774 server-driven negotiation for subsequent requests.
|
|
3775
|
|
3776 12.1 Server-driven Negotiation
|
|
3777
|
|
3778 If the selection of the best representation for a response is made by
|
|
3779 an algorithm located at the server, it is called server-driven
|
|
3780 negotiation. Selection is based on the available representations of
|
|
3781 the response (the dimensions over which it can vary; e.g. language,
|
|
3782 content-coding, etc.) and the contents of particular header fields in
|
|
3783 the request message or on other information pertaining to the request
|
|
3784 (such as the network address of the client).
|
|
3785
|
|
3786 Server-driven negotiation is advantageous when the algorithm for
|
|
3787 selecting from among the available representations is difficult to
|
|
3788 describe to the user agent, or when the server desires to send its
|
|
3789 "best guess" to the client along with the first response (hoping to
|
|
3790 avoid the round-trip delay of a subsequent request if the "best
|
|
3791 guess" is good enough for the user). In order to improve the server's
|
|
3792 guess, the user agent MAY include request header fields (Accept,
|
|
3793 Accept-Language, Accept-Encoding, etc.) which describe its
|
|
3794 preferences for such a response.
|
|
3795
|
|
3796 Server-driven negotiation has disadvantages:
|
|
3797
|
|
3798 1. It is impossible for the server to accurately determine what might be
|
|
3799 "best" for any given user, since that would require complete
|
|
3800 knowledge of both the capabilities of the user agent and the intended
|
|
3801 use for the response (e.g., does the user want to view it on screen
|
|
3802 or print it on paper?).
|
|
3803
|
|
3804 2. Having the user agent describe its capabilities in every request can
|
|
3805 be both very inefficient (given that only a small percentage of
|
|
3806 responses have multiple representations) and a potential violation of
|
|
3807
|
|
3808
|
|
3809
|
|
3810 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 68]
|
|
3811
|
|
3812 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
3813
|
|
3814
|
|
3815 the user's privacy.
|
|
3816
|
|
3817 3. It complicates the implementation of an origin server and the
|
|
3818 algorithms for generating responses to a request.
|
|
3819
|
|
3820 4. It may limit a public cache's ability to use the same response for
|
|
3821 multiple user's requests.
|
|
3822
|
|
3823 HTTP/1.1 includes the following request-header fields for enabling
|
|
3824 server-driven negotiation through description of user agent
|
|
3825 capabilities and user preferences: Accept (section 14.1), Accept-
|
|
3826 Charset (section 14.2), Accept-Encoding (section 14.3), Accept-
|
|
3827 Language (section 14.4), and User-Agent (section 14.42). However, an
|
|
3828 origin server is not limited to these dimensions and MAY vary the
|
|
3829 response based on any aspect of the request, including information
|
|
3830 outside the request-header fields or within extension header fields
|
|
3831 not defined by this specification.
|
|
3832
|
|
3833 HTTP/1.1 origin servers MUST include an appropriate Vary header field
|
|
3834 (section 14.43) in any cachable response based on server-driven
|
|
3835 negotiation. The Vary header field describes the dimensions over
|
|
3836 which the response might vary (i.e. the dimensions over which the
|
|
3837 origin server picks its "best guess" response from multiple
|
|
3838 representations).
|
|
3839
|
|
3840 HTTP/1.1 public caches MUST recognize the Vary header field when it
|
|
3841 is included in a response and obey the requirements described in
|
|
3842 section 13.6 that describes the interactions between caching and
|
|
3843 content negotiation.
|
|
3844
|
|
3845 12.2 Agent-driven Negotiation
|
|
3846
|
|
3847 With agent-driven negotiation, selection of the best representation
|
|
3848 for a response is performed by the user agent after receiving an
|
|
3849 initial response from the origin server. Selection is based on a list
|
|
3850 of the available representations of the response included within the
|
|
3851 header fields (this specification reserves the field-name Alternates,
|
|
3852 as described in appendix 19.6.2.1) or entity-body of the initial
|
|
3853 response, with each representation identified by its own URI.
|
|
3854 Selection from among the representations may be performed
|
|
3855 automatically (if the user agent is capable of doing so) or manually
|
|
3856 by the user selecting from a generated (possibly hypertext) menu.
|
|
3857
|
|
3858 Agent-driven negotiation is advantageous when the response would vary
|
|
3859 over commonly-used dimensions (such as type, language, or encoding),
|
|
3860 when the origin server is unable to determine a user agent's
|
|
3861 capabilities from examining the request, and generally when public
|
|
3862 caches are used to distribute server load and reduce network usage.
|
|
3863
|
|
3864
|
|
3865
|
|
3866 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 69]
|
|
3867
|
|
3868 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
3869
|
|
3870
|
|
3871 Agent-driven negotiation suffers from the disadvantage of needing a
|
|
3872 second request to obtain the best alternate representation. This
|
|
3873 second request is only efficient when caching is used. In addition,
|
|
3874 this specification does not define any mechanism for supporting
|
|
3875 automatic selection, though it also does not prevent any such
|
|
3876 mechanism from being developed as an extension and used within
|
|
3877 HTTP/1.1.
|
|
3878
|
|
3879 HTTP/1.1 defines the 300 (Multiple Choices) and 406 (Not Acceptable)
|
|
3880 status codes for enabling agent-driven negotiation when the server is
|
|
3881 unwilling or unable to provide a varying response using server-driven
|
|
3882 negotiation.
|
|
3883
|
|
3884 12.3 Transparent Negotiation
|
|
3885
|
|
3886 Transparent negotiation is a combination of both server-driven and
|
|
3887 agent-driven negotiation. When a cache is supplied with a form of the
|
|
3888 list of available representations of the response (as in agent-driven
|
|
3889 negotiation) and the dimensions of variance are completely understood
|
|
3890 by the cache, then the cache becomes capable of performing server-
|
|
3891 driven negotiation on behalf of the origin server for subsequent
|
|
3892 requests on that resource.
|
|
3893
|
|
3894 Transparent negotiation has the advantage of distributing the
|
|
3895 negotiation work that would otherwise be required of the origin
|
|
3896 server and also removing the second request delay of agent-driven
|
|
3897 negotiation when the cache is able to correctly guess the right
|
|
3898 response.
|
|
3899
|
|
3900 This specification does not define any mechanism for transparent
|
|
3901 negotiation, though it also does not prevent any such mechanism from
|
|
3902 being developed as an extension and used within HTTP/1.1. An HTTP/1.1
|
|
3903 cache performing transparent negotiation MUST include a Vary header
|
|
3904 field in the response (defining the dimensions of its variance) if it
|
|
3905 is cachable to ensure correct interoperation with all HTTP/1.1
|
|
3906 clients. The agent-driven negotiation information supplied by the
|
|
3907 origin server SHOULD be included with the transparently negotiated
|
|
3908 response.
|
|
3909
|
|
3910 13 Caching in HTTP
|
|
3911
|
|
3912 HTTP is typically used for distributed information systems, where
|
|
3913 performance can be improved by the use of response caches. The
|
|
3914 HTTP/1.1 protocol includes a number of elements intended to make
|
|
3915 caching work as well as possible. Because these elements are
|
|
3916 inextricable from other aspects of the protocol, and because they
|
|
3917 interact with each other, it is useful to describe the basic caching
|
|
3918 design of HTTP separately from the detailed descriptions of methods,
|
|
3919
|
|
3920
|
|
3921
|
|
3922 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 70]
|
|
3923
|
|
3924 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
3925
|
|
3926
|
|
3927 headers, response codes, etc.
|
|
3928
|
|
3929 Caching would be useless if it did not significantly improve
|
|
3930 performance. The goal of caching in HTTP/1.1 is to eliminate the need
|
|
3931 to send requests in many cases, and to eliminate the need to send
|
|
3932 full responses in many other cases. The former reduces the number of
|
|
3933 network round-trips required for many operations; we use an
|
|
3934 "expiration" mechanism for this purpose (see section 13.2). The
|
|
3935 latter reduces network bandwidth requirements; we use a "validation"
|
|
3936 mechanism for this purpose (see section 13.3).
|
|
3937
|
|
3938 Requirements for performance, availability, and disconnected
|
|
3939 operation require us to be able to relax the goal of semantic
|
|
3940 transparency. The HTTP/1.1 protocol allows origin servers, caches,
|
|
3941 and clients to explicitly reduce transparency when necessary.
|
|
3942 However, because non-transparent operation may confuse non-expert
|
|
3943 users, and may be incompatible with certain server applications (such
|
|
3944 as those for ordering merchandise), the protocol requires that
|
|
3945 transparency be relaxed
|
|
3946
|
|
3947 o only by an explicit protocol-level request when relaxed by client
|
|
3948 or origin server
|
|
3949
|
|
3950 o only with an explicit warning to the end user when relaxed by cache
|
|
3951 or client
|
|
3952
|
|
3953
|
|
3954
|
|
3955
|
|
3956
|
|
3957
|
|
3958
|
|
3959
|
|
3960
|
|
3961
|
|
3962
|
|
3963
|
|
3964
|
|
3965
|
|
3966
|
|
3967
|
|
3968
|
|
3969
|
|
3970
|
|
3971
|
|
3972
|
|
3973
|
|
3974
|
|
3975
|
|
3976
|
|
3977
|
|
3978 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 71]
|
|
3979
|
|
3980 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
3981
|
|
3982
|
|
3983 Therefore, the HTTP/1.1 protocol provides these important elements:
|
|
3984
|
|
3985 1. Protocol features that provide full semantic transparency when this
|
|
3986 is required by all parties.
|
|
3987
|
|
3988 2. Protocol features that allow an origin server or user agent to
|
|
3989 explicitly request and control non-transparent operation.
|
|
3990
|
|
3991 3. Protocol features that allow a cache to attach warnings to
|
|
3992 responses that do not preserve the requested approximation of
|
|
3993 semantic transparency.
|
|
3994
|
|
3995 A basic principle is that it must be possible for the clients to
|
|
3996 detect any potential relaxation of semantic transparency.
|
|
3997
|
|
3998 Note: The server, cache, or client implementer may be faced with
|
|
3999 design decisions not explicitly discussed in this specification. If
|
|
4000 a decision may affect semantic transparency, the implementer ought
|
|
4001 to err on the side of maintaining transparency unless a careful and
|
|
4002 complete analysis shows significant benefits in breaking
|
|
4003 transparency.
|
|
4004
|
|
4005 13.1.1 Cache Correctness
|
|
4006
|
|
4007 A correct cache MUST respond to a request with the most up-to-date
|
|
4008 response held by the cache that is appropriate to the request (see
|
|
4009 sections 13.2.5, 13.2.6, and 13.12) which meets one of the following
|
|
4010 conditions:
|
|
4011
|
|
4012 1. It has been checked for equivalence with what the origin server
|
|
4013 would have returned by revalidating the response with the origin
|
|
4014 server (section 13.3);
|
|
4015
|
|
4016 2. It is "fresh enough" (see section 13.2). In the default case, this
|
|
4017 means it meets the least restrictive freshness requirement of the
|
|
4018 client, server, and cache (see section 14.9); if the origin server
|
|
4019 so specifies, it is the freshness requirement of the origin server
|
|
4020 alone.
|
|
4021
|
|
4022 3. It includes a warning if the freshness demand of the client or the
|
|
4023 origin server is violated (see section 13.1.5 and 14.45).
|
|
4024
|
|
4025 4. It is an appropriate 304 (Not Modified), 305 (Proxy Redirect), or
|
|
4026 error (4xx or 5xx) response message.
|
|
4027
|
|
4028 If the cache can not communicate with the origin server, then a
|
|
4029 correct cache SHOULD respond as above if the response can be
|
|
4030 correctly served from the cache; if not it MUST return an error or
|
|
4031
|
|
4032
|
|
4033
|
|
4034 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 72]
|
|
4035
|
|
4036 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
4037
|
|
4038
|
|
4039 warning indicating that there was a communication failure.
|
|
4040
|
|
4041 If a cache receives a response (either an entire response, or a 304
|
|
4042 (Not Modified) response) that it would normally forward to the
|
|
4043 requesting client, and the received response is no longer fresh, the
|
|
4044 cache SHOULD forward it to the requesting client without adding a new
|
|
4045 Warning (but without removing any existing Warning headers). A cache
|
|
4046 SHOULD NOT attempt to revalidate a response simply because that
|
|
4047 response became stale in transit; this might lead to an infinite
|
|
4048 loop. An user agent that receives a stale response without a Warning
|
|
4049 MAY display a warning indication to the user.
|
|
4050
|
|
4051 13.1.2 Warnings
|
|
4052
|
|
4053 Whenever a cache returns a response that is neither first-hand nor
|
|
4054 "fresh enough" (in the sense of condition 2 in section 13.1.1), it
|
|
4055 must attach a warning to that effect, using a Warning response-
|
|
4056 header. This warning allows clients to take appropriate action.
|
|
4057
|
|
4058 Warnings may be used for other purposes, both cache-related and
|
|
4059 otherwise. The use of a warning, rather than an error status code,
|
|
4060 distinguish these responses from true failures.
|
|
4061
|
|
4062 Warnings are always cachable, because they never weaken the
|
|
4063 transparency of a response. This means that warnings can be passed to
|
|
4064 HTTP/1.0 caches without danger; such caches will simply pass the
|
|
4065 warning along as an entity-header in the response.
|
|
4066
|
|
4067 Warnings are assigned numbers between 0 and 99. This specification
|
|
4068 defines the code numbers and meanings of each currently assigned
|
|
4069 warnings, allowing a client or cache to take automated action in some
|
|
4070 (but not all) cases.
|
|
4071
|
|
4072 Warnings also carry a warning text. The text may be in any
|
|
4073 appropriate natural language (perhaps based on the client's Accept
|
|
4074 headers), and include an optional indication of what character set is
|
|
4075 used.
|
|
4076
|
|
4077 Multiple warnings may be attached to a response (either by the origin
|
|
4078 server or by a cache), including multiple warnings with the same code
|
|
4079 number. For example, a server may provide the same warning with texts
|
|
4080 in both English and Basque.
|
|
4081
|
|
4082 When multiple warnings are attached to a response, it may not be
|
|
4083 practical or reasonable to display all of them to the user. This
|
|
4084 version of HTTP does not specify strict priority rules for deciding
|
|
4085 which warnings to display and in what order, but does suggest some
|
|
4086 heuristics.
|
|
4087
|
|
4088
|
|
4089
|
|
4090 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 73]
|
|
4091
|
|
4092 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
4093
|
|
4094
|
|
4095 The Warning header and the currently defined warnings are described
|
|
4096 in section 14.45.
|
|
4097
|
|
4098 13.1.3 Cache-control Mechanisms
|
|
4099
|
|
4100 The basic cache mechanisms in HTTP/1.1 (server-specified expiration
|
|
4101 times and validators) are implicit directives to caches. In some
|
|
4102 cases, a server or client may need to provide explicit directives to
|
|
4103 the HTTP caches. We use the Cache-Control header for this purpose.
|
|
4104
|
|
4105 The Cache-Control header allows a client or server to transmit a
|
|
4106 variety of directives in either requests or responses. These
|
|
4107 directives typically override the default caching algorithms. As a
|
|
4108 general rule, if there is any apparent conflict between header
|
|
4109 values, the most restrictive interpretation should be applied (that
|
|
4110 is, the one that is most likely to preserve semantic transparency).
|
|
4111 However, in some cases, Cache-Control directives are explicitly
|
|
4112 specified as weakening the approximation of semantic transparency
|
|
4113 (for example, "max-stale" or "public").
|
|
4114
|
|
4115 The Cache-Control directives are described in detail in section 14.9.
|
|
4116
|
|
4117 13.1.4 Explicit User Agent Warnings
|
|
4118
|
|
4119 Many user agents make it possible for users to override the basic
|
|
4120 caching mechanisms. For example, the user agent may allow the user to
|
|
4121 specify that cached entities (even explicitly stale ones) are never
|
|
4122 validated. Or the user agent might habitually add "Cache-Control:
|
|
4123 max-stale=3600" to every request. The user should have to explicitly
|
|
4124 request either non-transparent behavior, or behavior that results in
|
|
4125 abnormally ineffective caching.
|
|
4126
|
|
4127 If the user has overridden the basic caching mechanisms, the user
|
|
4128 agent should explicitly indicate to the user whenever this results in
|
|
4129 the display of information that might not meet the server's
|
|
4130 transparency requirements (in particular, if the displayed entity is
|
|
4131 known to be stale). Since the protocol normally allows the user agent
|
|
4132 to determine if responses are stale or not, this indication need only
|
|
4133 be displayed when this actually happens. The indication need not be a
|
|
4134 dialog box; it could be an icon (for example, a picture of a rotting
|
|
4135 fish) or some other visual indicator.
|
|
4136
|
|
4137 If the user has overridden the caching mechanisms in a way that would
|
|
4138 abnormally reduce the effectiveness of caches, the user agent should
|
|
4139 continually display an indication (for example, a picture of currency
|
|
4140 in flames) so that the user does not inadvertently consume excess
|
|
4141 resources or suffer from excessive latency.
|
|
4142
|
|
4143
|
|
4144
|
|
4145
|
|
4146 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 74]
|
|
4147
|
|
4148 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
4149
|
|
4150
|
|
4151 13.1.5 Exceptions to the Rules and Warnings
|
|
4152
|
|
4153 In some cases, the operator of a cache may choose to configure it to
|
|
4154 return stale responses even when not requested by clients. This
|
|
4155 decision should not be made lightly, but may be necessary for reasons
|
|
4156 of availability or performance, especially when the cache is poorly
|
|
4157 connected to the origin server. Whenever a cache returns a stale
|
|
4158 response, it MUST mark it as such (using a Warning header). This
|
|
4159 allows the client software to alert the user that there may be a
|
|
4160 potential problem.
|
|
4161
|
|
4162 It also allows the user agent to take steps to obtain a first-hand or
|
|
4163 fresh response. For this reason, a cache SHOULD NOT return a stale
|
|
4164 response if the client explicitly requests a first-hand or fresh one,
|
|
4165 unless it is impossible to comply for technical or policy reasons.
|
|
4166
|
|
4167 13.1.6 Client-controlled Behavior
|
|
4168
|
|
4169 While the origin server (and to a lesser extent, intermediate caches,
|
|
4170 by their contribution to the age of a response) are the primary
|
|
4171 source of expiration information, in some cases the client may need
|
|
4172 to control a cache's decision about whether to return a cached
|
|
4173 response without validating it. Clients do this using several
|
|
4174 directives of the Cache-Control header.
|
|
4175
|
|
4176 A client's request may specify the maximum age it is willing to
|
|
4177 accept of an unvalidated response; specifying a value of zero forces
|
|
4178 the cache(s) to revalidate all responses. A client may also specify
|
|
4179 the minimum time remaining before a response expires. Both of these
|
|
4180 options increase constraints on the behavior of caches, and so cannot
|
|
4181 further relax the cache's approximation of semantic transparency.
|
|
4182
|
|
4183 A client may also specify that it will accept stale responses, up to
|
|
4184 some maximum amount of staleness. This loosens the constraints on the
|
|
4185 caches, and so may violate the origin server's specified constraints
|
|
4186 on semantic transparency, but may be necessary to support
|
|
4187 disconnected operation, or high availability in the face of poor
|
|
4188 connectivity.
|
|
4189
|
|
4190 13.2 Expiration Model
|
|
4191
|
|
4192 13.2.1 Server-Specified Expiration
|
|
4193
|
|
4194 HTTP caching works best when caches can entirely avoid making
|
|
4195 requests to the origin server. The primary mechanism for avoiding
|
|
4196 requests is for an origin server to provide an explicit expiration
|
|
4197 time in the future, indicating that a response may be used to satisfy
|
|
4198 subsequent requests. In other words, a cache can return a fresh
|
|
4199
|
|
4200
|
|
4201
|
|
4202 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 75]
|
|
4203
|
|
4204 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
4205
|
|
4206
|
|
4207 response without first contacting the server.
|
|
4208
|
|
4209 Our expectation is that servers will assign future explicit
|
|
4210 expiration times to responses in the belief that the entity is not
|
|
4211 likely to change, in a semantically significant way, before the
|
|
4212 expiration time is reached. This normally preserves semantic
|
|
4213 transparency, as long as the server's expiration times are carefully
|
|
4214 chosen.
|
|
4215
|
|
4216 The expiration mechanism applies only to responses taken from a cache
|
|
4217 and not to first-hand responses forwarded immediately to the
|
|
4218 requesting client.
|
|
4219
|
|
4220 If an origin server wishes to force a semantically transparent cache
|
|
4221 to validate every request, it may assign an explicit expiration time
|
|
4222 in the past. This means that the response is always stale, and so the
|
|
4223 cache SHOULD validate it before using it for subsequent requests. See
|
|
4224 section 14.9.4 for a more restrictive way to force revalidation.
|
|
4225
|
|
4226 If an origin server wishes to force any HTTP/1.1 cache, no matter how
|
|
4227 it is configured, to validate every request, it should use the
|
|
4228 "must-revalidate" Cache-Control directive (see section 14.9).
|
|
4229
|
|
4230 Servers specify explicit expiration times using either the Expires
|
|
4231 header, or the max-age directive of the Cache-Control header.
|
|
4232
|
|
4233 An expiration time cannot be used to force a user agent to refresh
|
|
4234 its display or reload a resource; its semantics apply only to caching
|
|
4235 mechanisms, and such mechanisms need only check a resource's
|
|
4236 expiration status when a new request for that resource is initiated.
|
|
4237 See section 13.13 for explanation of the difference between caches
|
|
4238 and history mechanisms.
|
|
4239
|
|
4240 13.2.2 Heuristic Expiration
|
|
4241
|
|
4242 Since origin servers do not always provide explicit expiration times,
|
|
4243 HTTP caches typically assign heuristic expiration times, employing
|
|
4244 algorithms that use other header values (such as the Last-Modified
|
|
4245 time) to estimate a plausible expiration time. The HTTP/1.1
|
|
4246 specification does not provide specific algorithms, but does impose
|
|
4247 worst-case constraints on their results. Since heuristic expiration
|
|
4248 times may compromise semantic transparency, they should be used
|
|
4249 cautiously, and we encourage origin servers to provide explicit
|
|
4250 expiration times as much as possible.
|
|
4251
|
|
4252
|
|
4253
|
|
4254
|
|
4255
|
|
4256
|
|
4257
|
|
4258 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 76]
|
|
4259
|
|
4260 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
4261
|
|
4262
|
|
4263 13.2.3 Age Calculations
|
|
4264
|
|
4265 In order to know if a cached entry is fresh, a cache needs to know if
|
|
4266 its age exceeds its freshness lifetime. We discuss how to calculate
|
|
4267 the latter in section 13.2.4; this section describes how to calculate
|
|
4268 the age of a response or cache entry.
|
|
4269
|
|
4270 In this discussion, we use the term "now" to mean "the current value
|
|
4271 of the clock at the host performing the calculation." Hosts that use
|
|
4272 HTTP, but especially hosts running origin servers and caches, should
|
|
4273 use NTP [28] or some similar protocol to synchronize their clocks to
|
|
4274 a globally accurate time standard.
|
|
4275
|
|
4276 Also note that HTTP/1.1 requires origin servers to send a Date header
|
|
4277 with every response, giving the time at which the response was
|
|
4278 generated. We use the term "date_value" to denote the value of the
|
|
4279 Date header, in a form appropriate for arithmetic operations.
|
|
4280
|
|
4281 HTTP/1.1 uses the Age response-header to help convey age information
|
|
4282 between caches. The Age header value is the sender's estimate of the
|
|
4283 amount of time since the response was generated at the origin server.
|
|
4284 In the case of a cached response that has been revalidated with the
|
|
4285 origin server, the Age value is based on the time of revalidation,
|
|
4286 not of the original response.
|
|
4287
|
|
4288 In essence, the Age value is the sum of the time that the response
|
|
4289 has been resident in each of the caches along the path from the
|
|
4290 origin server, plus the amount of time it has been in transit along
|
|
4291 network paths.
|
|
4292
|
|
4293 We use the term "age_value" to denote the value of the Age header, in
|
|
4294 a form appropriate for arithmetic operations.
|
|
4295
|
|
4296 A response's age can be calculated in two entirely independent ways:
|
|
4297
|
|
4298 1. now minus date_value, if the local clock is reasonably well
|
|
4299 synchronized to the origin server's clock. If the result is
|
|
4300 negative, the result is replaced by zero.
|
|
4301
|
|
4302 2. age_value, if all of the caches along the response path
|
|
4303 implement HTTP/1.1.
|
|
4304
|
|
4305 Given that we have two independent ways to compute the age of a
|
|
4306 response when it is received, we can combine these as
|
|
4307
|
|
4308 corrected_received_age = max(now - date_value, age_value)
|
|
4309
|
|
4310 and as long as we have either nearly synchronized clocks or all-
|
|
4311
|
|
4312
|
|
4313
|
|
4314 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 77]
|
|
4315
|
|
4316 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
4317
|
|
4318
|
|
4319 HTTP/1.1 paths, one gets a reliable (conservative) result.
|
|
4320
|
|
4321 Note that this correction is applied at each HTTP/1.1 cache along the
|
|
4322 path, so that if there is an HTTP/1.0 cache in the path, the correct
|
|
4323 received age is computed as long as the receiving cache's clock is
|
|
4324 nearly in sync. We don't need end-to-end clock synchronization
|
|
4325 (although it is good to have), and there is no explicit clock
|
|
4326 synchronization step.
|
|
4327
|
|
4328 Because of network-imposed delays, some significant interval may pass
|
|
4329 from the time that a server generates a response and the time it is
|
|
4330 received at the next outbound cache or client. If uncorrected, this
|
|
4331 delay could result in improperly low ages.
|
|
4332
|
|
4333 Because the request that resulted in the returned Age value must have
|
|
4334 been initiated prior to that Age value's generation, we can correct
|
|
4335 for delays imposed by the network by recording the time at which the
|
|
4336 request was initiated. Then, when an Age value is received, it MUST
|
|
4337 be interpreted relative to the time the request was initiated, not
|
|
4338 the time that the response was received. This algorithm results in
|
|
4339 conservative behavior no matter how much delay is experienced. So, we
|
|
4340 compute:
|
|
4341
|
|
4342 corrected_initial_age = corrected_received_age
|
|
4343 + (now - request_time)
|
|
4344
|
|
4345 where "request_time" is the time (according to the local clock) when
|
|
4346 the request that elicited this response was sent.
|
|
4347
|
|
4348 Summary of age calculation algorithm, when a cache receives a
|
|
4349 response:
|
|
4350
|
|
4351 /*
|
|
4352 * age_value
|
|
4353 * is the value of Age: header received by the cache with
|
|
4354 * this response.
|
|
4355 * date_value
|
|
4356 * is the value of the origin server's Date: header
|
|
4357 * request_time
|
|
4358 * is the (local) time when the cache made the request
|
|
4359 * that resulted in this cached response
|
|
4360 * response_time
|
|
4361 * is the (local) time when the cache received the
|
|
4362 * response
|
|
4363 * now
|
|
4364 * is the current (local) time
|
|
4365 */
|
|
4366 apparent_age = max(0, response_time - date_value);
|
|
4367
|
|
4368
|
|
4369
|
|
4370 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 78]
|
|
4371
|
|
4372 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
4373
|
|
4374
|
|
4375 corrected_received_age = max(apparent_age, age_value);
|
|
4376 response_delay = response_time - request_time;
|
|
4377 corrected_initial_age = corrected_received_age + response_delay;
|
|
4378 resident_time = now - response_time;
|
|
4379 current_age = corrected_initial_age + resident_time;
|
|
4380
|
|
4381 When a cache sends a response, it must add to the
|
|
4382 corrected_initial_age the amount of time that the response was
|
|
4383 resident locally. It must then transmit this total age, using the Age
|
|
4384 header, to the next recipient cache.
|
|
4385
|
|
4386 Note that a client cannot reliably tell that a response is first-
|
|
4387 hand, but the presence of an Age header indicates that a response
|
|
4388 is definitely not first-hand. Also, if the Date in a response is
|
|
4389 earlier than the client's local request time, the response is
|
|
4390 probably not first-hand (in the absence of serious clock skew).
|
|
4391
|
|
4392 13.2.4 Expiration Calculations
|
|
4393
|
|
4394 In order to decide whether a response is fresh or stale, we need to
|
|
4395 compare its freshness lifetime to its age. The age is calculated as
|
|
4396 described in section 13.2.3; this section describes how to calculate
|
|
4397 the freshness lifetime, and to determine if a response has expired.
|
|
4398 In the discussion below, the values can be represented in any form
|
|
4399 appropriate for arithmetic operations.
|
|
4400
|
|
4401 We use the term "expires_value" to denote the value of the Expires
|
|
4402 header. We use the term "max_age_value" to denote an appropriate
|
|
4403 value of the number of seconds carried by the max-age directive of
|
|
4404 the Cache-Control header in a response (see section 14.10.
|
|
4405
|
|
4406 The max-age directive takes priority over Expires, so if max-age is
|
|
4407 present in a response, the calculation is simply:
|
|
4408
|
|
4409 freshness_lifetime = max_age_value
|
|
4410
|
|
4411 Otherwise, if Expires is present in the response, the calculation is:
|
|
4412
|
|
4413 freshness_lifetime = expires_value - date_value
|
|
4414
|
|
4415 Note that neither of these calculations is vulnerable to clock skew,
|
|
4416 since all of the information comes from the origin server.
|
|
4417
|
|
4418 If neither Expires nor Cache-Control: max-age appears in the
|
|
4419 response, and the response does not include other restrictions on
|
|
4420 caching, the cache MAY compute a freshness lifetime using a
|
|
4421 heuristic. If the value is greater than 24 hours, the cache must
|
|
4422 attach Warning 13 to any response whose age is more than 24 hours if
|
|
4423
|
|
4424
|
|
4425
|
|
4426 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 79]
|
|
4427
|
|
4428 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
4429
|
|
4430
|
|
4431 such warning has not already been added.
|
|
4432
|
|
4433 Also, if the response does have a Last-Modified time, the heuristic
|
|
4434 expiration value SHOULD be no more than some fraction of the interval
|
|
4435 since that time. A typical setting of this fraction might be 10%.
|
|
4436
|
|
4437 The calculation to determine if a response has expired is quite
|
|
4438 simple:
|
|
4439
|
|
4440 response_is_fresh = (freshness_lifetime > current_age)
|
|
4441
|
|
4442 13.2.5 Disambiguating Expiration Values
|
|
4443
|
|
4444 Because expiration values are assigned optimistically, it is possible
|
|
4445 for two caches to contain fresh values for the same resource that are
|
|
4446 different.
|
|
4447
|
|
4448 If a client performing a retrieval receives a non-first-hand response
|
|
4449 for a request that was already fresh in its own cache, and the Date
|
|
4450 header in its existing cache entry is newer than the Date on the new
|
|
4451 response, then the client MAY ignore the response. If so, it MAY
|
|
4452 retry the request with a "Cache-Control: max-age=0" directive (see
|
|
4453 section 14.9), to force a check with the origin server.
|
|
4454
|
|
4455 If a cache has two fresh responses for the same representation with
|
|
4456 different validators, it MUST use the one with the more recent Date
|
|
4457 header. This situation may arise because the cache is pooling
|
|
4458 responses from other caches, or because a client has asked for a
|
|
4459 reload or a revalidation of an apparently fresh cache entry.
|
|
4460
|
|
4461 13.2.6 Disambiguating Multiple Responses
|
|
4462
|
|
4463 Because a client may be receiving responses via multiple paths, so
|
|
4464 that some responses flow through one set of caches and other
|
|
4465 responses flow through a different set of caches, a client may
|
|
4466 receive responses in an order different from that in which the origin
|
|
4467 server sent them. We would like the client to use the most recently
|
|
4468 generated response, even if older responses are still apparently
|
|
4469 fresh.
|
|
4470
|
|
4471 Neither the entity tag nor the expiration value can impose an
|
|
4472 ordering on responses, since it is possible that a later response
|
|
4473 intentionally carries an earlier expiration time. However, the
|
|
4474 HTTP/1.1 specification requires the transmission of Date headers on
|
|
4475 every response, and the Date values are ordered to a granularity of
|
|
4476 one second.
|
|
4477
|
|
4478
|
|
4479
|
|
4480
|
|
4481
|
|
4482 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 80]
|
|
4483
|
|
4484 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
4485
|
|
4486
|
|
4487 When a client tries to revalidate a cache entry, and the response it
|
|
4488 receives contains a Date header that appears to be older than the one
|
|
4489 for the existing entry, then the client SHOULD repeat the request
|
|
4490 unconditionally, and include
|
|
4491
|
|
4492 Cache-Control: max-age=0
|
|
4493
|
|
4494 to force any intermediate caches to validate their copies directly
|
|
4495 with the origin server, or
|
|
4496
|
|
4497 Cache-Control: no-cache
|
|
4498
|
|
4499 to force any intermediate caches to obtain a new copy from the origin
|
|
4500 server.
|
|
4501
|
|
4502 If the Date values are equal, then the client may use either response
|
|
4503 (or may, if it is being extremely prudent, request a new response).
|
|
4504 Servers MUST NOT depend on clients being able to choose
|
|
4505 deterministically between responses generated during the same second,
|
|
4506 if their expiration times overlap.
|
|
4507
|
|
4508 13.3 Validation Model
|
|
4509
|
|
4510 When a cache has a stale entry that it would like to use as a
|
|
4511 response to a client's request, it first has to check with the origin
|
|
4512 server (or possibly an intermediate cache with a fresh response) to
|
|
4513 see if its cached entry is still usable. We call this "validating"
|
|
4514 the cache entry. Since we do not want to have to pay the overhead of
|
|
4515 retransmitting the full response if the cached entry is good, and we
|
|
4516 do not want to pay the overhead of an extra round trip if the cached
|
|
4517 entry is invalid, the HTTP/1.1 protocol supports the use of
|
|
4518 conditional methods.
|
|
4519
|
|
4520 The key protocol features for supporting conditional methods are
|
|
4521 those concerned with "cache validators." When an origin server
|
|
4522 generates a full response, it attaches some sort of validator to it,
|
|
4523 which is kept with the cache entry. When a client (user agent or
|
|
4524 proxy cache) makes a conditional request for a resource for which it
|
|
4525 has a cache entry, it includes the associated validator in the
|
|
4526 request.
|
|
4527
|
|
4528 The server then checks that validator against the current validator
|
|
4529 for the entity, and, if they match, it responds with a special status
|
|
4530 code (usually, 304 (Not Modified)) and no entity-body. Otherwise, it
|
|
4531 returns a full response (including entity-body). Thus, we avoid
|
|
4532 transmitting the full response if the validator matches, and we avoid
|
|
4533 an extra round trip if it does not match.
|
|
4534
|
|
4535
|
|
4536
|
|
4537
|
|
4538 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 81]
|
|
4539
|
|
4540 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
4541
|
|
4542
|
|
4543 Note: the comparison functions used to decide if validators match
|
|
4544 are defined in section 13.3.3.
|
|
4545
|
|
4546 In HTTP/1.1, a conditional request looks exactly the same as a normal
|
|
4547 request for the same resource, except that it carries a special
|
|
4548 header (which includes the validator) that implicitly turns the
|
|
4549 method (usually, GET) into a conditional.
|
|
4550
|
|
4551 The protocol includes both positive and negative senses of cache-
|
|
4552 validating conditions. That is, it is possible to request either that
|
|
4553 a method be performed if and only if a validator matches or if and
|
|
4554 only if no validators match.
|
|
4555
|
|
4556 Note: a response that lacks a validator may still be cached, and
|
|
4557 served from cache until it expires, unless this is explicitly
|
|
4558 prohibited by a Cache-Control directive. However, a cache cannot do
|
|
4559 a conditional retrieval if it does not have a validator for the
|
|
4560 entity, which means it will not be refreshable after it expires.
|
|
4561
|
|
4562 13.3.1 Last-modified Dates
|
|
4563
|
|
4564 The Last-Modified entity-header field value is often used as a cache
|
|
4565 validator. In simple terms, a cache entry is considered to be valid
|
|
4566 if the entity has not been modified since the Last-Modified value.
|
|
4567
|
|
4568 13.3.2 Entity Tag Cache Validators
|
|
4569
|
|
4570 The ETag entity-header field value, an entity tag, provides for an
|
|
4571 "opaque" cache validator. This may allow more reliable validation in
|
|
4572 situations where it is inconvenient to store modification dates,
|
|
4573 where the one-second resolution of HTTP date values is not
|
|
4574 sufficient, or where the origin server wishes to avoid certain
|
|
4575 paradoxes that may arise from the use of modification dates.
|
|
4576
|
|
4577 Entity Tags are described in section 3.11. The headers used with
|
|
4578 entity tags are described in sections 14.20, 14.25, 14.26 and 14.43.
|
|
4579
|
|
4580 13.3.3 Weak and Strong Validators
|
|
4581
|
|
4582 Since both origin servers and caches will compare two validators to
|
|
4583 decide if they represent the same or different entities, one normally
|
|
4584 would expect that if the entity (the entity-body or any entity-
|
|
4585 headers) changes in any way, then the associated validator would
|
|
4586 change as well. If this is true, then we call this validator a
|
|
4587 "strong validator."
|
|
4588
|
|
4589 However, there may be cases when a server prefers to change the
|
|
4590 validator only on semantically significant changes, and not when
|
|
4591
|
|
4592
|
|
4593
|
|
4594 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 82]
|
|
4595
|
|
4596 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
4597
|
|
4598
|
|
4599 insignificant aspects of the entity change. A validator that does not
|
|
4600 always change when the resource changes is a "weak validator."
|
|
4601
|
|
4602 Entity tags are normally "strong validators," but the protocol
|
|
4603 provides a mechanism to tag an entity tag as "weak." One can think of
|
|
4604 a strong validator as one that changes whenever the bits of an entity
|
|
4605 changes, while a weak value changes whenever the meaning of an entity
|
|
4606 changes. Alternatively, one can think of a strong validator as part
|
|
4607 of an identifier for a specific entity, while a weak validator is
|
|
4608 part of an identifier for a set of semantically equivalent entities.
|
|
4609
|
|
4610 Note: One example of a strong validator is an integer that is
|
|
4611 incremented in stable storage every time an entity is changed.
|
|
4612
|
|
4613 An entity's modification time, if represented with one-second
|
|
4614 resolution, could be a weak validator, since it is possible that
|
|
4615 the resource may be modified twice during a single second.
|
|
4616
|
|
4617 Support for weak validators is optional; however, weak validators
|
|
4618 allow for more efficient caching of equivalent objects; for
|
|
4619 example, a hit counter on a site is probably good enough if it is
|
|
4620 updated every few days or weeks, and any value during that period
|
|
4621 is likely "good enough" to be equivalent.
|
|
4622
|
|
4623 A "use" of a validator is either when a client generates a request
|
|
4624 and includes the validator in a validating header field, or when a
|
|
4625 server compares two validators.
|
|
4626
|
|
4627 Strong validators are usable in any context. Weak validators are only
|
|
4628 usable in contexts that do not depend on exact equality of an entity.
|
|
4629 For example, either kind is usable for a conditional GET of a full
|
|
4630 entity. However, only a strong validator is usable for a sub-range
|
|
4631 retrieval, since otherwise the client may end up with an internally
|
|
4632 inconsistent entity.
|
|
4633
|
|
4634 The only function that the HTTP/1.1 protocol defines on validators is
|
|
4635 comparison. There are two validator comparison functions, depending
|
|
4636 on whether the comparison context allows the use of weak validators
|
|
4637 or not:
|
|
4638
|
|
4639 o The strong comparison function: in order to be considered equal,
|
|
4640 both validators must be identical in every way, and neither may be
|
|
4641 weak.
|
|
4642 o The weak comparison function: in order to be considered equal, both
|
|
4643 validators must be identical in every way, but either or both of
|
|
4644 them may be tagged as "weak" without affecting the result.
|
|
4645
|
|
4646 The weak comparison function MAY be used for simple (non-subrange)
|
|
4647
|
|
4648
|
|
4649
|
|
4650 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 83]
|
|
4651
|
|
4652 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
4653
|
|
4654
|
|
4655 GET requests. The strong comparison function MUST be used in all
|
|
4656 other cases.
|
|
4657
|
|
4658 An entity tag is strong unless it is explicitly tagged as weak.
|
|
4659 Section 3.11 gives the syntax for entity tags.
|
|
4660
|
|
4661 A Last-Modified time, when used as a validator in a request, is
|
|
4662 implicitly weak unless it is possible to deduce that it is strong,
|
|
4663 using the following rules:
|
|
4664
|
|
4665 o The validator is being compared by an origin server to the actual
|
|
4666 current validator for the entity and,
|
|
4667 o That origin server reliably knows that the associated entity did
|
|
4668 not change twice during the second covered by the presented
|
|
4669 validator.
|
|
4670 or
|
|
4671
|
|
4672 o The validator is about to be used by a client in an If-Modified-
|
|
4673 Since or If-Unmodified-Since header, because the client has a cache
|
|
4674 entry for the associated entity, and
|
|
4675 o That cache entry includes a Date value, which gives the time when
|
|
4676 the origin server sent the original response, and
|
|
4677 o The presented Last-Modified time is at least 60 seconds before the
|
|
4678 Date value.
|
|
4679 or
|
|
4680
|
|
4681 o The validator is being compared by an intermediate cache to the
|
|
4682 validator stored in its cache entry for the entity, and
|
|
4683 o That cache entry includes a Date value, which gives the time when
|
|
4684 the origin server sent the original response, and
|
|
4685 o The presented Last-Modified time is at least 60 seconds before the
|
|
4686 Date value.
|
|
4687
|
|
4688 This method relies on the fact that if two different responses were
|
|
4689 sent by the origin server during the same second, but both had the
|
|
4690 same Last-Modified time, then at least one of those responses would
|
|
4691 have a Date value equal to its Last-Modified time. The arbitrary 60-
|
|
4692 second limit guards against the possibility that the Date and Last-
|
|
4693 Modified values are generated from different clocks, or at somewhat
|
|
4694 different times during the preparation of the response. An
|
|
4695 implementation may use a value larger than 60 seconds, if it is
|
|
4696 believed that 60 seconds is too short.
|
|
4697
|
|
4698 If a client wishes to perform a sub-range retrieval on a value for
|
|
4699 which it has only a Last-Modified time and no opaque validator, it
|
|
4700 may do this only if the Last-Modified time is strong in the sense
|
|
4701 described here.
|
|
4702
|
|
4703
|
|
4704
|
|
4705
|
|
4706 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 84]
|
|
4707
|
|
4708 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
4709
|
|
4710
|
|
4711 A cache or origin server receiving a cache-conditional request, other
|
|
4712 than a full-body GET request, MUST use the strong comparison function
|
|
4713 to evaluate the condition.
|
|
4714
|
|
4715 These rules allow HTTP/1.1 caches and clients to safely perform sub-
|
|
4716 range retrievals on values that have been obtained from HTTP/1.0
|
|
4717 servers.
|
|
4718
|
|
4719 13.3.4 Rules for When to Use Entity Tags and Last-modified Dates
|
|
4720
|
|
4721 We adopt a set of rules and recommendations for origin servers,
|
|
4722 clients, and caches regarding when various validator types should be
|
|
4723 used, and for what purposes.
|
|
4724
|
|
4725 HTTP/1.1 origin servers:
|
|
4726
|
|
4727 o SHOULD send an entity tag validator unless it is not feasible to
|
|
4728 generate one.
|
|
4729 o MAY send a weak entity tag instead of a strong entity tag, if
|
|
4730 performance considerations support the use of weak entity tags, or
|
|
4731 if it is unfeasible to send a strong entity tag.
|
|
4732 o SHOULD send a Last-Modified value if it is feasible to send one,
|
|
4733 unless the risk of a breakdown in semantic transparency that could
|
|
4734 result from using this date in an If-Modified-Since header would
|
|
4735 lead to serious problems.
|
|
4736
|
|
4737 In other words, the preferred behavior for an HTTP/1.1 origin server
|
|
4738 is to send both a strong entity tag and a Last-Modified value.
|
|
4739
|
|
4740 In order to be legal, a strong entity tag MUST change whenever the
|
|
4741 associated entity value changes in any way. A weak entity tag SHOULD
|
|
4742 change whenever the associated entity changes in a semantically
|
|
4743 significant way.
|
|
4744
|
|
4745 Note: in order to provide semantically transparent caching, an
|
|
4746 origin server must avoid reusing a specific strong entity tag value
|
|
4747 for two different entities, or reusing a specific weak entity tag
|
|
4748 value for two semantically different entities. Cache entries may
|
|
4749 persist for arbitrarily long periods, regardless of expiration
|
|
4750 times, so it may be inappropriate to expect that a cache will never
|
|
4751 again attempt to validate an entry using a validator that it
|
|
4752 obtained at some point in the past.
|
|
4753
|
|
4754 HTTP/1.1 clients:
|
|
4755
|
|
4756 o If an entity tag has been provided by the origin server, MUST
|
|
4757 use that entity tag in any cache-conditional request (using
|
|
4758 If-Match or If-None-Match).
|
|
4759
|
|
4760
|
|
4761
|
|
4762 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 85]
|
|
4763
|
|
4764 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
4765
|
|
4766
|
|
4767 o If only a Last-Modified value has been provided by the origin
|
|
4768 server, SHOULD use that value in non-subrange cache-conditional
|
|
4769 requests (using If-Modified-Since).
|
|
4770 o If only a Last-Modified value has been provided by an HTTP/1.0
|
|
4771 origin server, MAY use that value in subrange cache-conditional
|
|
4772 requests (using If-Unmodified-Since:). The user agent should
|
|
4773 provide a way to disable this, in case of difficulty.
|
|
4774 o If both an entity tag and a Last-Modified value have been
|
|
4775 provided by the origin server, SHOULD use both validators in
|
|
4776 cache-conditional requests. This allows both HTTP/1.0 and
|
|
4777 HTTP/1.1 caches to respond appropriately.
|
|
4778
|
|
4779 An HTTP/1.1 cache, upon receiving a request, MUST use the most
|
|
4780 restrictive validator when deciding whether the client's cache entry
|
|
4781 matches the cache's own cache entry. This is only an issue when the
|
|
4782 request contains both an entity tag and a last-modified-date
|
|
4783 validator (If-Modified-Since or If-Unmodified-Since).
|
|
4784
|
|
4785 A note on rationale: The general principle behind these rules is
|
|
4786 that HTTP/1.1 servers and clients should transmit as much non-
|
|
4787 redundant information as is available in their responses and
|
|
4788 requests. HTTP/1.1 systems receiving this information will make the
|
|
4789 most conservative assumptions about the validators they receive.
|
|
4790
|
|
4791 HTTP/1.0 clients and caches will ignore entity tags. Generally,
|
|
4792 last-modified values received or used by these systems will support
|
|
4793 transparent and efficient caching, and so HTTP/1.1 origin servers
|
|
4794 should provide Last-Modified values. In those rare cases where the
|
|
4795 use of a Last-Modified value as a validator by an HTTP/1.0 system
|
|
4796 could result in a serious problem, then HTTP/1.1 origin servers
|
|
4797 should not provide one.
|
|
4798
|
|
4799 13.3.5 Non-validating Conditionals
|
|
4800
|
|
4801 The principle behind entity tags is that only the service author
|
|
4802 knows the semantics of a resource well enough to select an
|
|
4803 appropriate cache validation mechanism, and the specification of any
|
|
4804 validator comparison function more complex than byte-equality would
|
|
4805 open up a can of worms. Thus, comparisons of any other headers
|
|
4806 (except Last-Modified, for compatibility with HTTP/1.0) are never
|
|
4807 used for purposes of validating a cache entry.
|
|
4808
|
|
4809 13.4 Response Cachability
|
|
4810
|
|
4811 Unless specifically constrained by a Cache-Control (section 14.9)
|
|
4812 directive, a caching system may always store a successful response
|
|
4813 (see section 13.8) as a cache entry, may return it without validation
|
|
4814 if it is fresh, and may return it after successful validation. If
|
|
4815
|
|
4816
|
|
4817
|
|
4818 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 86]
|
|
4819
|
|
4820 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
4821
|
|
4822
|
|
4823 there is neither a cache validator nor an explicit expiration time
|
|
4824 associated with a response, we do not expect it to be cached, but
|
|
4825 certain caches may violate this expectation (for example, when little
|
|
4826 or no network connectivity is available). A client can usually detect
|
|
4827 that such a response was taken from a cache by comparing the Date
|
|
4828 header to the current time.
|
|
4829
|
|
4830 Note that some HTTP/1.0 caches are known to violate this
|
|
4831 expectation without providing any Warning.
|
|
4832
|
|
4833 However, in some cases it may be inappropriate for a cache to retain
|
|
4834 an entity, or to return it in response to a subsequent request. This
|
|
4835 may be because absolute semantic transparency is deemed necessary by
|
|
4836 the service author, or because of security or privacy considerations.
|
|
4837 Certain Cache-Control directives are therefore provided so that the
|
|
4838 server can indicate that certain resource entities, or portions
|
|
4839 thereof, may not be cached regardless of other considerations.
|
|
4840
|
|
4841 Note that section 14.8 normally prevents a shared cache from saving
|
|
4842 and returning a response to a previous request if that request
|
|
4843 included an Authorization header.
|
|
4844
|
|
4845 A response received with a status code of 200, 203, 206, 300, 301 or
|
|
4846 410 may be stored by a cache and used in reply to a subsequent
|
|
4847 request, subject to the expiration mechanism, unless a Cache-Control
|
|
4848 directive prohibits caching. However, a cache that does not support
|
|
4849 the Range and Content-Range headers MUST NOT cache 206 (Partial
|
|
4850 Content) responses.
|
|
4851
|
|
4852 A response received with any other status code MUST NOT be returned
|
|
4853 in a reply to a subsequent request unless there are Cache-Control
|
|
4854 directives or another header(s) that explicitly allow it. For
|
|
4855 example, these include the following: an Expires header (section
|
|
4856 14.21); a "max-age", "must-revalidate", "proxy-revalidate", "public"
|
|
4857 or "private" Cache-Control directive (section 14.9).
|
|
4858
|
|
4859 13.5 Constructing Responses From Caches
|
|
4860
|
|
4861 The purpose of an HTTP cache is to store information received in
|
|
4862 response to requests, for use in responding to future requests. In
|
|
4863 many cases, a cache simply returns the appropriate parts of a
|
|
4864 response to the requester. However, if the cache holds a cache entry
|
|
4865 based on a previous response, it may have to combine parts of a new
|
|
4866 response with what is held in the cache entry.
|
|
4867
|
|
4868
|
|
4869
|
|
4870
|
|
4871
|
|
4872
|
|
4873
|
|
4874 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 87]
|
|
4875
|
|
4876 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
4877
|
|
4878
|
|
4879 13.5.1 End-to-end and Hop-by-hop Headers
|
|
4880
|
|
4881 For the purpose of defining the behavior of caches and non-caching
|
|
4882 proxies, we divide HTTP headers into two categories:
|
|
4883
|
|
4884 o End-to-end headers, which must be transmitted to the
|
|
4885 ultimate recipient of a request or response. End-to-end
|
|
4886 headers in responses must be stored as part of a cache entry
|
|
4887 and transmitted in any response formed from a cache entry.
|
|
4888 o Hop-by-hop headers, which are meaningful only for a single
|
|
4889 transport-level connection, and are not stored by caches or
|
|
4890 forwarded by proxies.
|
|
4891
|
|
4892 The following HTTP/1.1 headers are hop-by-hop headers:
|
|
4893
|
|
4894 o Connection
|
|
4895 o Keep-Alive
|
|
4896 o Public
|
|
4897 o Proxy-Authenticate
|
|
4898 o Transfer-Encoding
|
|
4899 o Upgrade
|
|
4900
|
|
4901 All other headers defined by HTTP/1.1 are end-to-end headers.
|
|
4902
|
|
4903 Hop-by-hop headers introduced in future versions of HTTP MUST be
|
|
4904 listed in a Connection header, as described in section 14.10.
|
|
4905
|
|
4906 13.5.2 Non-modifiable Headers
|
|
4907
|
|
4908 Some features of the HTTP/1.1 protocol, such as Digest
|
|
4909 Authentication, depend on the value of certain end-to-end headers. A
|
|
4910 cache or non-caching proxy SHOULD NOT modify an end-to-end header
|
|
4911 unless the definition of that header requires or specifically allows
|
|
4912 that.
|
|
4913
|
|
4914 A cache or non-caching proxy MUST NOT modify any of the following
|
|
4915 fields in a request or response, nor may it add any of these fields
|
|
4916 if not already present:
|
|
4917
|
|
4918 o Content-Location
|
|
4919 o ETag
|
|
4920 o Expires
|
|
4921 o Last-Modified
|
|
4922
|
|
4923
|
|
4924
|
|
4925
|
|
4926
|
|
4927
|
|
4928
|
|
4929
|
|
4930 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 88]
|
|
4931
|
|
4932 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
4933
|
|
4934
|
|
4935 A cache or non-caching proxy MUST NOT modify or add any of the
|
|
4936 following fields in a response that contains the no-transform Cache-
|
|
4937 Control directive, or in any request:
|
|
4938
|
|
4939 o Content-Encoding
|
|
4940 o Content-Length
|
|
4941 o Content-Range
|
|
4942 o Content-Type
|
|
4943
|
|
4944 A cache or non-caching proxy MAY modify or add these fields in a
|
|
4945 response that does not include no-transform, but if it does so, it
|
|
4946 MUST add a Warning 14 (Transformation applied) if one does not
|
|
4947 already appear in the response.
|
|
4948
|
|
4949 Warning: unnecessary modification of end-to-end headers may cause
|
|
4950 authentication failures if stronger authentication mechanisms are
|
|
4951 introduced in later versions of HTTP. Such authentication
|
|
4952 mechanisms may rely on the values of header fields not listed here.
|
|
4953
|
|
4954 13.5.3 Combining Headers
|
|
4955
|
|
4956 When a cache makes a validating request to a server, and the server
|
|
4957 provides a 304 (Not Modified) response, the cache must construct a
|
|
4958 response to send to the requesting client. The cache uses the
|
|
4959 entity-body stored in the cache entry as the entity-body of this
|
|
4960 outgoing response. The end-to-end headers stored in the cache entry
|
|
4961 are used for the constructed response, except that any end-to-end
|
|
4962 headers provided in the 304 response MUST replace the corresponding
|
|
4963 headers from the cache entry. Unless the cache decides to remove the
|
|
4964 cache entry, it MUST also replace the end-to-end headers stored with
|
|
4965 the cache entry with corresponding headers received in the incoming
|
|
4966 response.
|
|
4967
|
|
4968 In other words, the set of end-to-end headers received in the
|
|
4969 incoming response overrides all corresponding end-to-end headers
|
|
4970 stored with the cache entry. The cache may add Warning headers (see
|
|
4971 section 14.45) to this set.
|
|
4972
|
|
4973 If a header field-name in the incoming response matches more than one
|
|
4974 header in the cache entry, all such old headers are replaced.
|
|
4975
|
|
4976 Note: this rule allows an origin server to use a 304 (Not Modified)
|
|
4977 response to update any header associated with a previous response
|
|
4978 for the same entity, although it might not always be meaningful or
|
|
4979 correct to do so. This rule does not allow an origin server to use
|
|
4980 a 304 (not Modified) response to entirely delete a header that it
|
|
4981 had provided with a previous response.
|
|
4982
|
|
4983
|
|
4984
|
|
4985
|
|
4986 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 89]
|
|
4987
|
|
4988 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
4989
|
|
4990
|
|
4991 13.5.4 Combining Byte Ranges
|
|
4992
|
|
4993 A response may transfer only a subrange of the bytes of an entity-
|
|
4994 body, either because the request included one or more Range
|
|
4995 specifications, or because a connection was broken prematurely. After
|
|
4996 several such transfers, a cache may have received several ranges of
|
|
4997 the same entity-body.
|
|
4998
|
|
4999 If a cache has a stored non-empty set of subranges for an entity, and
|
|
5000 an incoming response transfers another subrange, the cache MAY
|
|
5001 combine the new subrange with the existing set if both the following
|
|
5002 conditions are met:
|
|
5003
|
|
5004 o Both the incoming response and the cache entry must have a cache
|
|
5005 validator.
|
|
5006 o The two cache validators must match using the strong comparison
|
|
5007 function (see section 13.3.3).
|
|
5008
|
|
5009 If either requirement is not meant, the cache must use only the most
|
|
5010 recent partial response (based on the Date values transmitted with
|
|
5011 every response, and using the incoming response if these values are
|
|
5012 equal or missing), and must discard the other partial information.
|
|
5013
|
|
5014 13.6 Caching Negotiated Responses
|
|
5015
|
|
5016 Use of server-driven content negotiation (section 12), as indicated
|
|
5017 by the presence of a Vary header field in a response, alters the
|
|
5018 conditions and procedure by which a cache can use the response for
|
|
5019 subsequent requests.
|
|
5020
|
|
5021 A server MUST use the Vary header field (section 14.43) to inform a
|
|
5022 cache of what header field dimensions are used to select among
|
|
5023 multiple representations of a cachable response. A cache may use the
|
|
5024 selected representation (the entity included with that particular
|
|
5025 response) for replying to subsequent requests on that resource only
|
|
5026 when the subsequent requests have the same or equivalent values for
|
|
5027 all header fields specified in the Vary response-header. Requests
|
|
5028 with a different value for one or more of those header fields would
|
|
5029 be forwarded toward the origin server.
|
|
5030
|
|
5031 If an entity tag was assigned to the representation, the forwarded
|
|
5032 request SHOULD be conditional and include the entity tags in an If-
|
|
5033 None-Match header field from all its cache entries for the Request-
|
|
5034 URI. This conveys to the server the set of entities currently held by
|
|
5035 the cache, so that if any one of these entities matches the requested
|
|
5036 entity, the server can use the ETag header in its 304 (Not Modified)
|
|
5037 response to tell the cache which entry is appropriate. If the
|
|
5038 entity-tag of the new response matches that of an existing entry, the
|
|
5039
|
|
5040
|
|
5041
|
|
5042 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 90]
|
|
5043
|
|
5044 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
5045
|
|
5046
|
|
5047 new response SHOULD be used to update the header fields of the
|
|
5048 existing entry, and the result MUST be returned to the client.
|
|
5049
|
|
5050 The Vary header field may also inform the cache that the
|
|
5051 representation was selected using criteria not limited to the
|
|
5052 request-headers; in this case, a cache MUST NOT use the response in a
|
|
5053 reply to a subsequent request unless the cache relays the new request
|
|
5054 to the origin server in a conditional request and the server responds
|
|
5055 with 304 (Not Modified), including an entity tag or Content-Location
|
|
5056 that indicates which entity should be used.
|
|
5057
|
|
5058 If any of the existing cache entries contains only partial content
|
|
5059 for the associated entity, its entity-tag SHOULD NOT be included in
|
|
5060 the If-None-Match header unless the request is for a range that would
|
|
5061 be fully satisfied by that entry.
|
|
5062
|
|
5063 If a cache receives a successful response whose Content-Location
|
|
5064 field matches that of an existing cache entry for the same Request-
|
|
5065 URI, whose entity-tag differs from that of the existing entry, and
|
|
5066 whose Date is more recent than that of the existing entry, the
|
|
5067 existing entry SHOULD NOT be returned in response to future requests,
|
|
5068 and should be deleted from the cache.
|
|
5069
|
|
5070 13.7 Shared and Non-Shared Caches
|
|
5071
|
|
5072 For reasons of security and privacy, it is necessary to make a
|
|
5073 distinction between "shared" and "non-shared" caches. A non-shared
|
|
5074 cache is one that is accessible only to a single user. Accessibility
|
|
5075 in this case SHOULD be enforced by appropriate security mechanisms.
|
|
5076 All other caches are considered to be "shared." Other sections of
|
|
5077 this specification place certain constraints on the operation of
|
|
5078 shared caches in order to prevent loss of privacy or failure of
|
|
5079 access controls.
|
|
5080
|
|
5081 13.8 Errors or Incomplete Response Cache Behavior
|
|
5082
|
|
5083 A cache that receives an incomplete response (for example, with fewer
|
|
5084 bytes of data than specified in a Content-Length header) may store
|
|
5085 the response. However, the cache MUST treat this as a partial
|
|
5086 response. Partial responses may be combined as described in section
|
|
5087 13.5.4; the result might be a full response or might still be
|
|
5088 partial. A cache MUST NOT return a partial response to a client
|
|
5089 without explicitly marking it as such, using the 206 (Partial
|
|
5090 Content) status code. A cache MUST NOT return a partial response
|
|
5091 using a status code of 200 (OK).
|
|
5092
|
|
5093 If a cache receives a 5xx response while attempting to revalidate an
|
|
5094 entry, it may either forward this response to the requesting client,
|
|
5095
|
|
5096
|
|
5097
|
|
5098 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 91]
|
|
5099
|
|
5100 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
5101
|
|
5102
|
|
5103 or act as if the server failed to respond. In the latter case, it MAY
|
|
5104 return a previously received response unless the cached entry
|
|
5105 includes the "must-revalidate" Cache-Control directive (see section
|
|
5106 14.9).
|
|
5107
|
|
5108 13.9 Side Effects of GET and HEAD
|
|
5109
|
|
5110 Unless the origin server explicitly prohibits the caching of their
|
|
5111 responses, the application of GET and HEAD methods to any resources
|
|
5112 SHOULD NOT have side effects that would lead to erroneous behavior if
|
|
5113 these responses are taken from a cache. They may still have side
|
|
5114 effects, but a cache is not required to consider such side effects in
|
|
5115 its caching decisions. Caches are always expected to observe an
|
|
5116 origin server's explicit restrictions on caching.
|
|
5117
|
|
5118 We note one exception to this rule: since some applications have
|
|
5119 traditionally used GETs and HEADs with query URLs (those containing a
|
|
5120 "?" in the rel_path part) to perform operations with significant side
|
|
5121 effects, caches MUST NOT treat responses to such URLs as fresh unless
|
|
5122 the server provides an explicit expiration time. This specifically
|
|
5123 means that responses from HTTP/1.0 servers for such URIs should not
|
|
5124 be taken from a cache. See section 9.1.1 for related information.
|
|
5125
|
|
5126 13.10 Invalidation After Updates or Deletions
|
|
5127
|
|
5128 The effect of certain methods at the origin server may cause one or
|
|
5129 more existing cache entries to become non-transparently invalid. That
|
|
5130 is, although they may continue to be "fresh," they do not accurately
|
|
5131 reflect what the origin server would return for a new request.
|
|
5132
|
|
5133 There is no way for the HTTP protocol to guarantee that all such
|
|
5134 cache entries are marked invalid. For example, the request that
|
|
5135 caused the change at the origin server may not have gone through the
|
|
5136 proxy where a cache entry is stored. However, several rules help
|
|
5137 reduce the likelihood of erroneous behavior.
|
|
5138
|
|
5139 In this section, the phrase "invalidate an entity" means that the
|
|
5140 cache should either remove all instances of that entity from its
|
|
5141 storage, or should mark these as "invalid" and in need of a mandatory
|
|
5142 revalidation before they can be returned in response to a subsequent
|
|
5143 request.
|
|
5144
|
|
5145
|
|
5146
|
|
5147
|
|
5148
|
|
5149
|
|
5150
|
|
5151
|
|
5152
|
|
5153
|
|
5154 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 92]
|
|
5155
|
|
5156 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
5157
|
|
5158
|
|
5159 Some HTTP methods may invalidate an entity. This is either the entity
|
|
5160 referred to by the Request-URI, or by the Location or Content-
|
|
5161 Location response-headers (if present). These methods are:
|
|
5162
|
|
5163 o PUT
|
|
5164 o DELETE
|
|
5165 o POST
|
|
5166
|
|
5167 In order to prevent denial of service attacks, an invalidation based
|
|
5168 on the URI in a Location or Content-Location header MUST only be
|
|
5169 performed if the host part is the same as in the Request-URI.
|
|
5170
|
|
5171 13.11 Write-Through Mandatory
|
|
5172
|
|
5173 All methods that may be expected to cause modifications to the origin
|
|
5174 server's resources MUST be written through to the origin server. This
|
|
5175 currently includes all methods except for GET and HEAD. A cache MUST
|
|
5176 NOT reply to such a request from a client before having transmitted
|
|
5177 the request to the inbound server, and having received a
|
|
5178 corresponding response from the inbound server. This does not prevent
|
|
5179 a cache from sending a 100 (Continue) response before the inbound
|
|
5180 server has replied.
|
|
5181
|
|
5182 The alternative (known as "write-back" or "copy-back" caching) is not
|
|
5183 allowed in HTTP/1.1, due to the difficulty of providing consistent
|
|
5184 updates and the problems arising from server, cache, or network
|
|
5185 failure prior to write-back.
|
|
5186
|
|
5187 13.12 Cache Replacement
|
|
5188
|
|
5189 If a new cachable (see sections 14.9.2, 13.2.5, 13.2.6 and 13.8)
|
|
5190 response is received from a resource while any existing responses for
|
|
5191 the same resource are cached, the cache SHOULD use the new response
|
|
5192 to reply to the current request. It may insert it into cache storage
|
|
5193 and may, if it meets all other requirements, use it to respond to any
|
|
5194 future requests that would previously have caused the old response to
|
|
5195 be returned. If it inserts the new response into cache storage it
|
|
5196 should follow the rules in section 13.5.3.
|
|
5197
|
|
5198 Note: a new response that has an older Date header value than
|
|
5199 existing cached responses is not cachable.
|
|
5200
|
|
5201 13.13 History Lists
|
|
5202
|
|
5203 User agents often have history mechanisms, such as "Back" buttons and
|
|
5204 history lists, which can be used to redisplay an entity retrieved
|
|
5205 earlier in a session.
|
|
5206
|
|
5207
|
|
5208
|
|
5209
|
|
5210 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 93]
|
|
5211
|
|
5212 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
5213
|
|
5214
|
|
5215 History mechanisms and caches are different. In particular history
|
|
5216 mechanisms SHOULD NOT try to show a semantically transparent view of
|
|
5217 the current state of a resource. Rather, a history mechanism is meant
|
|
5218 to show exactly what the user saw at the time when the resource was
|
|
5219 retrieved.
|
|
5220
|
|
5221 By default, an expiration time does not apply to history mechanisms.
|
|
5222 If the entity is still in storage, a history mechanism should display
|
|
5223 it even if the entity has expired, unless the user has specifically
|
|
5224 configured the agent to refresh expired history documents.
|
|
5225
|
|
5226 This should not be construed to prohibit the history mechanism from
|
|
5227 telling the user that a view may be stale.
|
|
5228
|
|
5229 Note: if history list mechanisms unnecessarily prevent users from
|
|
5230 viewing stale resources, this will tend to force service authors to
|
|
5231 avoid using HTTP expiration controls and cache controls when they
|
|
5232 would otherwise like to. Service authors may consider it important
|
|
5233 that users not be presented with error messages or warning messages
|
|
5234 when they use navigation controls (such as BACK) to view previously
|
|
5235 fetched resources. Even though sometimes such resources ought not
|
|
5236 to cached, or ought to expire quickly, user interface
|
|
5237 considerations may force service authors to resort to other means
|
|
5238 of preventing caching (e.g. "once-only" URLs) in order not to
|
|
5239 suffer the effects of improperly functioning history mechanisms.
|
|
5240
|
|
5241 14 Header Field Definitions
|
|
5242
|
|
5243 This section defines the syntax and semantics of all standard
|
|
5244 HTTP/1.1 header fields. For entity-header fields, both sender and
|
|
5245 recipient refer to either the client or the server, depending on who
|
|
5246 sends and who receives the entity.
|
|
5247
|
|
5248
|
|
5249
|
|
5250
|
|
5251
|
|
5252
|
|
5253
|
|
5254
|
|
5255
|
|
5256
|
|
5257
|
|
5258
|
|
5259
|
|
5260
|
|
5261
|
|
5262
|
|
5263
|
|
5264
|
|
5265
|
|
5266 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 94]
|
|
5267
|
|
5268 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
5269
|
|
5270
|
|
5271 14.1 Accept
|
|
5272
|
|
5273 The Accept request-header field can be used to specify certain media
|
|
5274 types which are acceptable for the response. Accept headers can be
|
|
5275 used to indicate that the request is specifically limited to a small
|
|
5276 set of desired types, as in the case of a request for an in-line
|
|
5277 image.
|
|
5278
|
|
5279 Accept = "Accept" ":"
|
|
5280 #( media-range [ accept-params ] )
|
|
5281
|
|
5282 media-range = ( "*/*"
|
|
5283 | ( type "/" "*" )
|
|
5284 | ( type "/" subtype )
|
|
5285 ) *( ";" parameter )
|
|
5286
|
|
5287 accept-params = ";" "q" "=" qvalue *( accept-extension )
|
|
5288
|
|
5289 accept-extension = ";" token [ "=" ( token | quoted-string ) ]
|
|
5290
|
|
5291 The asterisk "*" character is used to group media types into ranges,
|
|
5292 with "*/*" indicating all media types and "type/*" indicating all
|
|
5293 subtypes of that type. The media-range MAY include media type
|
|
5294 parameters that are applicable to that range.
|
|
5295
|
|
5296 Each media-range MAY be followed by one or more accept-params,
|
|
5297 beginning with the "q" parameter for indicating a relative quality
|
|
5298 factor. The first "q" parameter (if any) separates the media-range
|
|
5299 parameter(s) from the accept-params. Quality factors allow the user
|
|
5300 or user agent to indicate the relative degree of preference for that
|
|
5301 media-range, using the qvalue scale from 0 to 1 (section 3.9). The
|
|
5302 default value is q=1.
|
|
5303
|
|
5304 Note: Use of the "q" parameter name to separate media type
|
|
5305 parameters from Accept extension parameters is due to historical
|
|
5306 practice. Although this prevents any media type parameter named
|
|
5307 "q" from being used with a media range, such an event is believed
|
|
5308 to be unlikely given the lack of any "q" parameters in the IANA
|
|
5309 media type registry and the rare usage of any media type parameters
|
|
5310 in Accept. Future media types should be discouraged from
|
|
5311 registering any parameter named "q".
|
|
5312
|
|
5313 The example
|
|
5314
|
|
5315 Accept: audio/*; q=0.2, audio/basic
|
|
5316
|
|
5317 SHOULD be interpreted as "I prefer audio/basic, but send me any audio
|
|
5318 type if it is the best available after an 80% mark-down in quality."
|
|
5319
|
|
5320
|
|
5321
|
|
5322 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 95]
|
|
5323
|
|
5324 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
5325
|
|
5326
|
|
5327 If no Accept header field is present, then it is assumed that the
|
|
5328 client accepts all media types. If an Accept header field is present,
|
|
5329 and if the server cannot send a response which is acceptable
|
|
5330 according to the combined Accept field value, then the server SHOULD
|
|
5331 send a 406 (not acceptable) response.
|
|
5332
|
|
5333 A more elaborate example is
|
|
5334
|
|
5335 Accept: text/plain; q=0.5, text/html,
|
|
5336 text/x-dvi; q=0.8, text/x-c
|
|
5337
|
|
5338 Verbally, this would be interpreted as "text/html and text/x-c are
|
|
5339 the preferred media types, but if they do not exist, then send the
|
|
5340 text/x-dvi entity, and if that does not exist, send the text/plain
|
|
5341 entity."
|
|
5342
|
|
5343 Media ranges can be overridden by more specific media ranges or
|
|
5344 specific media types. If more than one media range applies to a given
|
|
5345 type, the most specific reference has precedence. For example,
|
|
5346
|
|
5347 Accept: text/*, text/html, text/html;level=1, */*
|
|
5348
|
|
5349 have the following precedence:
|
|
5350
|
|
5351 1) text/html;level=1
|
|
5352 2) text/html
|
|
5353 3) text/*
|
|
5354 4) */*
|
|
5355
|
|
5356 The media type quality factor associated with a given type is
|
|
5357 determined by finding the media range with the highest precedence
|
|
5358 which matches that type. For example,
|
|
5359
|
|
5360 Accept: text/*;q=0.3, text/html;q=0.7, text/html;level=1,
|
|
5361 text/html;level=2;q=0.4, */*;q=0.5
|
|
5362
|
|
5363 would cause the following values to be associated:
|
|
5364
|
|
5365 text/html;level=1 = 1
|
|
5366 text/html = 0.7
|
|
5367 text/plain = 0.3
|
|
5368 image/jpeg = 0.5
|
|
5369 text/html;level=2 = 0.4
|
|
5370 text/html;level=3 = 0.7
|
|
5371
|
|
5372 Note: A user agent may be provided with a default set of quality
|
|
5373 values for certain media ranges. However, unless the user agent is
|
|
5374 a closed system which cannot interact with other rendering agents,
|
|
5375
|
|
5376
|
|
5377
|
|
5378 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 96]
|
|
5379
|
|
5380 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
5381
|
|
5382
|
|
5383 this default set should be configurable by the user.
|
|
5384
|
|
5385 14.2 Accept-Charset
|
|
5386
|
|
5387 The Accept-Charset request-header field can be used to indicate what
|
|
5388 character sets are acceptable for the response. This field allows
|
|
5389 clients capable of understanding more comprehensive or special-
|
|
5390 purpose character sets to signal that capability to a server which is
|
|
5391 capable of representing documents in those character sets. The ISO-
|
|
5392 8859-1 character set can be assumed to be acceptable to all user
|
|
5393 agents.
|
|
5394
|
|
5395 Accept-Charset = "Accept-Charset" ":"
|
|
5396 1#( charset [ ";" "q" "=" qvalue ] )
|
|
5397
|
|
5398 Character set values are described in section 3.4. Each charset may
|
|
5399 be given an associated quality value which represents the user's
|
|
5400 preference for that charset. The default value is q=1. An example is
|
|
5401
|
|
5402 Accept-Charset: iso-8859-5, unicode-1-1;q=0.8
|
|
5403
|
|
5404 If no Accept-Charset header is present, the default is that any
|
|
5405 character set is acceptable. If an Accept-Charset header is present,
|
|
5406 and if the server cannot send a response which is acceptable
|
|
5407 according to the Accept-Charset header, then the server SHOULD send
|
|
5408 an error response with the 406 (not acceptable) status code, though
|
|
5409 the sending of an unacceptable response is also allowed.
|
|
5410
|
|
5411 14.3 Accept-Encoding
|
|
5412
|
|
5413 The Accept-Encoding request-header field is similar to Accept, but
|
|
5414 restricts the content-coding values (section 14.12) which are
|
|
5415 acceptable in the response.
|
|
5416
|
|
5417 Accept-Encoding = "Accept-Encoding" ":"
|
|
5418 #( content-coding )
|
|
5419
|
|
5420 An example of its use is
|
|
5421
|
|
5422 Accept-Encoding: compress, gzip
|
|
5423
|
|
5424 If no Accept-Encoding header is present in a request, the server MAY
|
|
5425 assume that the client will accept any content coding. If an Accept-
|
|
5426 Encoding header is present, and if the server cannot send a response
|
|
5427 which is acceptable according to the Accept-Encoding header, then the
|
|
5428 server SHOULD send an error response with the 406 (Not Acceptable)
|
|
5429 status code.
|
|
5430
|
|
5431
|
|
5432
|
|
5433
|
|
5434 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 97]
|
|
5435
|
|
5436 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
5437
|
|
5438
|
|
5439 An empty Accept-Encoding value indicates none are acceptable.
|
|
5440
|
|
5441 14.4 Accept-Language
|
|
5442
|
|
5443 The Accept-Language request-header field is similar to Accept, but
|
|
5444 restricts the set of natural languages that are preferred as a
|
|
5445 response to the request.
|
|
5446
|
|
5447 Accept-Language = "Accept-Language" ":"
|
|
5448 1#( language-range [ ";" "q" "=" qvalue ] )
|
|
5449
|
|
5450 language-range = ( ( 1*8ALPHA *( "-" 1*8ALPHA ) ) | "*" )
|
|
5451
|
|
5452 Each language-range MAY be given an associated quality value which
|
|
5453 represents an estimate of the user's preference for the languages
|
|
5454 specified by that range. The quality value defaults to "q=1". For
|
|
5455 example,
|
|
5456
|
|
5457 Accept-Language: da, en-gb;q=0.8, en;q=0.7
|
|
5458
|
|
5459 would mean: "I prefer Danish, but will accept British English and
|
|
5460 other types of English." A language-range matches a language-tag if
|
|
5461 it exactly equals the tag, or if it exactly equals a prefix of the
|
|
5462 tag such that the first tag character following the prefix is "-".
|
|
5463 The special range "*", if present in the Accept-Language field,
|
|
5464 matches every tag not matched by any other range present in the
|
|
5465 Accept-Language field.
|
|
5466
|
|
5467 Note: This use of a prefix matching rule does not imply that
|
|
5468 language tags are assigned to languages in such a way that it is
|
|
5469 always true that if a user understands a language with a certain
|
|
5470 tag, then this user will also understand all languages with tags
|
|
5471 for which this tag is a prefix. The prefix rule simply allows the
|
|
5472 use of prefix tags if this is the case.
|
|
5473
|
|
5474 The language quality factor assigned to a language-tag by the
|
|
5475 Accept-Language field is the quality value of the longest language-
|
|
5476 range in the field that matches the language-tag. If no language-
|
|
5477 range in the field matches the tag, the language quality factor
|
|
5478 assigned is 0. If no Accept-Language header is present in the
|
|
5479 request, the server SHOULD assume that all languages are equally
|
|
5480 acceptable. If an Accept-Language header is present, then all
|
|
5481 languages which are assigned a quality factor greater than 0 are
|
|
5482 acceptable.
|
|
5483
|
|
5484 It may be contrary to the privacy expectations of the user to send an
|
|
5485 Accept-Language header with the complete linguistic preferences of
|
|
5486 the user in every request. For a discussion of this issue, see
|
|
5487
|
|
5488
|
|
5489
|
|
5490 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 98]
|
|
5491
|
|
5492 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
5493
|
|
5494
|
|
5495 section 15.7.
|
|
5496
|
|
5497 Note: As intelligibility is highly dependent on the individual
|
|
5498 user, it is recommended that client applications make the choice of
|
|
5499 linguistic preference available to the user. If the choice is not
|
|
5500 made available, then the Accept-Language header field must not be
|
|
5501 given in the request.
|
|
5502
|
|
5503 14.5 Accept-Ranges
|
|
5504
|
|
5505 The Accept-Ranges response-header field allows the server to indicate
|
|
5506 its acceptance of range requests for a resource:
|
|
5507
|
|
5508 Accept-Ranges = "Accept-Ranges" ":" acceptable-ranges
|
|
5509
|
|
5510 acceptable-ranges = 1#range-unit | "none"
|
|
5511
|
|
5512 Origin servers that accept byte-range requests MAY send
|
|
5513
|
|
5514 Accept-Ranges: bytes
|
|
5515
|
|
5516 but are not required to do so. Clients MAY generate byte-range
|
|
5517 requests without having received this header for the resource
|
|
5518 involved.
|
|
5519
|
|
5520 Servers that do not accept any kind of range request for a resource
|
|
5521 MAY send
|
|
5522
|
|
5523 Accept-Ranges: none
|
|
5524
|
|
5525 to advise the client not to attempt a range request.
|
|
5526
|
|
5527 14.6 Age
|
|
5528
|
|
5529 The Age response-header field conveys the sender's estimate of the
|
|
5530 amount of time since the response (or its revalidation) was generated
|
|
5531 at the origin server. A cached response is "fresh" if its age does
|
|
5532 not exceed its freshness lifetime. Age values are calculated as
|
|
5533 specified in section 13.2.3.
|
|
5534
|
|
5535 Age = "Age" ":" age-value
|
|
5536
|
|
5537 age-value = delta-seconds
|
|
5538
|
|
5539 Age values are non-negative decimal integers, representing time in
|
|
5540 seconds.
|
|
5541
|
|
5542
|
|
5543
|
|
5544
|
|
5545
|
|
5546 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 99]
|
|
5547
|
|
5548 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
5549
|
|
5550
|
|
5551 If a cache receives a value larger than the largest positive integer
|
|
5552 it can represent, or if any of its age calculations overflows, it
|
|
5553 MUST transmit an Age header with a value of 2147483648 (2^31).
|
|
5554 HTTP/1.1 caches MUST send an Age header in every response. Caches
|
|
5555 SHOULD use an arithmetic type of at least 31 bits of range.
|
|
5556
|
|
5557 14.7 Allow
|
|
5558
|
|
5559 The Allow entity-header field lists the set of methods supported by
|
|
5560 the resource identified by the Request-URI. The purpose of this field
|
|
5561 is strictly to inform the recipient of valid methods associated with
|
|
5562 the resource. An Allow header field MUST be present in a 405 (Method
|
|
5563 Not Allowed) response.
|
|
5564
|
|
5565 Allow = "Allow" ":" 1#method
|
|
5566
|
|
5567 Example of use:
|
|
5568
|
|
5569 Allow: GET, HEAD, PUT
|
|
5570
|
|
5571 This field cannot prevent a client from trying other methods.
|
|
5572 However, the indications given by the Allow header field value SHOULD
|
|
5573 be followed. The actual set of allowed methods is defined by the
|
|
5574 origin server at the time of each request.
|
|
5575
|
|
5576 The Allow header field MAY be provided with a PUT request to
|
|
5577 recommend the methods to be supported by the new or modified
|
|
5578 resource. The server is not required to support these methods and
|
|
5579 SHOULD include an Allow header in the response giving the actual
|
|
5580 supported methods.
|
|
5581
|
|
5582 A proxy MUST NOT modify the Allow header field even if it does not
|
|
5583 understand all the methods specified, since the user agent MAY have
|
|
5584 other means of communicating with the origin server.
|
|
5585
|
|
5586 The Allow header field does not indicate what methods are implemented
|
|
5587 at the server level. Servers MAY use the Public response-header field
|
|
5588 (section 14.35) to describe what methods are implemented on the
|
|
5589 server as a whole.
|
|
5590
|
|
5591 14.8 Authorization
|
|
5592
|
|
5593 A user agent that wishes to authenticate itself with a server--
|
|
5594 usually, but not necessarily, after receiving a 401 response--MAY do
|
|
5595 so by including an Authorization request-header field with the
|
|
5596 request. The Authorization field value consists of credentials
|
|
5597 containing the authentication information of the user agent for the
|
|
5598 realm of the resource being requested.
|
|
5599
|
|
5600
|
|
5601
|
|
5602 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 100]
|
|
5603
|
|
5604 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
5605
|
|
5606
|
|
5607 Authorization = "Authorization" ":" credentials
|
|
5608
|
|
5609 HTTP access authentication is described in section 11. If a request
|
|
5610 is authenticated and a realm specified, the same credentials SHOULD
|
|
5611 be valid for all other requests within this realm.
|
|
5612
|
|
5613 When a shared cache (see section 13.7) receives a request containing
|
|
5614 an Authorization field, it MUST NOT return the corresponding response
|
|
5615 as a reply to any other request, unless one of the following specific
|
|
5616 exceptions holds:
|
|
5617
|
|
5618 1. If the response includes the "proxy-revalidate" Cache-Control
|
|
5619 directive, the cache MAY use that response in replying to a
|
|
5620 subsequent request, but a proxy cache MUST first revalidate it with
|
|
5621 the origin server, using the request-headers from the new request
|
|
5622 to allow the origin server to authenticate the new request.
|
|
5623 2. If the response includes the "must-revalidate" Cache-Control
|
|
5624 directive, the cache MAY use that response in replying to a
|
|
5625 subsequent request, but all caches MUST first revalidate it with
|
|
5626 the origin server, using the request-headers from the new request
|
|
5627 to allow the origin server to authenticate the new request.
|
|
5628 3. If the response includes the "public" Cache-Control directive, it
|
|
5629 may be returned in reply to any subsequent request.
|
|
5630
|
|
5631 14.9 Cache-Control
|
|
5632
|
|
5633 The Cache-Control general-header field is used to specify directives
|
|
5634 that MUST be obeyed by all caching mechanisms along the
|
|
5635 request/response chain. The directives specify behavior intended to
|
|
5636 prevent caches from adversely interfering with the request or
|
|
5637 response. These directives typically override the default caching
|
|
5638 algorithms. Cache directives are unidirectional in that the presence
|
|
5639 of a directive in a request does not imply that the same directive
|
|
5640 should be given in the response.
|
|
5641
|
|
5642 Note that HTTP/1.0 caches may not implement Cache-Control and may
|
|
5643 only implement Pragma: no-cache (see section 14.32).
|
|
5644
|
|
5645 Cache directives must be passed through by a proxy or gateway
|
|
5646 application, regardless of their significance to that application,
|
|
5647 since the directives may be applicable to all recipients along the
|
|
5648 request/response chain. It is not possible to specify a cache-
|
|
5649 directive for a specific cache.
|
|
5650
|
|
5651 Cache-Control = "Cache-Control" ":" 1#cache-directive
|
|
5652
|
|
5653 cache-directive = cache-request-directive
|
|
5654 | cache-response-directive
|
|
5655
|
|
5656
|
|
5657
|
|
5658 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 101]
|
|
5659
|
|
5660 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
5661
|
|
5662
|
|
5663 cache-request-directive =
|
|
5664 "no-cache" [ "=" <"> 1#field-name <"> ]
|
|
5665 | "no-store"
|
|
5666 | "max-age" "=" delta-seconds
|
|
5667 | "max-stale" [ "=" delta-seconds ]
|
|
5668 | "min-fresh" "=" delta-seconds
|
|
5669 | "only-if-cached"
|
|
5670 | cache-extension
|
|
5671
|
|
5672 cache-response-directive =
|
|
5673 "public"
|
|
5674 | "private" [ "=" <"> 1#field-name <"> ]
|
|
5675 | "no-cache" [ "=" <"> 1#field-name <"> ]
|
|
5676 | "no-store"
|
|
5677 | "no-transform"
|
|
5678 | "must-revalidate"
|
|
5679 | "proxy-revalidate"
|
|
5680 | "max-age" "=" delta-seconds
|
|
5681 | cache-extension
|
|
5682
|
|
5683 cache-extension = token [ "=" ( token | quoted-string ) ]
|
|
5684
|
|
5685 When a directive appears without any 1#field-name parameter, the
|
|
5686 directive applies to the entire request or response. When such a
|
|
5687 directive appears with a 1#field-name parameter, it applies only to
|
|
5688 the named field or fields, and not to the rest of the request or
|
|
5689 response. This mechanism supports extensibility; implementations of
|
|
5690 future versions of the HTTP protocol may apply these directives to
|
|
5691 header fields not defined in HTTP/1.1.
|
|
5692
|
|
5693 The cache-control directives can be broken down into these general
|
|
5694 categories:
|
|
5695
|
|
5696 o Restrictions on what is cachable; these may only be imposed by the
|
|
5697 origin server.
|
|
5698 o Restrictions on what may be stored by a cache; these may be imposed
|
|
5699 by either the origin server or the user agent.
|
|
5700 o Modifications of the basic expiration mechanism; these may be
|
|
5701 imposed by either the origin server or the user agent.
|
|
5702 o Controls over cache revalidation and reload; these may only be
|
|
5703 imposed by a user agent.
|
|
5704 o Control over transformation of entities.
|
|
5705 o Extensions to the caching system.
|
|
5706
|
|
5707
|
|
5708
|
|
5709
|
|
5710
|
|
5711
|
|
5712
|
|
5713
|
|
5714 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 102]
|
|
5715
|
|
5716 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
5717
|
|
5718
|
|
5719 14.9.1 What is Cachable
|
|
5720
|
|
5721 By default, a response is cachable if the requirements of the request
|
|
5722 method, request header fields, and the response status indicate that
|
|
5723 it is cachable. Section 13.4 summarizes these defaults for
|
|
5724 cachability. The following Cache-Control response directives allow an
|
|
5725 origin server to override the default cachability of a response:
|
|
5726
|
|
5727 public
|
|
5728 Indicates that the response is cachable by any cache, even if it
|
|
5729 would normally be non-cachable or cachable only within a non-shared
|
|
5730 cache. (See also Authorization, section 14.8, for additional
|
|
5731 details.)
|
|
5732
|
|
5733 private
|
|
5734 Indicates that all or part of the response message is intended for a
|
|
5735 single user and MUST NOT be cached by a shared cache. This allows an
|
|
5736 origin server to state that the specified parts of the response are
|
|
5737 intended for only one user and are not a valid response for requests
|
|
5738 by other users. A private (non-shared) cache may cache the response.
|
|
5739
|
|
5740 Note: This usage of the word private only controls where the
|
|
5741 response may be cached, and cannot ensure the privacy of the
|
|
5742 message content.
|
|
5743
|
|
5744 no-cache
|
|
5745 Indicates that all or part of the response message MUST NOT be cached
|
|
5746 anywhere. This allows an origin server to prevent caching even by
|
|
5747 caches that have been configured to return stale responses to client
|
|
5748 requests.
|
|
5749
|
|
5750 Note: Most HTTP/1.0 caches will not recognize or obey this
|
|
5751 directive.
|
|
5752
|
|
5753 14.9.2 What May be Stored by Caches
|
|
5754
|
|
5755 The purpose of the no-store directive is to prevent the inadvertent
|
|
5756 release or retention of sensitive information (for example, on backup
|
|
5757 tapes). The no-store directive applies to the entire message, and may
|
|
5758 be sent either in a response or in a request. If sent in a request, a
|
|
5759 cache MUST NOT store any part of either this request or any response
|
|
5760 to it. If sent in a response, a cache MUST NOT store any part of
|
|
5761 either this response or the request that elicited it. This directive
|
|
5762 applies to both non-shared and shared caches. "MUST NOT store" in
|
|
5763 this context means that the cache MUST NOT intentionally store the
|
|
5764 information in non-volatile storage, and MUST make a best-effort
|
|
5765 attempt to remove the information from volatile storage as promptly
|
|
5766 as possible after forwarding it.
|
|
5767
|
|
5768
|
|
5769
|
|
5770 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 103]
|
|
5771
|
|
5772 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
5773
|
|
5774
|
|
5775 Even when this directive is associated with a response, users may
|
|
5776 explicitly store such a response outside of the caching system (e.g.,
|
|
5777 with a "Save As" dialog). History buffers may store such responses as
|
|
5778 part of their normal operation.
|
|
5779
|
|
5780 The purpose of this directive is to meet the stated requirements of
|
|
5781 certain users and service authors who are concerned about accidental
|
|
5782 releases of information via unanticipated accesses to cache data
|
|
5783 structures. While the use of this directive may improve privacy in
|
|
5784 some cases, we caution that it is NOT in any way a reliable or
|
|
5785 sufficient mechanism for ensuring privacy. In particular, malicious
|
|
5786 or compromised caches may not recognize or obey this directive; and
|
|
5787 communications networks may be vulnerable to eavesdropping.
|
|
5788
|
|
5789 14.9.3 Modifications of the Basic Expiration Mechanism
|
|
5790
|
|
5791 The expiration time of an entity may be specified by the origin
|
|
5792 server using the Expires header (see section 14.21). Alternatively,
|
|
5793 it may be specified using the max-age directive in a response.
|
|
5794
|
|
5795 If a response includes both an Expires header and a max-age
|
|
5796 directive, the max-age directive overrides the Expires header, even
|
|
5797 if the Expires header is more restrictive. This rule allows an origin
|
|
5798 server to provide, for a given response, a longer expiration time to
|
|
5799 an HTTP/1.1 (or later) cache than to an HTTP/1.0 cache. This may be
|
|
5800 useful if certain HTTP/1.0 caches improperly calculate ages or
|
|
5801 expiration times, perhaps due to desynchronized clocks.
|
|
5802
|
|
5803 Note: most older caches, not compliant with this specification, do
|
|
5804 not implement any Cache-Control directives. An origin server
|
|
5805 wishing to use a Cache-Control directive that restricts, but does
|
|
5806 not prevent, caching by an HTTP/1.1-compliant cache may exploit the
|
|
5807 requirement that the max-age directive overrides the Expires
|
|
5808 header, and the fact that non-HTTP/1.1-compliant caches do not
|
|
5809 observe the max-age directive.
|
|
5810
|
|
5811 Other directives allow an user agent to modify the basic expiration
|
|
5812 mechanism. These directives may be specified on a request:
|
|
5813
|
|
5814 max-age
|
|
5815 Indicates that the client is willing to accept a response whose age
|
|
5816 is no greater than the specified time in seconds. Unless max-stale
|
|
5817 directive is also included, the client is not willing to accept a
|
|
5818 stale response.
|
|
5819
|
|
5820 min-fresh
|
|
5821 Indicates that the client is willing to accept a response whose
|
|
5822 freshness lifetime is no less than its current age plus the
|
|
5823
|
|
5824
|
|
5825
|
|
5826 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 104]
|
|
5827
|
|
5828 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
5829
|
|
5830
|
|
5831 specified time in seconds. That is, the client wants a response
|
|
5832 that will still be fresh for at least the specified number of
|
|
5833 seconds.
|
|
5834
|
|
5835 max-stale
|
|
5836 Indicates that the client is willing to accept a response that has
|
|
5837 exceeded its expiration time. If max-stale is assigned a value,
|
|
5838 then the client is willing to accept a response that has exceeded
|
|
5839 its expiration time by no more than the specified number of
|
|
5840 seconds. If no value is assigned to max-stale, then the client is
|
|
5841 willing to accept a stale response of any age.
|
|
5842
|
|
5843 If a cache returns a stale response, either because of a max-stale
|
|
5844 directive on a request, or because the cache is configured to
|
|
5845 override the expiration time of a response, the cache MUST attach a
|
|
5846 Warning header to the stale response, using Warning 10 (Response is
|
|
5847 stale).
|
|
5848
|
|
5849 14.9.4 Cache Revalidation and Reload Controls
|
|
5850
|
|
5851 Sometimes an user agent may want or need to insist that a cache
|
|
5852 revalidate its cache entry with the origin server (and not just with
|
|
5853 the next cache along the path to the origin server), or to reload its
|
|
5854 cache entry from the origin server. End-to-end revalidation may be
|
|
5855 necessary if either the cache or the origin server has overestimated
|
|
5856 the expiration time of the cached response. End-to-end reload may be
|
|
5857 necessary if the cache entry has become corrupted for some reason.
|
|
5858
|
|
5859 End-to-end revalidation may be requested either when the client does
|
|
5860 not have its own local cached copy, in which case we call it
|
|
5861 "unspecified end-to-end revalidation", or when the client does have a
|
|
5862 local cached copy, in which case we call it "specific end-to-end
|
|
5863 revalidation."
|
|
5864
|
|
5865 The client can specify these three kinds of action using Cache-
|
|
5866 Control request directives:
|
|
5867
|
|
5868 End-to-end reload
|
|
5869 The request includes a "no-cache" Cache-Control directive or, for
|
|
5870 compatibility with HTTP/1.0 clients, "Pragma: no-cache". No field
|
|
5871 names may be included with the no-cache directive in a request. The
|
|
5872 server MUST NOT use a cached copy when responding to such a
|
|
5873 request.
|
|
5874
|
|
5875 Specific end-to-end revalidation
|
|
5876 The request includes a "max-age=0" Cache-Control directive, which
|
|
5877 forces each cache along the path to the origin server to revalidate
|
|
5878 its own entry, if any, with the next cache or server. The initial
|
|
5879
|
|
5880
|
|
5881
|
|
5882 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 105]
|
|
5883
|
|
5884 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
5885
|
|
5886
|
|
5887 request includes a cache-validating conditional with the client's
|
|
5888 current validator.
|
|
5889
|
|
5890 Unspecified end-to-end revalidation
|
|
5891 The request includes "max-age=0" Cache-Control directive, which
|
|
5892 forces each cache along the path to the origin server to revalidate
|
|
5893 its own entry, if any, with the next cache or server. The initial
|
|
5894 request does not include a cache-validating conditional; the first
|
|
5895 cache along the path (if any) that holds a cache entry for this
|
|
5896 resource includes a cache-validating conditional with its current
|
|
5897 validator.
|
|
5898
|
|
5899 When an intermediate cache is forced, by means of a max-age=0
|
|
5900 directive, to revalidate its own cache entry, and the client has
|
|
5901 supplied its own validator in the request, the supplied validator may
|
|
5902 differ from the validator currently stored with the cache entry. In
|
|
5903 this case, the cache may use either validator in making its own
|
|
5904 request without affecting semantic transparency.
|
|
5905
|
|
5906 However, the choice of validator may affect performance. The best
|
|
5907 approach is for the intermediate cache to use its own validator when
|
|
5908 making its request. If the server replies with 304 (Not Modified),
|
|
5909 then the cache should return its now validated copy to the client
|
|
5910 with a 200 (OK) response. If the server replies with a new entity and
|
|
5911 cache validator, however, the intermediate cache should compare the
|
|
5912 returned validator with the one provided in the client's request,
|
|
5913 using the strong comparison function. If the client's validator is
|
|
5914 equal to the origin server's, then the intermediate cache simply
|
|
5915 returns 304 (Not Modified). Otherwise, it returns the new entity with
|
|
5916 a 200 (OK) response.
|
|
5917
|
|
5918 If a request includes the no-cache directive, it should not include
|
|
5919 min-fresh, max-stale, or max-age.
|
|
5920
|
|
5921 In some cases, such as times of extremely poor network connectivity,
|
|
5922 a client may want a cache to return only those responses that it
|
|
5923 currently has stored, and not to reload or revalidate with the origin
|
|
5924 server. To do this, the client may include the only-if-cached
|
|
5925 directive in a request. If it receives this directive, a cache SHOULD
|
|
5926 either respond using a cached entry that is consistent with the other
|
|
5927 constraints of the request, or respond with a 504 (Gateway Timeout)
|
|
5928 status. However, if a group of caches is being operated as a unified
|
|
5929 system with good internal connectivity, such a request MAY be
|
|
5930 forwarded within that group of caches.
|
|
5931
|
|
5932 Because a cache may be configured to ignore a server's specified
|
|
5933 expiration time, and because a client request may include a max-stale
|
|
5934 directive (which has a similar effect), the protocol also includes a
|
|
5935
|
|
5936
|
|
5937
|
|
5938 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 106]
|
|
5939
|
|
5940 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
5941
|
|
5942
|
|
5943 mechanism for the origin server to require revalidation of a cache
|
|
5944 entry on any subsequent use. When the must-revalidate directive is
|
|
5945 present in a response received by a cache, that cache MUST NOT use
|
|
5946 the entry after it becomes stale to respond to a subsequent request
|
|
5947 without first revalidating it with the origin server. (I.e., the
|
|
5948 cache must do an end-to-end revalidation every time, if, based solely
|
|
5949 on the origin server's Expires or max-age value, the cached response
|
|
5950 is stale.)
|
|
5951
|
|
5952 The must-revalidate directive is necessary to support reliable
|
|
5953 operation for certain protocol features. In all circumstances an
|
|
5954 HTTP/1.1 cache MUST obey the must-revalidate directive; in
|
|
5955 particular, if the cache cannot reach the origin server for any
|
|
5956 reason, it MUST generate a 504 (Gateway Timeout) response.
|
|
5957
|
|
5958 Servers should send the must-revalidate directive if and only if
|
|
5959 failure to revalidate a request on the entity could result in
|
|
5960 incorrect operation, such as a silently unexecuted financial
|
|
5961 transaction. Recipients MUST NOT take any automated action that
|
|
5962 violates this directive, and MUST NOT automatically provide an
|
|
5963 unvalidated copy of the entity if revalidation fails.
|
|
5964
|
|
5965 Although this is not recommended, user agents operating under severe
|
|
5966 connectivity constraints may violate this directive but, if so, MUST
|
|
5967 explicitly warn the user that an unvalidated response has been
|
|
5968 provided. The warning MUST be provided on each unvalidated access,
|
|
5969 and SHOULD require explicit user confirmation.
|
|
5970
|
|
5971 The proxy-revalidate directive has the same meaning as the must-
|
|
5972 revalidate directive, except that it does not apply to non-shared
|
|
5973 user agent caches. It can be used on a response to an authenticated
|
|
5974 request to permit the user's cache to store and later return the
|
|
5975 response without needing to revalidate it (since it has already been
|
|
5976 authenticated once by that user), while still requiring proxies that
|
|
5977 service many users to revalidate each time (in order to make sure
|
|
5978 that each user has been authenticated). Note that such authenticated
|
|
5979 responses also need the public cache control directive in order to
|
|
5980 allow them to be cached at all.
|
|
5981
|
|
5982 14.9.5 No-Transform Directive
|
|
5983
|
|
5984 Implementers of intermediate caches (proxies) have found it useful to
|
|
5985 convert the media type of certain entity bodies. A proxy might, for
|
|
5986 example, convert between image formats in order to save cache space
|
|
5987 or to reduce the amount of traffic on a slow link. HTTP has to date
|
|
5988 been silent on these transformations.
|
|
5989
|
|
5990
|
|
5991
|
|
5992
|
|
5993
|
|
5994 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 107]
|
|
5995
|
|
5996 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
5997
|
|
5998
|
|
5999 Serious operational problems have already occurred, however, when
|
|
6000 these transformations have been applied to entity bodies intended for
|
|
6001 certain kinds of applications. For example, applications for medical
|
|
6002 imaging, scientific data analysis and those using end-to-end
|
|
6003 authentication, all depend on receiving an entity body that is bit
|
|
6004 for bit identical to the original entity-body.
|
|
6005
|
|
6006 Therefore, if a response includes the no-transform directive, an
|
|
6007 intermediate cache or proxy MUST NOT change those headers that are
|
|
6008 listed in section 13.5.2 as being subject to the no-transform
|
|
6009 directive. This implies that the cache or proxy must not change any
|
|
6010 aspect of the entity-body that is specified by these headers.
|
|
6011
|
|
6012 14.9.6 Cache Control Extensions
|
|
6013
|
|
6014 The Cache-Control header field can be extended through the use of one
|
|
6015 or more cache-extension tokens, each with an optional assigned value.
|
|
6016 Informational extensions (those which do not require a change in
|
|
6017 cache behavior) may be added without changing the semantics of other
|
|
6018 directives. Behavioral extensions are designed to work by acting as
|
|
6019 modifiers to the existing base of cache directives. Both the new
|
|
6020 directive and the standard directive are supplied, such that
|
|
6021 applications which do not understand the new directive will default
|
|
6022 to the behavior specified by the standard directive, and those that
|
|
6023 understand the new directive will recognize it as modifying the
|
|
6024 requirements associated with the standard directive. In this way,
|
|
6025 extensions to the Cache-Control directives can be made without
|
|
6026 requiring changes to the base protocol.
|
|
6027
|
|
6028 This extension mechanism depends on a HTTP cache obeying all of the
|
|
6029 cache-control directives defined for its native HTTP-version, obeying
|
|
6030 certain extensions, and ignoring all directives that it does not
|
|
6031 understand.
|
|
6032
|
|
6033 For example, consider a hypothetical new response directive called
|
|
6034 "community" which acts as a modifier to the "private" directive. We
|
|
6035 define this new directive to mean that, in addition to any non-shared
|
|
6036 cache, any cache which is shared only by members of the community
|
|
6037 named within its value may cache the response. An origin server
|
|
6038 wishing to allow the "UCI" community to use an otherwise private
|
|
6039 response in their shared cache(s) may do so by including
|
|
6040
|
|
6041 Cache-Control: private, community="UCI"
|
|
6042
|
|
6043 A cache seeing this header field will act correctly even if the cache
|
|
6044 does not understand the "community" cache-extension, since it will
|
|
6045 also see and understand the "private" directive and thus default to
|
|
6046 the safe behavior.
|
|
6047
|
|
6048
|
|
6049
|
|
6050 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 108]
|
|
6051
|
|
6052 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
6053
|
|
6054
|
|
6055 Unrecognized cache-directives MUST be ignored; it is assumed that any
|
|
6056 cache-directive likely to be unrecognized by an HTTP/1.1 cache will
|
|
6057 be combined with standard directives (or the response's default
|
|
6058 cachability) such that the cache behavior will remain minimally
|
|
6059 correct even if the cache does not understand the extension(s).
|
|
6060
|
|
6061 14.10 Connection
|
|
6062
|
|
6063 The Connection general-header field allows the sender to specify
|
|
6064 options that are desired for that particular connection and MUST NOT
|
|
6065 be communicated by proxies over further connections.
|
|
6066
|
|
6067 The Connection header has the following grammar:
|
|
6068
|
|
6069 Connection-header = "Connection" ":" 1#(connection-token)
|
|
6070 connection-token = token
|
|
6071
|
|
6072 HTTP/1.1 proxies MUST parse the Connection header field before a
|
|
6073 message is forwarded and, for each connection-token in this field,
|
|
6074 remove any header field(s) from the message with the same name as the
|
|
6075 connection-token. Connection options are signaled by the presence of
|
|
6076 a connection-token in the Connection header field, not by any
|
|
6077 corresponding additional header field(s), since the additional header
|
|
6078 field may not be sent if there are no parameters associated with that
|
|
6079 connection option. HTTP/1.1 defines the "close" connection option
|
|
6080 for the sender to signal that the connection will be closed after
|
|
6081 completion of the response. For example,
|
|
6082
|
|
6083 Connection: close
|
|
6084
|
|
6085 in either the request or the response header fields indicates that
|
|
6086 the connection should not be considered `persistent' (section 8.1)
|
|
6087 after the current request/response is complete.
|
|
6088
|
|
6089 HTTP/1.1 applications that do not support persistent connections MUST
|
|
6090 include the "close" connection option in every message.
|
|
6091
|
|
6092 14.11 Content-Base
|
|
6093
|
|
6094 The Content-Base entity-header field may be used to specify the base
|
|
6095 URI for resolving relative URLs within the entity. This header field
|
|
6096 is described as Base in RFC 1808, which is expected to be revised.
|
|
6097
|
|
6098 Content-Base = "Content-Base" ":" absoluteURI
|
|
6099
|
|
6100 If no Content-Base field is present, the base URI of an entity is
|
|
6101 defined either by its Content-Location (if that Content-Location URI
|
|
6102 is an absolute URI) or the URI used to initiate the request, in that
|
|
6103
|
|
6104
|
|
6105
|
|
6106 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 109]
|
|
6107
|
|
6108 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
6109
|
|
6110
|
|
6111 order of precedence. Note, however, that the base URI of the contents
|
|
6112 within the entity-body may be redefined within that entity-body.
|
|
6113
|
|
6114 14.12 Content-Encoding
|
|
6115
|
|
6116 The Content-Encoding entity-header field is used as a modifier to the
|
|
6117 media-type. When present, its value indicates what additional content
|
|
6118 codings have been applied to the entity-body, and thus what decoding
|
|
6119 mechanisms MUST be applied in order to obtain the media-type
|
|
6120 referenced by the Content-Type header field. Content-Encoding is
|
|
6121 primarily used to allow a document to be compressed without losing
|
|
6122 the identity of its underlying media type.
|
|
6123
|
|
6124 Content-Encoding = "Content-Encoding" ":" 1#content-coding
|
|
6125
|
|
6126 Content codings are defined in section 3.5. An example of its use is
|
|
6127
|
|
6128 Content-Encoding: gzip
|
|
6129
|
|
6130 The Content-Encoding is a characteristic of the entity identified by
|
|
6131 the Request-URI. Typically, the entity-body is stored with this
|
|
6132 encoding and is only decoded before rendering or analogous usage.
|
|
6133
|
|
6134 If multiple encodings have been applied to an entity, the content
|
|
6135 codings MUST be listed in the order in which they were applied.
|
|
6136
|
|
6137 Additional information about the encoding parameters MAY be provided
|
|
6138 by other entity-header fields not defined by this specification.
|
|
6139
|
|
6140 14.13 Content-Language
|
|
6141
|
|
6142 The Content-Language entity-header field describes the natural
|
|
6143 language(s) of the intended audience for the enclosed entity. Note
|
|
6144 that this may not be equivalent to all the languages used within the
|
|
6145 entity-body.
|
|
6146
|
|
6147 Content-Language = "Content-Language" ":" 1#language-tag
|
|
6148
|
|
6149 Language tags are defined in section 3.10. The primary purpose of
|
|
6150 Content-Language is to allow a user to identify and differentiate
|
|
6151 entities according to the user's own preferred language. Thus, if the
|
|
6152 body content is intended only for a Danish-literate audience, the
|
|
6153 appropriate field is
|
|
6154
|
|
6155 Content-Language: da
|
|
6156
|
|
6157 If no Content-Language is specified, the default is that the content
|
|
6158 is intended for all language audiences. This may mean that the sender
|
|
6159
|
|
6160
|
|
6161
|
|
6162 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 110]
|
|
6163
|
|
6164 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
6165
|
|
6166
|
|
6167 does not consider it to be specific to any natural language, or that
|
|
6168 the sender does not know for which language it is intended.
|
|
6169
|
|
6170 Multiple languages MAY be listed for content that is intended for
|
|
6171 multiple audiences. For example, a rendition of the "Treaty of
|
|
6172 Waitangi," presented simultaneously in the original Maori and English
|
|
6173 versions, would call for
|
|
6174
|
|
6175 Content-Language: mi, en
|
|
6176
|
|
6177 However, just because multiple languages are present within an entity
|
|
6178 does not mean that it is intended for multiple linguistic audiences.
|
|
6179 An example would be a beginner's language primer, such as "A First
|
|
6180 Lesson in Latin," which is clearly intended to be used by an
|
|
6181 English-literate audience. In this case, the Content-Language should
|
|
6182 only include "en".
|
|
6183
|
|
6184 Content-Language may be applied to any media type -- it is not
|
|
6185 limited to textual documents.
|
|
6186
|
|
6187 14.14 Content-Length
|
|
6188
|
|
6189 The Content-Length entity-header field indicates the size of the
|
|
6190 message-body, in decimal number of octets, sent to the recipient or,
|
|
6191 in the case of the HEAD method, the size of the entity-body that
|
|
6192 would have been sent had the request been a GET.
|
|
6193
|
|
6194 Content-Length = "Content-Length" ":" 1*DIGIT
|
|
6195
|
|
6196 An example is
|
|
6197
|
|
6198 Content-Length: 3495
|
|
6199
|
|
6200 Applications SHOULD use this field to indicate the size of the
|
|
6201 message-body to be transferred, regardless of the media type of the
|
|
6202 entity. It must be possible for the recipient to reliably determine
|
|
6203 the end of HTTP/1.1 requests containing an entity-body, e.g., because
|
|
6204 the request has a valid Content-Length field, uses Transfer-Encoding:
|
|
6205 chunked or a multipart body.
|
|
6206
|
|
6207 Any Content-Length greater than or equal to zero is a valid value.
|
|
6208 Section 4.4 describes how to determine the length of a message-body
|
|
6209 if a Content-Length is not given.
|
|
6210
|
|
6211
|
|
6212
|
|
6213
|
|
6214
|
|
6215
|
|
6216
|
|
6217
|
|
6218 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 111]
|
|
6219
|
|
6220 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
6221
|
|
6222
|
|
6223 Note: The meaning of this field is significantly different from the
|
|
6224 corresponding definition in MIME, where it is an optional field
|
|
6225 used within the "message/external-body" content-type. In HTTP, it
|
|
6226 SHOULD be sent whenever the message's length can be determined
|
|
6227 prior to being transferred.
|
|
6228
|
|
6229 14.15 Content-Location
|
|
6230
|
|
6231 The Content-Location entity-header field may be used to supply the
|
|
6232 resource location for the entity enclosed in the message. In the case
|
|
6233 where a resource has multiple entities associated with it, and those
|
|
6234 entities actually have separate locations by which they might be
|
|
6235 individually accessed, the server should provide a Content-Location
|
|
6236 for the particular variant which is returned. In addition, a server
|
|
6237 SHOULD provide a Content-Location for the resource corresponding to
|
|
6238 the response entity.
|
|
6239
|
|
6240 Content-Location = "Content-Location" ":"
|
|
6241 ( absoluteURI | relativeURI )
|
|
6242
|
|
6243 If no Content-Base header field is present, the value of Content-
|
|
6244 Location also defines the base URL for the entity (see section
|
|
6245 14.11).
|
|
6246
|
|
6247 The Content-Location value is not a replacement for the original
|
|
6248 requested URI; it is only a statement of the location of the resource
|
|
6249 corresponding to this particular entity at the time of the request.
|
|
6250 Future requests MAY use the Content-Location URI if the desire is to
|
|
6251 identify the source of that particular entity.
|
|
6252
|
|
6253 A cache cannot assume that an entity with a Content-Location
|
|
6254 different from the URI used to retrieve it can be used to respond to
|
|
6255 later requests on that Content-Location URI. However, the Content-
|
|
6256 Location can be used to differentiate between multiple entities
|
|
6257 retrieved from a single requested resource, as described in section
|
|
6258 13.6.
|
|
6259
|
|
6260 If the Content-Location is a relative URI, the URI is interpreted
|
|
6261 relative to any Content-Base URI provided in the response. If no
|
|
6262 Content-Base is provided, the relative URI is interpreted relative to
|
|
6263 the Request-URI.
|
|
6264
|
|
6265
|
|
6266
|
|
6267
|
|
6268
|
|
6269
|
|
6270
|
|
6271
|
|
6272
|
|
6273
|
|
6274 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 112]
|
|
6275
|
|
6276 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
6277
|
|
6278
|
|
6279 14.16 Content-MD5
|
|
6280
|
|
6281 The Content-MD5 entity-header field, as defined in RFC 1864 [23], is
|
|
6282 an MD5 digest of the entity-body for the purpose of providing an
|
|
6283 end-to-end message integrity check (MIC) of the entity-body. (Note: a
|
|
6284 MIC is good for detecting accidental modification of the entity-body
|
|
6285 in transit, but is not proof against malicious attacks.)
|
|
6286
|
|
6287 Content-MD5 = "Content-MD5" ":" md5-digest
|
|
6288
|
|
6289 md5-digest = <base64 of 128 bit MD5 digest as per RFC 1864>
|
|
6290
|
|
6291 The Content-MD5 header field may be generated by an origin server to
|
|
6292 function as an integrity check of the entity-body. Only origin
|
|
6293 servers may generate the Content-MD5 header field; proxies and
|
|
6294 gateways MUST NOT generate it, as this would defeat its value as an
|
|
6295 end-to-end integrity check. Any recipient of the entity-body,
|
|
6296 including gateways and proxies, MAY check that the digest value in
|
|
6297 this header field matches that of the entity-body as received.
|
|
6298
|
|
6299 The MD5 digest is computed based on the content of the entity-body,
|
|
6300 including any Content-Encoding that has been applied, but not
|
|
6301 including any Transfer-Encoding that may have been applied to the
|
|
6302 message-body. If the message is received with a Transfer-Encoding,
|
|
6303 that encoding must be removed prior to checking the Content-MD5 value
|
|
6304 against the received entity.
|
|
6305
|
|
6306 This has the result that the digest is computed on the octets of the
|
|
6307 entity-body exactly as, and in the order that, they would be sent if
|
|
6308 no Transfer-Encoding were being applied.
|
|
6309
|
|
6310 HTTP extends RFC 1864 to permit the digest to be computed for MIME
|
|
6311 composite media-types (e.g., multipart/* and message/rfc822), but
|
|
6312 this does not change how the digest is computed as defined in the
|
|
6313 preceding paragraph.
|
|
6314
|
|
6315 Note: There are several consequences of this. The entity-body for
|
|
6316 composite types may contain many body-parts, each with its own MIME
|
|
6317 and HTTP headers (including Content-MD5, Content-Transfer-Encoding,
|
|
6318 and Content-Encoding headers). If a body-part has a Content-
|
|
6319 Transfer-Encoding or Content-Encoding header, it is assumed that
|
|
6320 the content of the body-part has had the encoding applied, and the
|
|
6321 body-part is included in the Content-MD5 digest as is -- i.e.,
|
|
6322 after the application. The Transfer-Encoding header field is not
|
|
6323 allowed within body-parts.
|
|
6324
|
|
6325 Note: while the definition of Content-MD5 is exactly the same for
|
|
6326 HTTP as in RFC 1864 for MIME entity-bodies, there are several ways
|
|
6327
|
|
6328
|
|
6329
|
|
6330 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 113]
|
|
6331
|
|
6332 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
6333
|
|
6334
|
|
6335 in which the application of Content-MD5 to HTTP entity-bodies
|
|
6336 differs from its application to MIME entity-bodies. One is that
|
|
6337 HTTP, unlike MIME, does not use Content-Transfer-Encoding, and does
|
|
6338 use Transfer-Encoding and Content-Encoding. Another is that HTTP
|
|
6339 more frequently uses binary content types than MIME, so it is worth
|
|
6340 noting that, in such cases, the byte order used to compute the
|
|
6341 digest is the transmission byte order defined for the type. Lastly,
|
|
6342 HTTP allows transmission of text types with any of several line
|
|
6343 break conventions and not just the canonical form using CRLF.
|
|
6344 Conversion of all line breaks to CRLF should not be done before
|
|
6345 computing or checking the digest: the line break convention used in
|
|
6346 the text actually transmitted should be left unaltered when
|
|
6347 computing the digest.
|
|
6348
|
|
6349 14.17 Content-Range
|
|
6350
|
|
6351 The Content-Range entity-header is sent with a partial entity-body to
|
|
6352 specify where in the full entity-body the partial body should be
|
|
6353 inserted. It also indicates the total size of the full entity-body.
|
|
6354 When a server returns a partial response to a client, it must
|
|
6355 describe both the extent of the range covered by the response, and
|
|
6356 the length of the entire entity-body.
|
|
6357
|
|
6358 Content-Range = "Content-Range" ":" content-range-spec
|
|
6359
|
|
6360 content-range-spec = byte-content-range-spec
|
|
6361
|
|
6362 byte-content-range-spec = bytes-unit SP first-byte-pos "-"
|
|
6363 last-byte-pos "/" entity-length
|
|
6364
|
|
6365 entity-length = 1*DIGIT
|
|
6366
|
|
6367 Unlike byte-ranges-specifier values, a byte-content-range-spec may
|
|
6368 only specify one range, and must contain absolute byte positions for
|
|
6369 both the first and last byte of the range.
|
|
6370
|
|
6371 A byte-content-range-spec whose last-byte-pos value is less than its
|
|
6372 first-byte-pos value, or whose entity-length value is less than or
|
|
6373 equal to its last-byte-pos value, is invalid. The recipient of an
|
|
6374 invalid byte-content-range-spec MUST ignore it and any content
|
|
6375 transferred along with it.
|
|
6376
|
|
6377
|
|
6378
|
|
6379
|
|
6380
|
|
6381
|
|
6382
|
|
6383
|
|
6384
|
|
6385
|
|
6386 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 114]
|
|
6387
|
|
6388 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
6389
|
|
6390
|
|
6391 Examples of byte-content-range-spec values, assuming that the entity
|
|
6392 contains a total of 1234 bytes:
|
|
6393
|
|
6394 o The first 500 bytes:
|
|
6395
|
|
6396 bytes 0-499/1234
|
|
6397
|
|
6398 o The second 500 bytes:
|
|
6399
|
|
6400 bytes 500-999/1234
|
|
6401
|
|
6402 o All except for the first 500 bytes:
|
|
6403
|
|
6404 bytes 500-1233/1234
|
|
6405
|
|
6406 o The last 500 bytes:
|
|
6407
|
|
6408 bytes 734-1233/1234
|
|
6409
|
|
6410 When an HTTP message includes the content of a single range (for
|
|
6411 example, a response to a request for a single range, or to a request
|
|
6412 for a set of ranges that overlap without any holes), this content is
|
|
6413 transmitted with a Content-Range header, and a Content-Length header
|
|
6414 showing the number of bytes actually transferred. For example,
|
|
6415
|
|
6416 HTTP/1.1 206 Partial content
|
|
6417 Date: Wed, 15 Nov 1995 06:25:24 GMT
|
|
6418 Last-modified: Wed, 15 Nov 1995 04:58:08 GMT
|
|
6419 Content-Range: bytes 21010-47021/47022
|
|
6420 Content-Length: 26012
|
|
6421 Content-Type: image/gif
|
|
6422
|
|
6423 When an HTTP message includes the content of multiple ranges (for
|
|
6424 example, a response to a request for multiple non-overlapping
|
|
6425 ranges), these are transmitted as a multipart MIME message. The
|
|
6426 multipart MIME content-type used for this purpose is defined in this
|
|
6427 specification to be "multipart/byteranges". See appendix 19.2 for its
|
|
6428 definition.
|
|
6429
|
|
6430 A client that cannot decode a MIME multipart/byteranges message
|
|
6431 should not ask for multiple byte-ranges in a single request.
|
|
6432
|
|
6433 When a client requests multiple byte-ranges in one request, the
|
|
6434 server SHOULD return them in the order that they appeared in the
|
|
6435 request.
|
|
6436
|
|
6437 If the server ignores a byte-range-spec because it is invalid, the
|
|
6438 server should treat the request as if the invalid Range header field
|
|
6439
|
|
6440
|
|
6441
|
|
6442 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 115]
|
|
6443
|
|
6444 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
6445
|
|
6446
|
|
6447 did not exist. (Normally, this means return a 200 response containing
|
|
6448 the full entity). The reason is that the only time a client will make
|
|
6449 such an invalid request is when the entity is smaller than the entity
|
|
6450 retrieved by a prior request.
|
|
6451
|
|
6452 14.18 Content-Type
|
|
6453
|
|
6454 The Content-Type entity-header field indicates the media type of the
|
|
6455 entity-body sent to the recipient or, in the case of the HEAD method,
|
|
6456 the media type that would have been sent had the request been a GET.
|
|
6457
|
|
6458 Content-Type = "Content-Type" ":" media-type
|
|
6459 Media types are defined in section 3.7. An example of the field is
|
|
6460
|
|
6461 Content-Type: text/html; charset=ISO-8859-4
|
|
6462
|
|
6463 Further discussion of methods for identifying the media type of an
|
|
6464 entity is provided in section 7.2.1.
|
|
6465
|
|
6466 14.19 Date
|
|
6467
|
|
6468 The Date general-header field represents the date and time at which
|
|
6469 the message was originated, having the same semantics as orig-date in
|
|
6470 RFC 822. The field value is an HTTP-date, as described in section
|
|
6471 3.3.1.
|
|
6472
|
|
6473 Date = "Date" ":" HTTP-date
|
|
6474
|
|
6475 An example is
|
|
6476
|
|
6477 Date: Tue, 15 Nov 1994 08:12:31 GMT
|
|
6478
|
|
6479 If a message is received via direct connection with the user agent
|
|
6480 (in the case of requests) or the origin server (in the case of
|
|
6481 responses), then the date can be assumed to be the current date at
|
|
6482 the receiving end. However, since the date--as it is believed by the
|
|
6483 origin--is important for evaluating cached responses, origin servers
|
|
6484 MUST include a Date header field in all responses. Clients SHOULD
|
|
6485 only send a Date header field in messages that include an entity-
|
|
6486 body, as in the case of the PUT and POST requests, and even then it
|
|
6487 is optional. A received message which does not have a Date header
|
|
6488 field SHOULD be assigned one by the recipient if the message will be
|
|
6489 cached by that recipient or gatewayed via a protocol which requires a
|
|
6490 Date.
|
|
6491
|
|
6492
|
|
6493
|
|
6494
|
|
6495
|
|
6496
|
|
6497
|
|
6498 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 116]
|
|
6499
|
|
6500 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
6501
|
|
6502
|
|
6503 In theory, the date SHOULD represent the moment just before the
|
|
6504 entity is generated. In practice, the date can be generated at any
|
|
6505 time during the message origination without affecting its semantic
|
|
6506 value.
|
|
6507
|
|
6508 The format of the Date is an absolute date and time as defined by
|
|
6509 HTTP-date in section 3.3; it MUST be sent in RFC1123 [8]-date format.
|
|
6510
|
|
6511 14.20 ETag
|
|
6512
|
|
6513 The ETag entity-header field defines the entity tag for the
|
|
6514 associated entity. The headers used with entity tags are described in
|
|
6515 sections 14.20, 14.25, 14.26 and 14.43. The entity tag may be used
|
|
6516 for comparison with other entities from the same resource (see
|
|
6517 section 13.3.2).
|
|
6518
|
|
6519 ETag = "ETag" ":" entity-tag
|
|
6520
|
|
6521 Examples:
|
|
6522
|
|
6523 ETag: "xyzzy"
|
|
6524 ETag: W/"xyzzy"
|
|
6525 ETag: ""
|
|
6526
|
|
6527 14.21 Expires
|
|
6528
|
|
6529 The Expires entity-header field gives the date/time after which the
|
|
6530 response should be considered stale. A stale cache entry may not
|
|
6531 normally be returned by a cache (either a proxy cache or an user
|
|
6532 agent cache) unless it is first validated with the origin server (or
|
|
6533 with an intermediate cache that has a fresh copy of the entity). See
|
|
6534 section 13.2 for further discussion of the expiration model.
|
|
6535
|
|
6536 The presence of an Expires field does not imply that the original
|
|
6537 resource will change or cease to exist at, before, or after that
|
|
6538 time.
|
|
6539
|
|
6540 The format is an absolute date and time as defined by HTTP-date in
|
|
6541 section 3.3; it MUST be in RFC1123-date format:
|
|
6542
|
|
6543 Expires = "Expires" ":" HTTP-date
|
|
6544
|
|
6545
|
|
6546
|
|
6547
|
|
6548
|
|
6549
|
|
6550
|
|
6551
|
|
6552
|
|
6553
|
|
6554 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 117]
|
|
6555
|
|
6556 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
6557
|
|
6558
|
|
6559 An example of its use is
|
|
6560
|
|
6561 Expires: Thu, 01 Dec 1994 16:00:00 GMT
|
|
6562
|
|
6563 Note: if a response includes a Cache-Control field with the max-age
|
|
6564 directive, that directive overrides the Expires field.
|
|
6565
|
|
6566 HTTP/1.1 clients and caches MUST treat other invalid date formats,
|
|
6567 especially including the value "0", as in the past (i.e., "already
|
|
6568 expired").
|
|
6569
|
|
6570 To mark a response as "already expired," an origin server should use
|
|
6571 an Expires date that is equal to the Date header value. (See the
|
|
6572 rules for expiration calculations in section 13.2.4.)
|
|
6573
|
|
6574 To mark a response as "never expires," an origin server should use an
|
|
6575 Expires date approximately one year from the time the response is
|
|
6576 sent. HTTP/1.1 servers should not send Expires dates more than one
|
|
6577 year in the future.
|
|
6578
|
|
6579 The presence of an Expires header field with a date value of some
|
|
6580 time in the future on an response that otherwise would by default be
|
|
6581 non-cacheable indicates that the response is cachable, unless
|
|
6582 indicated otherwise by a Cache-Control header field (section 14.9).
|
|
6583
|
|
6584 14.22 From
|
|
6585
|
|
6586 The From request-header field, if given, SHOULD contain an Internet
|
|
6587 e-mail address for the human user who controls the requesting user
|
|
6588 agent. The address SHOULD be machine-usable, as defined by mailbox
|
|
6589 in RFC 822 (as updated by RFC 1123 ):
|
|
6590
|
|
6591 From = "From" ":" mailbox
|
|
6592
|
|
6593 An example is:
|
|
6594
|
|
6595 From: webmaster@w3.org
|
|
6596
|
|
6597 This header field MAY be used for logging purposes and as a means for
|
|
6598 identifying the source of invalid or unwanted requests. It SHOULD NOT
|
|
6599 be used as an insecure form of access protection. The interpretation
|
|
6600 of this field is that the request is being performed on behalf of the
|
|
6601 person given, who accepts responsibility for the method performed. In
|
|
6602 particular, robot agents SHOULD include this header so that the
|
|
6603 person responsible for running the robot can be contacted if problems
|
|
6604 occur on the receiving end.
|
|
6605
|
|
6606
|
|
6607
|
|
6608
|
|
6609
|
|
6610 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 118]
|
|
6611
|
|
6612 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
6613
|
|
6614
|
|
6615 The Internet e-mail address in this field MAY be separate from the
|
|
6616 Internet host which issued the request. For example, when a request
|
|
6617 is passed through a proxy the original issuer's address SHOULD be
|
|
6618 used.
|
|
6619
|
|
6620 Note: The client SHOULD not send the From header field without the
|
|
6621 user's approval, as it may conflict with the user's privacy
|
|
6622 interests or their site's security policy. It is strongly
|
|
6623 recommended that the user be able to disable, enable, and modify
|
|
6624 the value of this field at any time prior to a request.
|
|
6625
|
|
6626 14.23 Host
|
|
6627
|
|
6628 The Host request-header field specifies the Internet host and port
|
|
6629 number of the resource being requested, as obtained from the original
|
|
6630 URL given by the user or referring resource (generally an HTTP URL,
|
|
6631 as described in section 3.2.2). The Host field value MUST represent
|
|
6632 the network location of the origin server or gateway given by the
|
|
6633 original URL. This allows the origin server or gateway to
|
|
6634 differentiate between internally-ambiguous URLs, such as the root "/"
|
|
6635 URL of a server for multiple host names on a single IP address.
|
|
6636
|
|
6637 Host = "Host" ":" host [ ":" port ] ; Section 3.2.2
|
|
6638
|
|
6639 A "host" without any trailing port information implies the default
|
|
6640 port for the service requested (e.g., "80" for an HTTP URL). For
|
|
6641 example, a request on the origin server for
|
|
6642 <http://www.w3.org/pub/WWW/> MUST include:
|
|
6643
|
|
6644 GET /pub/WWW/ HTTP/1.1
|
|
6645 Host: www.w3.org
|
|
6646
|
|
6647 A client MUST include a Host header field in all HTTP/1.1 request
|
|
6648 messages on the Internet (i.e., on any message corresponding to a
|
|
6649 request for a URL which includes an Internet host address for the
|
|
6650 service being requested). If the Host field is not already present,
|
|
6651 an HTTP/1.1 proxy MUST add a Host field to the request message prior
|
|
6652 to forwarding it on the Internet. All Internet-based HTTP/1.1 servers
|
|
6653 MUST respond with a 400 status code to any HTTP/1.1 request message
|
|
6654 which lacks a Host header field.
|
|
6655
|
|
6656 See sections 5.2 and 19.5.1 for other requirements relating to Host.
|
|
6657
|
|
6658 14.24 If-Modified-Since
|
|
6659
|
|
6660 The If-Modified-Since request-header field is used with the GET
|
|
6661 method to make it conditional: if the requested variant has not been
|
|
6662 modified since the time specified in this field, an entity will not
|
|
6663
|
|
6664
|
|
6665
|
|
6666 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 119]
|
|
6667
|
|
6668 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
6669
|
|
6670
|
|
6671 be returned from the server; instead, a 304 (not modified) response
|
|
6672 will be returned without any message-body.
|
|
6673
|
|
6674 If-Modified-Since = "If-Modified-Since" ":" HTTP-date
|
|
6675
|
|
6676 An example of the field is:
|
|
6677
|
|
6678 If-Modified-Since: Sat, 29 Oct 1994 19:43:31 GMT
|
|
6679
|
|
6680 A GET method with an If-Modified-Since header and no Range header
|
|
6681 requests that the identified entity be transferred only if it has
|
|
6682 been modified since the date given by the If-Modified-Since header.
|
|
6683 The algorithm for determining this includes the following cases:
|
|
6684
|
|
6685 a)If the request would normally result in anything other than a 200
|
|
6686 (OK) status, or if the passed If-Modified-Since date is invalid, the
|
|
6687 response is exactly the same as for a normal GET. A date which is
|
|
6688 later than the server's current time is invalid.
|
|
6689
|
|
6690 b)If the variant has been modified since the If-Modified-Since date,
|
|
6691 the response is exactly the same as for a normal GET.
|
|
6692
|
|
6693 c)If the variant has not been modified since a valid If-Modified-Since
|
|
6694 date, the server MUST return a 304 (Not Modified) response.
|
|
6695
|
|
6696 The purpose of this feature is to allow efficient updates of cached
|
|
6697 information with a minimum amount of transaction overhead.
|
|
6698
|
|
6699 Note that the Range request-header field modifies the meaning of
|
|
6700 If-Modified-Since; see section 14.36 for full details.
|
|
6701
|
|
6702 Note that If-Modified-Since times are interpreted by the server,
|
|
6703 whose clock may not be synchronized with the client.
|
|
6704
|
|
6705 Note that if a client uses an arbitrary date in the If-Modified-Since
|
|
6706 header instead of a date taken from the Last-Modified header for the
|
|
6707 same request, the client should be aware of the fact that this date
|
|
6708 is interpreted in the server's understanding of time. The client
|
|
6709 should consider unsynchronized clocks and rounding problems due to
|
|
6710 the different encodings of time between the client and server. This
|
|
6711 includes the possibility of race conditions if the document has
|
|
6712 changed between the time it was first requested and the If-Modified-
|
|
6713 Since date of a subsequent request, and the possibility of clock-
|
|
6714 skew-related problems if the If-Modified-Since date is derived from
|
|
6715 the client's clock without correction to the server's clock.
|
|
6716 Corrections for different time bases between client and server are at
|
|
6717 best approximate due to network latency.
|
|
6718
|
|
6719
|
|
6720
|
|
6721
|
|
6722 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 120]
|
|
6723
|
|
6724 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
6725
|
|
6726
|
|
6727 14.25 If-Match
|
|
6728
|
|
6729 The If-Match request-header field is used with a method to make it
|
|
6730 conditional. A client that has one or more entities previously
|
|
6731 obtained from the resource can verify that one of those entities is
|
|
6732 current by including a list of their associated entity tags in the
|
|
6733 If-Match header field. The purpose of this feature is to allow
|
|
6734 efficient updates of cached information with a minimum amount of
|
|
6735 transaction overhead. It is also used, on updating requests, to
|
|
6736 prevent inadvertent modification of the wrong version of a resource.
|
|
6737 As a special case, the value "*" matches any current entity of the
|
|
6738 resource.
|
|
6739
|
|
6740 If-Match = "If-Match" ":" ( "*" | 1#entity-tag )
|
|
6741
|
|
6742 If any of the entity tags match the entity tag of the entity that
|
|
6743 would have been returned in the response to a similar GET request
|
|
6744 (without the If-Match header) on that resource, or if "*" is given
|
|
6745 and any current entity exists for that resource, then the server MAY
|
|
6746 perform the requested method as if the If-Match header field did not
|
|
6747 exist.
|
|
6748
|
|
6749 A server MUST use the strong comparison function (see section 3.11)
|
|
6750 to compare the entity tags in If-Match.
|
|
6751
|
|
6752 If none of the entity tags match, or if "*" is given and no current
|
|
6753 entity exists, the server MUST NOT perform the requested method, and
|
|
6754 MUST return a 412 (Precondition Failed) response. This behavior is
|
|
6755 most useful when the client wants to prevent an updating method, such
|
|
6756 as PUT, from modifying a resource that has changed since the client
|
|
6757 last retrieved it.
|
|
6758
|
|
6759 If the request would, without the If-Match header field, result in
|
|
6760 anything other than a 2xx status, then the If-Match header MUST be
|
|
6761 ignored.
|
|
6762
|
|
6763 The meaning of "If-Match: *" is that the method SHOULD be performed
|
|
6764 if the representation selected by the origin server (or by a cache,
|
|
6765 possibly using the Vary mechanism, see section 14.43) exists, and
|
|
6766 MUST NOT be performed if the representation does not exist.
|
|
6767
|
|
6768
|
|
6769
|
|
6770
|
|
6771
|
|
6772
|
|
6773
|
|
6774
|
|
6775
|
|
6776
|
|
6777
|
|
6778 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 121]
|
|
6779
|
|
6780 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
6781
|
|
6782
|
|
6783 A request intended to update a resource (e.g., a PUT) MAY include an
|
|
6784 If-Match header field to signal that the request method MUST NOT be
|
|
6785 applied if the entity corresponding to the If-Match value (a single
|
|
6786 entity tag) is no longer a representation of that resource. This
|
|
6787 allows the user to indicate that they do not wish the request to be
|
|
6788 successful if the resource has been changed without their knowledge.
|
|
6789 Examples:
|
|
6790
|
|
6791 If-Match: "xyzzy"
|
|
6792 If-Match: "xyzzy", "r2d2xxxx", "c3piozzzz"
|
|
6793 If-Match: *
|
|
6794
|
|
6795 14.26 If-None-Match
|
|
6796
|
|
6797 The If-None-Match request-header field is used with a method to make
|
|
6798 it conditional. A client that has one or more entities previously
|
|
6799 obtained from the resource can verify that none of those entities is
|
|
6800 current by including a list of their associated entity tags in the
|
|
6801 If-None-Match header field. The purpose of this feature is to allow
|
|
6802 efficient updates of cached information with a minimum amount of
|
|
6803 transaction overhead. It is also used, on updating requests, to
|
|
6804 prevent inadvertent modification of a resource which was not known to
|
|
6805 exist.
|
|
6806
|
|
6807 As a special case, the value "*" matches any current entity of the
|
|
6808 resource.
|
|
6809
|
|
6810 If-None-Match = "If-None-Match" ":" ( "*" | 1#entity-tag )
|
|
6811
|
|
6812 If any of the entity tags match the entity tag of the entity that
|
|
6813 would have been returned in the response to a similar GET request
|
|
6814 (without the If-None-Match header) on that resource, or if "*" is
|
|
6815 given and any current entity exists for that resource, then the
|
|
6816 server MUST NOT perform the requested method. Instead, if the request
|
|
6817 method was GET or HEAD, the server SHOULD respond with a 304 (Not
|
|
6818 Modified) response, including the cache-related entity-header fields
|
|
6819 (particularly ETag) of one of the entities that matched. For all
|
|
6820 other request methods, the server MUST respond with a status of 412
|
|
6821 (Precondition Failed).
|
|
6822
|
|
6823 See section 13.3.3 for rules on how to determine if two entity tags
|
|
6824 match. The weak comparison function can only be used with GET or HEAD
|
|
6825 requests.
|
|
6826
|
|
6827 If none of the entity tags match, or if "*" is given and no current
|
|
6828 entity exists, then the server MAY perform the requested method as if
|
|
6829 the If-None-Match header field did not exist.
|
|
6830
|
|
6831
|
|
6832
|
|
6833
|
|
6834 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 122]
|
|
6835
|
|
6836 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
6837
|
|
6838
|
|
6839 If the request would, without the If-None-Match header field, result
|
|
6840 in anything other than a 2xx status, then the If-None-Match header
|
|
6841 MUST be ignored.
|
|
6842
|
|
6843 The meaning of "If-None-Match: *" is that the method MUST NOT be
|
|
6844 performed if the representation selected by the origin server (or by
|
|
6845 a cache, possibly using the Vary mechanism, see section 14.43)
|
|
6846 exists, and SHOULD be performed if the representation does not exist.
|
|
6847 This feature may be useful in preventing races between PUT
|
|
6848 operations.
|
|
6849
|
|
6850 Examples:
|
|
6851
|
|
6852 If-None-Match: "xyzzy"
|
|
6853 If-None-Match: W/"xyzzy"
|
|
6854 If-None-Match: "xyzzy", "r2d2xxxx", "c3piozzzz"
|
|
6855 If-None-Match: W/"xyzzy", W/"r2d2xxxx", W/"c3piozzzz"
|
|
6856 If-None-Match: *
|
|
6857
|
|
6858 14.27 If-Range
|
|
6859
|
|
6860 If a client has a partial copy of an entity in its cache, and wishes
|
|
6861 to have an up-to-date copy of the entire entity in its cache, it
|
|
6862 could use the Range request-header with a conditional GET (using
|
|
6863 either or both of If-Unmodified-Since and If-Match.) However, if the
|
|
6864 condition fails because the entity has been modified, the client
|
|
6865 would then have to make a second request to obtain the entire current
|
|
6866 entity-body.
|
|
6867
|
|
6868 The If-Range header allows a client to "short-circuit" the second
|
|
6869 request. Informally, its meaning is `if the entity is unchanged, send
|
|
6870 me the part(s) that I am missing; otherwise, send me the entire new
|
|
6871 entity.'
|
|
6872
|
|
6873 If-Range = "If-Range" ":" ( entity-tag | HTTP-date )
|
|
6874
|
|
6875 If the client has no entity tag for an entity, but does have a Last-
|
|
6876 Modified date, it may use that date in a If-Range header. (The server
|
|
6877 can distinguish between a valid HTTP-date and any form of entity-tag
|
|
6878 by examining no more than two characters.) The If-Range header should
|
|
6879 only be used together with a Range header, and must be ignored if the
|
|
6880 request does not include a Range header, or if the server does not
|
|
6881 support the sub-range operation.
|
|
6882
|
|
6883
|
|
6884
|
|
6885
|
|
6886
|
|
6887
|
|
6888
|
|
6889
|
|
6890 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 123]
|
|
6891
|
|
6892 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
6893
|
|
6894
|
|
6895 If the entity tag given in the If-Range header matches the current
|
|
6896 entity tag for the entity, then the server should provide the
|
|
6897 specified sub-range of the entity using a 206 (Partial content)
|
|
6898 response. If the entity tag does not match, then the server should
|
|
6899 return the entire entity using a 200 (OK) response.
|
|
6900
|
|
6901 14.28 If-Unmodified-Since
|
|
6902
|
|
6903 The If-Unmodified-Since request-header field is used with a method to
|
|
6904 make it conditional. If the requested resource has not been modified
|
|
6905 since the time specified in this field, the server should perform the
|
|
6906 requested operation as if the If-Unmodified-Since header were not
|
|
6907 present.
|
|
6908
|
|
6909 If the requested variant has been modified since the specified time,
|
|
6910 the server MUST NOT perform the requested operation, and MUST return
|
|
6911 a 412 (Precondition Failed).
|
|
6912
|
|
6913 If-Unmodified-Since = "If-Unmodified-Since" ":" HTTP-date
|
|
6914
|
|
6915 An example of the field is:
|
|
6916
|
|
6917 If-Unmodified-Since: Sat, 29 Oct 1994 19:43:31 GMT
|
|
6918
|
|
6919 If the request normally (i.e., without the If-Unmodified-Since
|
|
6920 header) would result in anything other than a 2xx status, the If-
|
|
6921 Unmodified-Since header should be ignored.
|
|
6922
|
|
6923 If the specified date is invalid, the header is ignored.
|
|
6924
|
|
6925 14.29 Last-Modified
|
|
6926
|
|
6927 The Last-Modified entity-header field indicates the date and time at
|
|
6928 which the origin server believes the variant was last modified.
|
|
6929
|
|
6930 Last-Modified = "Last-Modified" ":" HTTP-date
|
|
6931
|
|
6932 An example of its use is
|
|
6933
|
|
6934 Last-Modified: Tue, 15 Nov 1994 12:45:26 GMT
|
|
6935
|
|
6936 The exact meaning of this header field depends on the implementation
|
|
6937 of the origin server and the nature of the original resource. For
|
|
6938 files, it may be just the file system last-modified time. For
|
|
6939 entities with dynamically included parts, it may be the most recent
|
|
6940 of the set of last-modify times for its component parts. For database
|
|
6941 gateways, it may be the last-update time stamp of the record. For
|
|
6942 virtual objects, it may be the last time the internal state changed.
|
|
6943
|
|
6944
|
|
6945
|
|
6946 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 124]
|
|
6947
|
|
6948 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
6949
|
|
6950
|
|
6951 An origin server MUST NOT send a Last-Modified date which is later
|
|
6952 than the server's time of message origination. In such cases, where
|
|
6953 the resource's last modification would indicate some time in the
|
|
6954 future, the server MUST replace that date with the message
|
|
6955 origination date.
|
|
6956
|
|
6957 An origin server should obtain the Last-Modified value of the entity
|
|
6958 as close as possible to the time that it generates the Date value of
|
|
6959 its response. This allows a recipient to make an accurate assessment
|
|
6960 of the entity's modification time, especially if the entity changes
|
|
6961 near the time that the response is generated.
|
|
6962
|
|
6963 HTTP/1.1 servers SHOULD send Last-Modified whenever feasible.
|
|
6964
|
|
6965 14.30 Location
|
|
6966
|
|
6967 The Location response-header field is used to redirect the recipient
|
|
6968 to a location other than the Request-URI for completion of the
|
|
6969 request or identification of a new resource. For 201 (Created)
|
|
6970 responses, the Location is that of the new resource which was created
|
|
6971 by the request. For 3xx responses, the location SHOULD indicate the
|
|
6972 server's preferred URL for automatic redirection to the resource. The
|
|
6973 field value consists of a single absolute URL.
|
|
6974
|
|
6975 Location = "Location" ":" absoluteURI
|
|
6976
|
|
6977 An example is
|
|
6978
|
|
6979 Location: http://www.w3.org/pub/WWW/People.html
|
|
6980
|
|
6981 Note: The Content-Location header field (section 14.15) differs
|
|
6982 from Location in that the Content-Location identifies the original
|
|
6983 location of the entity enclosed in the request. It is therefore
|
|
6984 possible for a response to contain header fields for both Location
|
|
6985 and Content-Location. Also see section 13.10 for cache requirements
|
|
6986 of some methods.
|
|
6987
|
|
6988 14.31 Max-Forwards
|
|
6989
|
|
6990 The Max-Forwards request-header field may be used with the TRACE
|
|
6991 method (section 14.31) to limit the number of proxies or gateways
|
|
6992 that can forward the request to the next inbound server. This can be
|
|
6993 useful when the client is attempting to trace a request chain which
|
|
6994 appears to be failing or looping in mid-chain.
|
|
6995
|
|
6996 Max-Forwards = "Max-Forwards" ":" 1*DIGIT
|
|
6997
|
|
6998
|
|
6999
|
|
7000
|
|
7001
|
|
7002 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 125]
|
|
7003
|
|
7004 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
7005
|
|
7006
|
|
7007 The Max-Forwards value is a decimal integer indicating the remaining
|
|
7008 number of times this request message may be forwarded.
|
|
7009
|
|
7010 Each proxy or gateway recipient of a TRACE request containing a Max-
|
|
7011 Forwards header field SHOULD check and update its value prior to
|
|
7012 forwarding the request. If the received value is zero (0), the
|
|
7013 recipient SHOULD NOT forward the request; instead, it SHOULD respond
|
|
7014 as the final recipient with a 200 (OK) response containing the
|
|
7015 received request message as the response entity-body (as described in
|
|
7016 section 9.8). If the received Max-Forwards value is greater than
|
|
7017 zero, then the forwarded message SHOULD contain an updated Max-
|
|
7018 Forwards field with a value decremented by one (1).
|
|
7019
|
|
7020 The Max-Forwards header field SHOULD be ignored for all other methods
|
|
7021 defined by this specification and for any extension methods for which
|
|
7022 it is not explicitly referred to as part of that method definition.
|
|
7023
|
|
7024 14.32 Pragma
|
|
7025
|
|
7026 The Pragma general-header field is used to include implementation-
|
|
7027 specific directives that may apply to any recipient along the
|
|
7028 request/response chain. All pragma directives specify optional
|
|
7029 behavior from the viewpoint of the protocol; however, some systems
|
|
7030 MAY require that behavior be consistent with the directives.
|
|
7031
|
|
7032 Pragma = "Pragma" ":" 1#pragma-directive
|
|
7033
|
|
7034 pragma-directive = "no-cache" | extension-pragma
|
|
7035 extension-pragma = token [ "=" ( token | quoted-string ) ]
|
|
7036
|
|
7037 When the no-cache directive is present in a request message, an
|
|
7038 application SHOULD forward the request toward the origin server even
|
|
7039 if it has a cached copy of what is being requested. This pragma
|
|
7040 directive has the same semantics as the no-cache cache-directive (see
|
|
7041 section 14.9) and is defined here for backwards compatibility with
|
|
7042 HTTP/1.0. Clients SHOULD include both header fields when a no-cache
|
|
7043 request is sent to a server not known to be HTTP/1.1 compliant.
|
|
7044
|
|
7045 Pragma directives MUST be passed through by a proxy or gateway
|
|
7046 application, regardless of their significance to that application,
|
|
7047 since the directives may be applicable to all recipients along the
|
|
7048 request/response chain. It is not possible to specify a pragma for a
|
|
7049 specific recipient; however, any pragma directive not relevant to a
|
|
7050 recipient SHOULD be ignored by that recipient.
|
|
7051
|
|
7052
|
|
7053
|
|
7054
|
|
7055
|
|
7056
|
|
7057
|
|
7058 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 126]
|
|
7059
|
|
7060 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
7061
|
|
7062
|
|
7063 HTTP/1.1 clients SHOULD NOT send the Pragma request-header. HTTP/1.1
|
|
7064 caches SHOULD treat "Pragma: no-cache" as if the client had sent
|
|
7065 "Cache-Control: no-cache". No new Pragma directives will be defined
|
|
7066 in HTTP.
|
|
7067
|
|
7068 14.33 Proxy-Authenticate
|
|
7069
|
|
7070 The Proxy-Authenticate response-header field MUST be included as part
|
|
7071 of a 407 (Proxy Authentication Required) response. The field value
|
|
7072 consists of a challenge that indicates the authentication scheme and
|
|
7073 parameters applicable to the proxy for this Request-URI.
|
|
7074
|
|
7075 Proxy-Authenticate = "Proxy-Authenticate" ":" challenge
|
|
7076
|
|
7077 The HTTP access authentication process is described in section 11.
|
|
7078 Unlike WWW-Authenticate, the Proxy-Authenticate header field applies
|
|
7079 only to the current connection and SHOULD NOT be passed on to
|
|
7080 downstream clients. However, an intermediate proxy may need to obtain
|
|
7081 its own credentials by requesting them from the downstream client,
|
|
7082 which in some circumstances will appear as if the proxy is forwarding
|
|
7083 the Proxy-Authenticate header field.
|
|
7084
|
|
7085 14.34 Proxy-Authorization
|
|
7086
|
|
7087 The Proxy-Authorization request-header field allows the client to
|
|
7088 identify itself (or its user) to a proxy which requires
|
|
7089 authentication. The Proxy-Authorization field value consists of
|
|
7090 credentials containing the authentication information of the user
|
|
7091 agent for the proxy and/or realm of the resource being requested.
|
|
7092
|
|
7093 Proxy-Authorization = "Proxy-Authorization" ":" credentials
|
|
7094
|
|
7095 The HTTP access authentication process is described in section 11.
|
|
7096 Unlike Authorization, the Proxy-Authorization header field applies
|
|
7097 only to the next outbound proxy that demanded authentication using
|
|
7098 the Proxy-Authenticate field. When multiple proxies are used in a
|
|
7099 chain, the Proxy-Authorization header field is consumed by the first
|
|
7100 outbound proxy that was expecting to receive credentials. A proxy MAY
|
|
7101 relay the credentials from the client request to the next proxy if
|
|
7102 that is the mechanism by which the proxies cooperatively authenticate
|
|
7103 a given request.
|
|
7104
|
|
7105 14.35 Public
|
|
7106
|
|
7107 The Public response-header field lists the set of methods supported
|
|
7108 by the server. The purpose of this field is strictly to inform the
|
|
7109 recipient of the capabilities of the server regarding unusual
|
|
7110 methods. The methods listed may or may not be applicable to the
|
|
7111
|
|
7112
|
|
7113
|
|
7114 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 127]
|
|
7115
|
|
7116 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
7117
|
|
7118
|
|
7119 Request-URI; the Allow header field (section 14.7) MAY be used to
|
|
7120 indicate methods allowed for a particular URI.
|
|
7121
|
|
7122 Public = "Public" ":" 1#method
|
|
7123
|
|
7124 Example of use:
|
|
7125
|
|
7126 Public: OPTIONS, MGET, MHEAD, GET, HEAD
|
|
7127
|
|
7128 This header field applies only to the server directly connected to
|
|
7129 the client (i.e., the nearest neighbor in a chain of connections). If
|
|
7130 the response passes through a proxy, the proxy MUST either remove the
|
|
7131 Public header field or replace it with one applicable to its own
|
|
7132 capabilities.
|
|
7133
|
|
7134 14.36 Range
|
|
7135
|
|
7136 14.36.1 Byte Ranges
|
|
7137
|
|
7138 Since all HTTP entities are represented in HTTP messages as sequences
|
|
7139 of bytes, the concept of a byte range is meaningful for any HTTP
|
|
7140 entity. (However, not all clients and servers need to support byte-
|
|
7141 range operations.)
|
|
7142
|
|
7143 Byte range specifications in HTTP apply to the sequence of bytes in
|
|
7144 the entity-body (not necessarily the same as the message-body).
|
|
7145
|
|
7146 A byte range operation may specify a single range of bytes, or a set
|
|
7147 of ranges within a single entity.
|
|
7148
|
|
7149 ranges-specifier = byte-ranges-specifier
|
|
7150
|
|
7151 byte-ranges-specifier = bytes-unit "=" byte-range-set
|
|
7152
|
|
7153 byte-range-set = 1#( byte-range-spec | suffix-byte-range-spec )
|
|
7154
|
|
7155 byte-range-spec = first-byte-pos "-" [last-byte-pos]
|
|
7156
|
|
7157 first-byte-pos = 1*DIGIT
|
|
7158
|
|
7159 last-byte-pos = 1*DIGIT
|
|
7160
|
|
7161 The first-byte-pos value in a byte-range-spec gives the byte-offset
|
|
7162 of the first byte in a range. The last-byte-pos value gives the
|
|
7163 byte-offset of the last byte in the range; that is, the byte
|
|
7164 positions specified are inclusive. Byte offsets start at zero.
|
|
7165
|
|
7166
|
|
7167
|
|
7168
|
|
7169
|
|
7170 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 128]
|
|
7171
|
|
7172 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
7173
|
|
7174
|
|
7175 If the last-byte-pos value is present, it must be greater than or
|
|
7176 equal to the first-byte-pos in that byte-range-spec, or the byte-
|
|
7177 range-spec is invalid. The recipient of an invalid byte-range-spec
|
|
7178 must ignore it.
|
|
7179
|
|
7180 If the last-byte-pos value is absent, or if the value is greater than
|
|
7181 or equal to the current length of the entity-body, last-byte-pos is
|
|
7182 taken to be equal to one less than the current length of the entity-
|
|
7183 body in bytes.
|
|
7184
|
|
7185 By its choice of last-byte-pos, a client can limit the number of
|
|
7186 bytes retrieved without knowing the size of the entity.
|
|
7187
|
|
7188 suffix-byte-range-spec = "-" suffix-length
|
|
7189
|
|
7190 suffix-length = 1*DIGIT
|
|
7191
|
|
7192 A suffix-byte-range-spec is used to specify the suffix of the
|
|
7193 entity-body, of a length given by the suffix-length value. (That is,
|
|
7194 this form specifies the last N bytes of an entity-body.) If the
|
|
7195 entity is shorter than the specified suffix-length, the entire
|
|
7196 entity-body is used.
|
|
7197
|
|
7198 Examples of byte-ranges-specifier values (assuming an entity-body of
|
|
7199 length 10000):
|
|
7200
|
|
7201 o The first 500 bytes (byte offsets 0-499, inclusive):
|
|
7202
|
|
7203 bytes=0-499
|
|
7204
|
|
7205 o The second 500 bytes (byte offsets 500-999, inclusive):
|
|
7206
|
|
7207 bytes=500-999
|
|
7208
|
|
7209 o The final 500 bytes (byte offsets 9500-9999, inclusive):
|
|
7210
|
|
7211 bytes=-500
|
|
7212
|
|
7213 o Or
|
|
7214
|
|
7215 bytes=9500-
|
|
7216
|
|
7217 o The first and last bytes only (bytes 0 and 9999):
|
|
7218
|
|
7219 bytes=0-0,-1
|
|
7220
|
|
7221
|
|
7222
|
|
7223
|
|
7224
|
|
7225
|
|
7226 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 129]
|
|
7227
|
|
7228 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
7229
|
|
7230
|
|
7231 o Several legal but not canonical specifications of the second
|
|
7232 500 bytes (byte offsets 500-999, inclusive):
|
|
7233
|
|
7234 bytes=500-600,601-999
|
|
7235
|
|
7236 bytes=500-700,601-999
|
|
7237
|
|
7238 14.36.2 Range Retrieval Requests
|
|
7239
|
|
7240 HTTP retrieval requests using conditional or unconditional GET
|
|
7241 methods may request one or more sub-ranges of the entity, instead of
|
|
7242 the entire entity, using the Range request header, which applies to
|
|
7243 the entity returned as the result of the request:
|
|
7244
|
|
7245 Range = "Range" ":" ranges-specifier
|
|
7246
|
|
7247 A server MAY ignore the Range header. However, HTTP/1.1 origin
|
|
7248 servers and intermediate caches SHOULD support byte ranges when
|
|
7249 possible, since Range supports efficient recovery from partially
|
|
7250 failed transfers, and supports efficient partial retrieval of large
|
|
7251 entities.
|
|
7252
|
|
7253 If the server supports the Range header and the specified range or
|
|
7254 ranges are appropriate for the entity:
|
|
7255
|
|
7256 o The presence of a Range header in an unconditional GET modifies
|
|
7257 what is returned if the GET is otherwise successful. In other
|
|
7258 words, the response carries a status code of 206 (Partial
|
|
7259 Content) instead of 200 (OK).
|
|
7260
|
|
7261 o The presence of a Range header in a conditional GET (a request
|
|
7262 using one or both of If-Modified-Since and If-None-Match, or
|
|
7263 one or both of If-Unmodified-Since and If-Match) modifies what
|
|
7264 is returned if the GET is otherwise successful and the condition
|
|
7265 is true. It does not affect the 304 (Not Modified) response
|
|
7266 returned if the conditional is false.
|
|
7267
|
|
7268 In some cases, it may be more appropriate to use the If-Range header
|
|
7269 (see section 14.27) in addition to the Range header.
|
|
7270
|
|
7271 If a proxy that supports ranges receives a Range request, forwards
|
|
7272 the request to an inbound server, and receives an entire entity in
|
|
7273 reply, it SHOULD only return the requested range to its client. It
|
|
7274 SHOULD store the entire received response in its cache, if that is
|
|
7275 consistent with its cache allocation policies.
|
|
7276
|
|
7277
|
|
7278
|
|
7279
|
|
7280
|
|
7281
|
|
7282 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 130]
|
|
7283
|
|
7284 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
7285
|
|
7286
|
|
7287 14.37 Referer
|
|
7288
|
|
7289 The Referer[sic] request-header field allows the client to specify,
|
|
7290 for the server's benefit, the address (URI) of the resource from
|
|
7291 which the Request-URI was obtained (the "referrer", although the
|
|
7292 header field is misspelled.) The Referer request-header allows a
|
|
7293 server to generate lists of back-links to resources for interest,
|
|
7294 logging, optimized caching, etc. It also allows obsolete or mistyped
|
|
7295 links to be traced for maintenance. The Referer field MUST NOT be
|
|
7296 sent if the Request-URI was obtained from a source that does not have
|
|
7297 its own URI, such as input from the user keyboard.
|
|
7298
|
|
7299 Referer = "Referer" ":" ( absoluteURI | relativeURI )
|
|
7300
|
|
7301 Example:
|
|
7302
|
|
7303 Referer: http://www.w3.org/hypertext/DataSources/Overview.html
|
|
7304
|
|
7305 If the field value is a partial URI, it SHOULD be interpreted
|
|
7306 relative to the Request-URI. The URI MUST NOT include a fragment.
|
|
7307
|
|
7308 Note: Because the source of a link may be private information or
|
|
7309 may reveal an otherwise private information source, it is strongly
|
|
7310 recommended that the user be able to select whether or not the
|
|
7311 Referer field is sent. For example, a browser client could have a
|
|
7312 toggle switch for browsing openly/anonymously, which would
|
|
7313 respectively enable/disable the sending of Referer and From
|
|
7314 information.
|
|
7315
|
|
7316 14.38 Retry-After
|
|
7317
|
|
7318 The Retry-After response-header field can be used with a 503 (Service
|
|
7319 Unavailable) response to indicate how long the service is expected to
|
|
7320 be unavailable to the requesting client. The value of this field can
|
|
7321 be either an HTTP-date or an integer number of seconds (in decimal)
|
|
7322 after the time of the response.
|
|
7323
|
|
7324 Retry-After = "Retry-After" ":" ( HTTP-date | delta-seconds )
|
|
7325
|
|
7326 Two examples of its use are
|
|
7327
|
|
7328 Retry-After: Fri, 31 Dec 1999 23:59:59 GMT
|
|
7329 Retry-After: 120
|
|
7330
|
|
7331 In the latter example, the delay is 2 minutes.
|
|
7332
|
|
7333
|
|
7334
|
|
7335
|
|
7336
|
|
7337
|
|
7338 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 131]
|
|
7339
|
|
7340 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
7341
|
|
7342
|
|
7343 14.39 Server
|
|
7344
|
|
7345 The Server response-header field contains information about the
|
|
7346 software used by the origin server to handle the request. The field
|
|
7347 can contain multiple product tokens (section 3.8) and comments
|
|
7348 identifying the server and any significant subproducts. The product
|
|
7349 tokens are listed in order of their significance for identifying the
|
|
7350 application.
|
|
7351
|
|
7352 Server = "Server" ":" 1*( product | comment )
|
|
7353
|
|
7354 Example:
|
|
7355
|
|
7356 Server: CERN/3.0 libwww/2.17
|
|
7357
|
|
7358 If the response is being forwarded through a proxy, the proxy
|
|
7359 application MUST NOT modify the Server response-header. Instead, it
|
|
7360 SHOULD include a Via field (as described in section 14.44).
|
|
7361
|
|
7362 Note: Revealing the specific software version of the server may
|
|
7363 allow the server machine to become more vulnerable to attacks
|
|
7364 against software that is known to contain security holes. Server
|
|
7365 implementers are encouraged to make this field a configurable
|
|
7366 option.
|
|
7367
|
|
7368 14.40 Transfer-Encoding
|
|
7369
|
|
7370 The Transfer-Encoding general-header field indicates what (if any)
|
|
7371 type of transformation has been applied to the message body in order
|
|
7372 to safely transfer it between the sender and the recipient. This
|
|
7373 differs from the Content-Encoding in that the transfer coding is a
|
|
7374 property of the message, not of the entity.
|
|
7375
|
|
7376 Transfer-Encoding = "Transfer-Encoding" ":" 1#transfer-
|
|
7377 coding
|
|
7378
|
|
7379 Transfer codings are defined in section 3.6. An example is:
|
|
7380
|
|
7381 Transfer-Encoding: chunked
|
|
7382
|
|
7383 Many older HTTP/1.0 applications do not understand the Transfer-
|
|
7384 Encoding header.
|
|
7385
|
|
7386 14.41 Upgrade
|
|
7387
|
|
7388 The Upgrade general-header allows the client to specify what
|
|
7389 additional communication protocols it supports and would like to use
|
|
7390 if the server finds it appropriate to switch protocols. The server
|
|
7391
|
|
7392
|
|
7393
|
|
7394 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 132]
|
|
7395
|
|
7396 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
7397
|
|
7398
|
|
7399 MUST use the Upgrade header field within a 101 (Switching Protocols)
|
|
7400 response to indicate which protocol(s) are being switched.
|
|
7401
|
|
7402 Upgrade = "Upgrade" ":" 1#product
|
|
7403
|
|
7404 For example,
|
|
7405
|
|
7406 Upgrade: HTTP/2.0, SHTTP/1.3, IRC/6.9, RTA/x11
|
|
7407
|
|
7408 The Upgrade header field is intended to provide a simple mechanism
|
|
7409 for transition from HTTP/1.1 to some other, incompatible protocol. It
|
|
7410 does so by allowing the client to advertise its desire to use another
|
|
7411 protocol, such as a later version of HTTP with a higher major version
|
|
7412 number, even though the current request has been made using HTTP/1.1.
|
|
7413 This eases the difficult transition between incompatible protocols by
|
|
7414 allowing the client to initiate a request in the more commonly
|
|
7415 supported protocol while indicating to the server that it would like
|
|
7416 to use a "better" protocol if available (where "better" is determined
|
|
7417 by the server, possibly according to the nature of the method and/or
|
|
7418 resource being requested).
|
|
7419
|
|
7420 The Upgrade header field only applies to switching application-layer
|
|
7421 protocols upon the existing transport-layer connection. Upgrade
|
|
7422 cannot be used to insist on a protocol change; its acceptance and use
|
|
7423 by the server is optional. The capabilities and nature of the
|
|
7424 application-layer communication after the protocol change is entirely
|
|
7425 dependent upon the new protocol chosen, although the first action
|
|
7426 after changing the protocol MUST be a response to the initial HTTP
|
|
7427 request containing the Upgrade header field.
|
|
7428
|
|
7429 The Upgrade header field only applies to the immediate connection.
|
|
7430 Therefore, the upgrade keyword MUST be supplied within a Connection
|
|
7431 header field (section 14.10) whenever Upgrade is present in an
|
|
7432 HTTP/1.1 message.
|
|
7433
|
|
7434 The Upgrade header field cannot be used to indicate a switch to a
|
|
7435 protocol on a different connection. For that purpose, it is more
|
|
7436 appropriate to use a 301, 302, 303, or 305 redirection response.
|
|
7437
|
|
7438 This specification only defines the protocol name "HTTP" for use by
|
|
7439 the family of Hypertext Transfer Protocols, as defined by the HTTP
|
|
7440 version rules of section 3.1 and future updates to this
|
|
7441 specification. Any token can be used as a protocol name; however, it
|
|
7442 will only be useful if both the client and server associate the name
|
|
7443 with the same protocol.
|
|
7444
|
|
7445
|
|
7446
|
|
7447
|
|
7448
|
|
7449
|
|
7450 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 133]
|
|
7451
|
|
7452 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
7453
|
|
7454
|
|
7455 14.42 User-Agent
|
|
7456
|
|
7457 The User-Agent request-header field contains information about the
|
|
7458 user agent originating the request. This is for statistical purposes,
|
|
7459 the tracing of protocol violations, and automated recognition of user
|
|
7460 agents for the sake of tailoring responses to avoid particular user
|
|
7461 agent limitations. User agents SHOULD include this field with
|
|
7462 requests. The field can contain multiple product tokens (section 3.8)
|
|
7463 and comments identifying the agent and any subproducts which form a
|
|
7464 significant part of the user agent. By convention, the product tokens
|
|
7465 are listed in order of their significance for identifying the
|
|
7466 application.
|
|
7467
|
|
7468 User-Agent = "User-Agent" ":" 1*( product | comment )
|
|
7469
|
|
7470 Example:
|
|
7471
|
|
7472 User-Agent: CERN-LineMode/2.15 libwww/2.17b3
|
|
7473
|
|
7474 14.43 Vary
|
|
7475
|
|
7476 The Vary response-header field is used by a server to signal that the
|
|
7477 response entity was selected from the available representations of
|
|
7478 the response using server-driven negotiation (section 12). Field-
|
|
7479 names listed in Vary headers are those of request-headers. The Vary
|
|
7480 field value indicates either that the given set of header fields
|
|
7481 encompass the dimensions over which the representation might vary, or
|
|
7482 that the dimensions of variance are unspecified ("*") and thus may
|
|
7483 vary over any aspect of future requests.
|
|
7484
|
|
7485 Vary = "Vary" ":" ( "*" | 1#field-name )
|
|
7486
|
|
7487 An HTTP/1.1 server MUST include an appropriate Vary header field with
|
|
7488 any cachable response that is subject to server-driven negotiation.
|
|
7489 Doing so allows a cache to properly interpret future requests on that
|
|
7490 resource and informs the user agent about the presence of negotiation
|
|
7491 on that resource. A server SHOULD include an appropriate Vary header
|
|
7492 field with a non-cachable response that is subject to server-driven
|
|
7493 negotiation, since this might provide the user agent with useful
|
|
7494 information about the dimensions over which the response might vary.
|
|
7495
|
|
7496 The set of header fields named by the Vary field value is known as
|
|
7497 the "selecting" request-headers.
|
|
7498
|
|
7499 When the cache receives a subsequent request whose Request-URI
|
|
7500 specifies one or more cache entries including a Vary header, the
|
|
7501 cache MUST NOT use such a cache entry to construct a response to the
|
|
7502 new request unless all of the headers named in the cached Vary header
|
|
7503
|
|
7504
|
|
7505
|
|
7506 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 134]
|
|
7507
|
|
7508 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
7509
|
|
7510
|
|
7511 are present in the new request, and all of the stored selecting
|
|
7512 request-headers from the previous request match the corresponding
|
|
7513 headers in the new request.
|
|
7514
|
|
7515 The selecting request-headers from two requests are defined to match
|
|
7516 if and only if the selecting request-headers in the first request can
|
|
7517 be transformed to the selecting request-headers in the second request
|
|
7518 by adding or removing linear whitespace (LWS) at places where this is
|
|
7519 allowed by the corresponding BNF, and/or combining multiple message-
|
|
7520 header fields with the same field name following the rules about
|
|
7521 message headers in section 4.2.
|
|
7522
|
|
7523 A Vary field value of "*" signals that unspecified parameters,
|
|
7524 possibly other than the contents of request-header fields (e.g., the
|
|
7525 network address of the client), play a role in the selection of the
|
|
7526 response representation. Subsequent requests on that resource can
|
|
7527 only be properly interpreted by the origin server, and thus a cache
|
|
7528 MUST forward a (possibly conditional) request even when it has a
|
|
7529 fresh response cached for the resource. See section 13.6 for use of
|
|
7530 the Vary header by caches.
|
|
7531
|
|
7532 A Vary field value consisting of a list of field-names signals that
|
|
7533 the representation selected for the response is based on a selection
|
|
7534 algorithm which considers ONLY the listed request-header field values
|
|
7535 in selecting the most appropriate representation. A cache MAY assume
|
|
7536 that the same selection will be made for future requests with the
|
|
7537 same values for the listed field names, for the duration of time in
|
|
7538 which the response is fresh.
|
|
7539
|
|
7540 The field-names given are not limited to the set of standard
|
|
7541 request-header fields defined by this specification. Field names are
|
|
7542 case-insensitive.
|
|
7543
|
|
7544 14.44 Via
|
|
7545
|
|
7546 The Via general-header field MUST be used by gateways and proxies to
|
|
7547 indicate the intermediate protocols and recipients between the user
|
|
7548 agent and the server on requests, and between the origin server and
|
|
7549 the client on responses. It is analogous to the "Received" field of
|
|
7550 RFC 822 and is intended to be used for tracking message forwards,
|
|
7551 avoiding request loops, and identifying the protocol capabilities of
|
|
7552 all senders along the request/response chain.
|
|
7553
|
|
7554
|
|
7555
|
|
7556
|
|
7557
|
|
7558
|
|
7559
|
|
7560
|
|
7561
|
|
7562 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 135]
|
|
7563
|
|
7564 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
7565
|
|
7566
|
|
7567 Via = "Via" ":" 1#( received-protocol received-by [ comment ] )
|
|
7568
|
|
7569 received-protocol = [ protocol-name "/" ] protocol-version
|
|
7570 protocol-name = token
|
|
7571 protocol-version = token
|
|
7572 received-by = ( host [ ":" port ] ) | pseudonym
|
|
7573 pseudonym = token
|
|
7574
|
|
7575 The received-protocol indicates the protocol version of the message
|
|
7576 received by the server or client along each segment of the
|
|
7577 request/response chain. The received-protocol version is appended to
|
|
7578 the Via field value when the message is forwarded so that information
|
|
7579 about the protocol capabilities of upstream applications remains
|
|
7580 visible to all recipients.
|
|
7581
|
|
7582 The protocol-name is optional if and only if it would be "HTTP". The
|
|
7583 received-by field is normally the host and optional port number of a
|
|
7584 recipient server or client that subsequently forwarded the message.
|
|
7585 However, if the real host is considered to be sensitive information,
|
|
7586 it MAY be replaced by a pseudonym. If the port is not given, it MAY
|
|
7587 be assumed to be the default port of the received-protocol.
|
|
7588
|
|
7589 Multiple Via field values represent each proxy or gateway that has
|
|
7590 forwarded the message. Each recipient MUST append its information
|
|
7591 such that the end result is ordered according to the sequence of
|
|
7592 forwarding applications.
|
|
7593
|
|
7594 Comments MAY be used in the Via header field to identify the software
|
|
7595 of the recipient proxy or gateway, analogous to the User-Agent and
|
|
7596 Server header fields. However, all comments in the Via field are
|
|
7597 optional and MAY be removed by any recipient prior to forwarding the
|
|
7598 message.
|
|
7599
|
|
7600 For example, a request message could be sent from an HTTP/1.0 user
|
|
7601 agent to an internal proxy code-named "fred", which uses HTTP/1.1 to
|
|
7602 forward the request to a public proxy at nowhere.com, which completes
|
|
7603 the request by forwarding it to the origin server at www.ics.uci.edu.
|
|
7604 The request received by www.ics.uci.edu would then have the following
|
|
7605 Via header field:
|
|
7606
|
|
7607 Via: 1.0 fred, 1.1 nowhere.com (Apache/1.1)
|
|
7608
|
|
7609 Proxies and gateways used as a portal through a network firewall
|
|
7610 SHOULD NOT, by default, forward the names and ports of hosts within
|
|
7611 the firewall region. This information SHOULD only be propagated if
|
|
7612 explicitly enabled. If not enabled, the received-by host of any host
|
|
7613 behind the firewall SHOULD be replaced by an appropriate pseudonym
|
|
7614 for that host.
|
|
7615
|
|
7616
|
|
7617
|
|
7618 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 136]
|
|
7619
|
|
7620 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
7621
|
|
7622
|
|
7623 For organizations that have strong privacy requirements for hiding
|
|
7624 internal structures, a proxy MAY combine an ordered subsequence of
|
|
7625 Via header field entries with identical received-protocol values into
|
|
7626 a single such entry. For example,
|
|
7627
|
|
7628 Via: 1.0 ricky, 1.1 ethel, 1.1 fred, 1.0 lucy
|
|
7629
|
|
7630 could be collapsed to
|
|
7631
|
|
7632 Via: 1.0 ricky, 1.1 mertz, 1.0 lucy
|
|
7633
|
|
7634 Applications SHOULD NOT combine multiple entries unless they are all
|
|
7635 under the same organizational control and the hosts have already been
|
|
7636 replaced by pseudonyms. Applications MUST NOT combine entries which
|
|
7637 have different received-protocol values.
|
|
7638
|
|
7639 14.45 Warning
|
|
7640
|
|
7641 The Warning response-header field is used to carry additional
|
|
7642 information about the status of a response which may not be reflected
|
|
7643 by the response status code. This information is typically, though
|
|
7644 not exclusively, used to warn about a possible lack of semantic
|
|
7645 transparency from caching operations.
|
|
7646
|
|
7647 Warning headers are sent with responses using:
|
|
7648
|
|
7649 Warning = "Warning" ":" 1#warning-value
|
|
7650
|
|
7651 warning-value = warn-code SP warn-agent SP warn-text
|
|
7652 warn-code = 2DIGIT
|
|
7653 warn-agent = ( host [ ":" port ] ) | pseudonym
|
|
7654 ; the name or pseudonym of the server adding
|
|
7655 ; the Warning header, for use in debugging
|
|
7656 warn-text = quoted-string
|
|
7657
|
|
7658 A response may carry more than one Warning header.
|
|
7659
|
|
7660 The warn-text should be in a natural language and character set that
|
|
7661 is most likely to be intelligible to the human user receiving the
|
|
7662 response. This decision may be based on any available knowledge,
|
|
7663 such as the location of the cache or user, the Accept-Language field
|
|
7664 in a request, the Content-Language field in a response, etc. The
|
|
7665 default language is English and the default character set is ISO-
|
|
7666 8859-1.
|
|
7667
|
|
7668 If a character set other than ISO-8859-1 is used, it MUST be encoded
|
|
7669 in the warn-text using the method described in RFC 1522 [14].
|
|
7670
|
|
7671
|
|
7672
|
|
7673
|
|
7674 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 137]
|
|
7675
|
|
7676 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
7677
|
|
7678
|
|
7679 Any server or cache may add Warning headers to a response. New
|
|
7680 Warning headers should be added after any existing Warning headers. A
|
|
7681 cache MUST NOT delete any Warning header that it received with a
|
|
7682 response. However, if a cache successfully validates a cache entry,
|
|
7683 it SHOULD remove any Warning headers previously attached to that
|
|
7684 entry except as specified for specific Warning codes. It MUST then
|
|
7685 add any Warning headers received in the validating response. In other
|
|
7686 words, Warning headers are those that would be attached to the most
|
|
7687 recent relevant response.
|
|
7688
|
|
7689 When multiple Warning headers are attached to a response, the user
|
|
7690 agent SHOULD display as many of them as possible, in the order that
|
|
7691 they appear in the response. If it is not possible to display all of
|
|
7692 the warnings, the user agent should follow these heuristics:
|
|
7693
|
|
7694 o Warnings that appear early in the response take priority over those
|
|
7695 appearing later in the response.
|
|
7696 o Warnings in the user's preferred character set take priority over
|
|
7697 warnings in other character sets but with identical warn-codes and
|
|
7698 warn-agents.
|
|
7699
|
|
7700 Systems that generate multiple Warning headers should order them with
|
|
7701 this user agent behavior in mind.
|
|
7702
|
|
7703 This is a list of the currently-defined warn-codes, each with a
|
|
7704 recommended warn-text in English, and a description of its meaning.
|
|
7705
|
|
7706 10 Response is stale
|
|
7707 MUST be included whenever the returned response is stale. A cache may
|
|
7708 add this warning to any response, but may never remove it until the
|
|
7709 response is known to be fresh.
|
|
7710
|
|
7711 11 Revalidation failed
|
|
7712 MUST be included if a cache returns a stale response because an
|
|
7713 attempt to revalidate the response failed, due to an inability to
|
|
7714 reach the server. A cache may add this warning to any response, but
|
|
7715 may never remove it until the response is successfully revalidated.
|
|
7716
|
|
7717 12 Disconnected operation
|
|
7718 SHOULD be included if the cache is intentionally disconnected from
|
|
7719 the rest of the network for a period of time.
|
|
7720
|
|
7721 13 Heuristic expiration
|
|
7722 MUST be included if the cache heuristically chose a freshness
|
|
7723 lifetime greater than 24 hours and the response's age is greater than
|
|
7724 24 hours.
|
|
7725
|
|
7726
|
|
7727
|
|
7728
|
|
7729
|
|
7730 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 138]
|
|
7731
|
|
7732 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
7733
|
|
7734
|
|
7735 14 Transformation applied
|
|
7736 MUST be added by an intermediate cache or proxy if it applies any
|
|
7737 transformation changing the content-coding (as specified in the
|
|
7738 Content-Encoding header) or media-type (as specified in the
|
|
7739 Content-Type header) of the response, unless this Warning code
|
|
7740 already appears in the response. MUST NOT be deleted from a response
|
|
7741 even after revalidation.
|
|
7742
|
|
7743 99 Miscellaneous warning
|
|
7744 The warning text may include arbitrary information to be presented to
|
|
7745 a human user, or logged. A system receiving this warning MUST NOT
|
|
7746 take any automated action.
|
|
7747
|
|
7748 14.46 WWW-Authenticate
|
|
7749
|
|
7750 The WWW-Authenticate response-header field MUST be included in 401
|
|
7751 (Unauthorized) response messages. The field value consists of at
|
|
7752 least one challenge that indicates the authentication scheme(s) and
|
|
7753 parameters applicable to the Request-URI.
|
|
7754
|
|
7755 WWW-Authenticate = "WWW-Authenticate" ":" 1#challenge
|
|
7756
|
|
7757 The HTTP access authentication process is described in section 11.
|
|
7758 User agents MUST take special care in parsing the WWW-Authenticate
|
|
7759 field value if it contains more than one challenge, or if more than
|
|
7760 one WWW-Authenticate header field is provided, since the contents of
|
|
7761 a challenge may itself contain a comma-separated list of
|
|
7762 authentication parameters.
|
|
7763
|
|
7764 15 Security Considerations
|
|
7765
|
|
7766 This section is meant to inform application developers, information
|
|
7767 providers, and users of the security limitations in HTTP/1.1 as
|
|
7768 described by this document. The discussion does not include
|
|
7769 definitive solutions to the problems revealed, though it does make
|
|
7770 some suggestions for reducing security risks.
|
|
7771
|
|
7772 15.1 Authentication of Clients
|
|
7773
|
|
7774 The Basic authentication scheme is not a secure method of user
|
|
7775 authentication, nor does it in any way protect the entity, which is
|
|
7776 transmitted in clear text across the physical network used as the
|
|
7777 carrier. HTTP does not prevent additional authentication schemes and
|
|
7778 encryption mechanisms from being employed to increase security or the
|
|
7779 addition of enhancements (such as schemes to use one-time passwords)
|
|
7780 to Basic authentication.
|
|
7781
|
|
7782
|
|
7783
|
|
7784
|
|
7785
|
|
7786 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 139]
|
|
7787
|
|
7788 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
7789
|
|
7790
|
|
7791 The most serious flaw in Basic authentication is that it results in
|
|
7792 the essentially clear text transmission of the user's password over
|
|
7793 the physical network. It is this problem which Digest Authentication
|
|
7794 attempts to address.
|
|
7795
|
|
7796 Because Basic authentication involves the clear text transmission of
|
|
7797 passwords it SHOULD never be used (without enhancements) to protect
|
|
7798 sensitive or valuable information.
|
|
7799
|
|
7800 A common use of Basic authentication is for identification purposes
|
|
7801 -- requiring the user to provide a user name and password as a means
|
|
7802 of identification, for example, for purposes of gathering accurate
|
|
7803 usage statistics on a server. When used in this way it is tempting to
|
|
7804 think that there is no danger in its use if illicit access to the
|
|
7805 protected documents is not a major concern. This is only correct if
|
|
7806 the server issues both user name and password to the users and in
|
|
7807 particular does not allow the user to choose his or her own password.
|
|
7808 The danger arises because naive users frequently reuse a single
|
|
7809 password to avoid the task of maintaining multiple passwords.
|
|
7810
|
|
7811 If a server permits users to select their own passwords, then the
|
|
7812 threat is not only illicit access to documents on the server but also
|
|
7813 illicit access to the accounts of all users who have chosen to use
|
|
7814 their account password. If users are allowed to choose their own
|
|
7815 password that also means the server must maintain files containing
|
|
7816 the (presumably encrypted) passwords. Many of these may be the
|
|
7817 account passwords of users perhaps at distant sites. The owner or
|
|
7818 administrator of such a system could conceivably incur liability if
|
|
7819 this information is not maintained in a secure fashion.
|
|
7820
|
|
7821 Basic Authentication is also vulnerable to spoofing by counterfeit
|
|
7822 servers. If a user can be led to believe that he is connecting to a
|
|
7823 host containing information protected by basic authentication when in
|
|
7824 fact he is connecting to a hostile server or gateway then the
|
|
7825 attacker can request a password, store it for later use, and feign an
|
|
7826 error. This type of attack is not possible with Digest Authentication
|
|
7827 [32]. Server implementers SHOULD guard against the possibility of
|
|
7828 this sort of counterfeiting by gateways or CGI scripts. In particular
|
|
7829 it is very dangerous for a server to simply turn over a connection to
|
|
7830 a gateway since that gateway can then use the persistent connection
|
|
7831 mechanism to engage in multiple transactions with the client while
|
|
7832 impersonating the original server in a way that is not detectable by
|
|
7833 the client.
|
|
7834
|
|
7835 15.2 Offering a Choice of Authentication Schemes
|
|
7836
|
|
7837 An HTTP/1.1 server may return multiple challenges with a 401
|
|
7838 (Authenticate) response, and each challenge may use a different
|
|
7839
|
|
7840
|
|
7841
|
|
7842 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 140]
|
|
7843
|
|
7844 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
7845
|
|
7846
|
|
7847 scheme. The order of the challenges returned to the user agent is in
|
|
7848 the order that the server would prefer they be chosen. The server
|
|
7849 should order its challenges with the "most secure" authentication
|
|
7850 scheme first. A user agent should choose as the challenge to be made
|
|
7851 to the user the first one that the user agent understands.
|
|
7852
|
|
7853 When the server offers choices of authentication schemes using the
|
|
7854 WWW-Authenticate header, the "security" of the authentication is only
|
|
7855 as malicious user could capture the set of challenges and try to
|
|
7856 authenticate him/herself using the weakest of the authentication
|
|
7857 schemes. Thus, the ordering serves more to protect the user's
|
|
7858 credentials than the server's information.
|
|
7859
|
|
7860 A possible man-in-the-middle (MITM) attack would be to add a weak
|
|
7861 authentication scheme to the set of choices, hoping that the client
|
|
7862 will use one that exposes the user's credentials (e.g. password). For
|
|
7863 this reason, the client should always use the strongest scheme that
|
|
7864 it understands from the choices accepted.
|
|
7865
|
|
7866 An even better MITM attack would be to remove all offered choices,
|
|
7867 and to insert a challenge that requests Basic authentication. For
|
|
7868 this reason, user agents that are concerned about this kind of attack
|
|
7869 could remember the strongest authentication scheme ever requested by
|
|
7870 a server and produce a warning message that requires user
|
|
7871 confirmation before using a weaker one. A particularly insidious way
|
|
7872 to mount such a MITM attack would be to offer a "free" proxy caching
|
|
7873 service to gullible users.
|
|
7874
|
|
7875 15.3 Abuse of Server Log Information
|
|
7876
|
|
7877 A server is in the position to save personal data about a user's
|
|
7878 requests which may identify their reading patterns or subjects of
|
|
7879 interest. This information is clearly confidential in nature and its
|
|
7880 handling may be constrained by law in certain countries. People using
|
|
7881 the HTTP protocol to provide data are responsible for ensuring that
|
|
7882 such material is not distributed without the permission of any
|
|
7883 individuals that are identifiable by the published results.
|
|
7884
|
|
7885 15.4 Transfer of Sensitive Information
|
|
7886
|
|
7887 Like any generic data transfer protocol, HTTP cannot regulate the
|
|
7888 content of the data that is transferred, nor is there any a priori
|
|
7889 method of determining the sensitivity of any particular piece of
|
|
7890 information within the context of any given request. Therefore,
|
|
7891 applications SHOULD supply as much control over this information as
|
|
7892 possible to the provider of that information. Four header fields are
|
|
7893 worth special mention in this context: Server, Via, Referer and From.
|
|
7894
|
|
7895
|
|
7896
|
|
7897
|
|
7898 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 141]
|
|
7899
|
|
7900 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
7901
|
|
7902
|
|
7903 Revealing the specific software version of the server may allow the
|
|
7904 server machine to become more vulnerable to attacks against software
|
|
7905 that is known to contain security holes. Implementers SHOULD make the
|
|
7906 Server header field a configurable option.
|
|
7907
|
|
7908 Proxies which serve as a portal through a network firewall SHOULD
|
|
7909 take special precautions regarding the transfer of header information
|
|
7910 that identifies the hosts behind the firewall. In particular, they
|
|
7911 SHOULD remove, or replace with sanitized versions, any Via fields
|
|
7912 generated behind the firewall.
|
|
7913
|
|
7914 The Referer field allows reading patterns to be studied and reverse
|
|
7915 links drawn. Although it can be very useful, its power can be abused
|
|
7916 if user details are not separated from the information contained in
|
|
7917 the Referer. Even when the personal information has been removed, the
|
|
7918 Referer field may indicate a private document's URI whose publication
|
|
7919 would be inappropriate.
|
|
7920
|
|
7921 The information sent in the From field might conflict with the user's
|
|
7922 privacy interests or their site's security policy, and hence it
|
|
7923 SHOULD NOT be transmitted without the user being able to disable,
|
|
7924 enable, and modify the contents of the field. The user MUST be able
|
|
7925 to set the contents of this field within a user preference or
|
|
7926 application defaults configuration.
|
|
7927
|
|
7928 We suggest, though do not require, that a convenient toggle interface
|
|
7929 be provided for the user to enable or disable the sending of From and
|
|
7930 Referer information.
|
|
7931
|
|
7932 15.5 Attacks Based On File and Path Names
|
|
7933
|
|
7934 Implementations of HTTP origin servers SHOULD be careful to restrict
|
|
7935 the documents returned by HTTP requests to be only those that were
|
|
7936 intended by the server administrators. If an HTTP server translates
|
|
7937 HTTP URIs directly into file system calls, the server MUST take
|
|
7938 special care not to serve files that were not intended to be
|
|
7939 delivered to HTTP clients. For example, UNIX, Microsoft Windows, and
|
|
7940 other operating systems use ".." as a path component to indicate a
|
|
7941 directory level above the current one. On such a system, an HTTP
|
|
7942 server MUST disallow any such construct in the Request-URI if it
|
|
7943 would otherwise allow access to a resource outside those intended to
|
|
7944 be accessible via the HTTP server. Similarly, files intended for
|
|
7945 reference only internally to the server (such as access control
|
|
7946 files, configuration files, and script code) MUST be protected from
|
|
7947 inappropriate retrieval, since they might contain sensitive
|
|
7948 information. Experience has shown that minor bugs in such HTTP server
|
|
7949 implementations have turned into security risks.
|
|
7950
|
|
7951
|
|
7952
|
|
7953
|
|
7954 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 142]
|
|
7955
|
|
7956 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
7957
|
|
7958
|
|
7959 15.6 Personal Information
|
|
7960
|
|
7961 HTTP clients are often privy to large amounts of personal information
|
|
7962 (e.g. the user's name, location, mail address, passwords, encryption
|
|
7963 keys, etc.), and SHOULD be very careful to prevent unintentional
|
|
7964 leakage of this information via the HTTP protocol to other sources.
|
|
7965 We very strongly recommend that a convenient interface be provided
|
|
7966 for the user to control dissemination of such information, and that
|
|
7967 designers and implementers be particularly careful in this area.
|
|
7968 History shows that errors in this area are often both serious
|
|
7969 security and/or privacy problems, and often generate highly adverse
|
|
7970 publicity for the implementer's company.
|
|
7971
|
|
7972 15.7 Privacy Issues Connected to Accept Headers
|
|
7973
|
|
7974 Accept request-headers can reveal information about the user to all
|
|
7975 servers which are accessed. The Accept-Language header in particular
|
|
7976 can reveal information the user would consider to be of a private
|
|
7977 nature, because the understanding of particular languages is often
|
|
7978 strongly correlated to the membership of a particular ethnic group.
|
|
7979 User agents which offer the option to configure the contents of an
|
|
7980 Accept-Language header to be sent in every request are strongly
|
|
7981 encouraged to let the configuration process include a message which
|
|
7982 makes the user aware of the loss of privacy involved.
|
|
7983
|
|
7984 An approach that limits the loss of privacy would be for a user agent
|
|
7985 to omit the sending of Accept-Language headers by default, and to ask
|
|
7986 the user whether it should start sending Accept-Language headers to a
|
|
7987 server if it detects, by looking for any Vary response-header fields
|
|
7988 generated by the server, that such sending could improve the quality
|
|
7989 of service.
|
|
7990
|
|
7991 Elaborate user-customized accept header fields sent in every request,
|
|
7992 in particular if these include quality values, can be used by servers
|
|
7993 as relatively reliable and long-lived user identifiers. Such user
|
|
7994 identifiers would allow content providers to do click-trail tracking,
|
|
7995 and would allow collaborating content providers to match cross-server
|
|
7996 click-trails or form submissions of individual users. Note that for
|
|
7997 many users not behind a proxy, the network address of the host
|
|
7998 running the user agent will also serve as a long-lived user
|
|
7999 identifier. In environments where proxies are used to enhance
|
|
8000 privacy, user agents should be conservative in offering accept header
|
|
8001 configuration options to end users. As an extreme privacy measure,
|
|
8002 proxies could filter the accept headers in relayed requests. General
|
|
8003 purpose user agents which provide a high degree of header
|
|
8004 configurability should warn users about the loss of privacy which can
|
|
8005 be involved.
|
|
8006
|
|
8007
|
|
8008
|
|
8009
|
|
8010 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 143]
|
|
8011
|
|
8012 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
8013
|
|
8014
|
|
8015 15.8 DNS Spoofing
|
|
8016
|
|
8017 Clients using HTTP rely heavily on the Domain Name Service, and are
|
|
8018 thus generally prone to security attacks based on the deliberate
|
|
8019 mis-association of IP addresses and DNS names. Clients need to be
|
|
8020 cautious in assuming the continuing validity of an IP number/DNS name
|
|
8021 association.
|
|
8022
|
|
8023 In particular, HTTP clients SHOULD rely on their name resolver for
|
|
8024 confirmation of an IP number/DNS name association, rather than
|
|
8025 caching the result of previous host name lookups. Many platforms
|
|
8026 already can cache host name lookups locally when appropriate, and
|
|
8027 they SHOULD be configured to do so. These lookups should be cached,
|
|
8028 however, only when the TTL (Time To Live) information reported by the
|
|
8029 name server makes it likely that the cached information will remain
|
|
8030 useful.
|
|
8031
|
|
8032 If HTTP clients cache the results of host name lookups in order to
|
|
8033 achieve a performance improvement, they MUST observe the TTL
|
|
8034 information reported by DNS.
|
|
8035
|
|
8036 If HTTP clients do not observe this rule, they could be spoofed when
|
|
8037 a previously-accessed server's IP address changes. As network
|
|
8038 renumbering is expected to become increasingly common, the
|
|
8039 possibility of this form of attack will grow. Observing this
|
|
8040 requirement thus reduces this potential security vulnerability.
|
|
8041
|
|
8042 This requirement also improves the load-balancing behavior of clients
|
|
8043 for replicated servers using the same DNS name and reduces the
|
|
8044 likelihood of a user's experiencing failure in accessing sites which
|
|
8045 use that strategy.
|
|
8046
|
|
8047 15.9 Location Headers and Spoofing
|
|
8048
|
|
8049 If a single server supports multiple organizations that do not trust
|
|
8050 one another, then it must check the values of Location and Content-
|
|
8051 Location headers in responses that are generated under control of
|
|
8052 said organizations to make sure that they do not attempt to
|
|
8053 invalidate resources over which they have no authority.
|
|
8054
|
|
8055 16 Acknowledgments
|
|
8056
|
|
8057 This specification makes heavy use of the augmented BNF and generic
|
|
8058 constructs defined by David H. Crocker for RFC 822. Similarly, it
|
|
8059 reuses many of the definitions provided by Nathaniel Borenstein and
|
|
8060 Ned Freed for MIME. We hope that their inclusion in this
|
|
8061 specification will help reduce past confusion over the relationship
|
|
8062 between HTTP and Internet mail message formats.
|
|
8063
|
|
8064
|
|
8065
|
|
8066 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 144]
|
|
8067
|
|
8068 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
8069
|
|
8070
|
|
8071 The HTTP protocol has evolved considerably over the past four years.
|
|
8072 It has benefited from a large and active developer community--the
|
|
8073 many people who have participated on the www-talk mailing list--and
|
|
8074 it is that community which has been most responsible for the success
|
|
8075 of HTTP and of the World-Wide Web in general. Marc Andreessen, Robert
|
|
8076 Cailliau, Daniel W. Connolly, Bob Denny, John Franks, Jean-Francois
|
|
8077 Groff, Phillip M. Hallam-Baker, Hakon W. Lie, Ari Luotonen, Rob
|
|
8078 McCool, Lou Montulli, Dave Raggett, Tony Sanders, and Marc
|
|
8079 VanHeyningen deserve special recognition for their efforts in
|
|
8080 defining early aspects of the protocol.
|
|
8081
|
|
8082 This document has benefited greatly from the comments of all those
|
|
8083 participating in the HTTP-WG. In addition to those already mentioned,
|
|
8084 the following individuals have contributed to this specification:
|
|
8085
|
|
8086 Gary Adams Albert Lunde
|
|
8087 Harald Tveit Alvestrand John C. Mallery
|
|
8088 Keith Ball Jean-Philippe Martin-Flatin
|
|
8089 Brian Behlendorf Larry Masinter
|
|
8090 Paul Burchard Mitra
|
|
8091 Maurizio Codogno David Morris
|
|
8092 Mike Cowlishaw Gavin Nicol
|
|
8093 Roman Czyborra Bill Perry
|
|
8094 Michael A. Dolan Jeffrey Perry
|
|
8095 David J. Fiander Scott Powers
|
|
8096 Alan Freier Owen Rees
|
|
8097 Marc Hedlund Luigi Rizzo
|
|
8098 Greg Herlihy David Robinson
|
|
8099 Koen Holtman Marc Salomon
|
|
8100 Alex Hopmann Rich Salz
|
|
8101 Bob Jernigan Allan M. Schiffman
|
|
8102 Shel Kaphan Jim Seidman
|
|
8103 Rohit Khare Chuck Shotton
|
|
8104 John Klensin Eric W. Sink
|
|
8105 Martijn Koster Simon E. Spero
|
|
8106 Alexei Kosut Richard N. Taylor
|
|
8107 David M. Kristol Robert S. Thau
|
|
8108 Daniel LaLiberte Bill (BearHeart) Weinman
|
|
8109 Ben Laurie Francois Yergeau
|
|
8110 Paul J. Leach Mary Ellen Zurko
|
|
8111 Daniel DuBois
|
|
8112
|
|
8113 Much of the content and presentation of the caching design is due to
|
|
8114 suggestions and comments from individuals including: Shel Kaphan,
|
|
8115 Paul Leach, Koen Holtman, David Morris, and Larry Masinter.
|
|
8116
|
|
8117
|
|
8118
|
|
8119
|
|
8120
|
|
8121
|
|
8122 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 145]
|
|
8123
|
|
8124 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
8125
|
|
8126
|
|
8127 Most of the specification of ranges is based on work originally done
|
|
8128 by Ari Luotonen and John Franks, with additional input from Steve
|
|
8129 Zilles.
|
|
8130
|
|
8131 Thanks to the "cave men" of Palo Alto. You know who you are.
|
|
8132
|
|
8133 Jim Gettys (the current editor of this document) wishes particularly
|
|
8134 to thank Roy Fielding, the previous editor of this document, along
|
|
8135 with John Klensin, Jeff Mogul, Paul Leach, Dave Kristol, Koen
|
|
8136 Holtman, John Franks, Alex Hopmann, and Larry Masinter for their
|
|
8137 help.
|
|
8138
|
|
8139 17 References
|
|
8140
|
|
8141 [1] Alvestrand, H., "Tags for the identification of languages", RFC
|
|
8142 1766, UNINETT, March 1995.
|
|
8143
|
|
8144 [2] Anklesaria, F., McCahill, M., Lindner, P., Johnson, D., Torrey,
|
|
8145 D., and B. Alberti. "The Internet Gopher Protocol: (a distributed
|
|
8146 document search and retrieval protocol)", RFC 1436, University of
|
|
8147 Minnesota, March 1993.
|
|
8148
|
|
8149 [3] Berners-Lee, T., "Universal Resource Identifiers in WWW", A
|
|
8150 Unifying Syntax for the Expression of Names and Addresses of Objects
|
|
8151 on the Network as used in the World-Wide Web", RFC 1630, CERN, June
|
|
8152 1994.
|
|
8153
|
|
8154 [4] Berners-Lee, T., Masinter, L., and M. McCahill, "Uniform Resource
|
|
8155 Locators (URL)", RFC 1738, CERN, Xerox PARC, University of Minnesota,
|
|
8156 December 1994.
|
|
8157
|
|
8158 [5] Berners-Lee, T., and D. Connolly, "HyperText Markup Language
|
|
8159 Specification - 2.0", RFC 1866, MIT/LCS, November 1995.
|
|
8160
|
|
8161 [6] Berners-Lee, T., Fielding, R., and H. Frystyk, "Hypertext
|
|
8162 Transfer Protocol -- HTTP/1.0.", RFC 1945 MIT/LCS, UC Irvine, May
|
|
8163 1996.
|
|
8164
|
|
8165 [7] Freed, N., and N. Borenstein, "Multipurpose Internet Mail
|
|
8166 Extensions (MIME) Part One: Format of Internet Message Bodies", RFC
|
|
8167 2045, Innosoft, First Virtual, November 1996.
|
|
8168
|
|
8169 [8] Braden, R., "Requirements for Internet hosts - application and
|
|
8170 support", STD 3, RFC 1123, IETF, October 1989.
|
|
8171
|
|
8172 [9] Crocker, D., "Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text
|
|
8173 Messages", STD 11, RFC 822, UDEL, August 1982.
|
|
8174
|
|
8175
|
|
8176
|
|
8177
|
|
8178 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 146]
|
|
8179
|
|
8180 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
8181
|
|
8182
|
|
8183 [10] Davis, F., Kahle, B., Morris, H., Salem, J., Shen, T., Wang, R.,
|
|
8184 Sui, J., and M. Grinbaum. "WAIS Interface Protocol Prototype
|
|
8185 Functional Specification", (v1.5), Thinking Machines Corporation,
|
|
8186 April 1990.
|
|
8187
|
|
8188 [11] Fielding, R., "Relative Uniform Resource Locators", RFC 1808, UC
|
|
8189 Irvine, June 1995.
|
|
8190
|
|
8191 [12] Horton, M., and R. Adams. "Standard for interchange of USENET
|
|
8192 messages", RFC 1036, AT&T Bell Laboratories, Center for Seismic
|
|
8193 Studies, December 1987.
|
|
8194
|
|
8195 [13] Kantor, B., and P. Lapsley. "Network News Transfer Protocol." A
|
|
8196 Proposed Standard for the Stream-Based Transmission of News", RFC
|
|
8197 977, UC San Diego, UC Berkeley, February 1986.
|
|
8198
|
|
8199 [14] Moore, K., "MIME (Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) Part
|
|
8200 Three: Message Header Extensions for Non-ASCII Text", RFC 2047,
|
|
8201 University of Tennessee, November 1996.
|
|
8202
|
|
8203 [15] Nebel, E., and L. Masinter. "Form-based File Upload in HTML",
|
|
8204 RFC 1867, Xerox Corporation, November 1995.
|
|
8205
|
|
8206 [16] Postel, J., "Simple Mail Transfer Protocol", STD 10, RFC 821,
|
|
8207 USC/ISI, August 1982.
|
|
8208
|
|
8209 [17] Postel, J., "Media Type Registration Procedure", RFC 2048,
|
|
8210 USC/ISI, November 1996.
|
|
8211
|
|
8212 [18] Postel, J., and J. Reynolds, "File Transfer Protocol (FTP)", STD
|
|
8213 9, RFC 959, USC/ISI, October 1985.
|
|
8214
|
|
8215 [19] Reynolds, J., and J. Postel, "Assigned Numbers", STD 2, RFC
|
|
8216 1700, USC/ISI, October 1994.
|
|
8217
|
|
8218 [20] Sollins, K., and L. Masinter, "Functional Requirements for
|
|
8219 Uniform Resource Names", RFC 1737, MIT/LCS, Xerox Corporation,
|
|
8220 December 1994.
|
|
8221
|
|
8222 [21] US-ASCII. Coded Character Set - 7-Bit American Standard Code for
|
|
8223 Information Interchange. Standard ANSI X3.4-1986, ANSI, 1986.
|
|
8224
|
|
8225 [22] ISO-8859. International Standard -- Information Processing --
|
|
8226 8-bit Single-Byte Coded Graphic Character Sets --
|
|
8227 Part 1: Latin alphabet No. 1, ISO 8859-1:1987.
|
|
8228 Part 2: Latin alphabet No. 2, ISO 8859-2, 1987.
|
|
8229 Part 3: Latin alphabet No. 3, ISO 8859-3, 1988.
|
|
8230 Part 4: Latin alphabet No. 4, ISO 8859-4, 1988.
|
|
8231
|
|
8232
|
|
8233
|
|
8234 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 147]
|
|
8235
|
|
8236 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
8237
|
|
8238
|
|
8239 Part 5: Latin/Cyrillic alphabet, ISO 8859-5, 1988.
|
|
8240 Part 6: Latin/Arabic alphabet, ISO 8859-6, 1987.
|
|
8241 Part 7: Latin/Greek alphabet, ISO 8859-7, 1987.
|
|
8242 Part 8: Latin/Hebrew alphabet, ISO 8859-8, 1988.
|
|
8243 Part 9: Latin alphabet No. 5, ISO 8859-9, 1990.
|
|
8244
|
|
8245 [23] Meyers, J., and M. Rose "The Content-MD5 Header Field", RFC
|
|
8246 1864, Carnegie Mellon, Dover Beach Consulting, October, 1995.
|
|
8247
|
|
8248 [24] Carpenter, B., and Y. Rekhter, "Renumbering Needs Work", RFC
|
|
8249 1900, IAB, February 1996.
|
|
8250
|
|
8251 [25] Deutsch, P., "GZIP file format specification version 4.3." RFC
|
|
8252 1952, Aladdin Enterprises, May 1996.
|
|
8253
|
|
8254 [26] Venkata N. Padmanabhan and Jeffrey C. Mogul. Improving HTTP
|
|
8255 Latency. Computer Networks and ISDN Systems, v. 28, pp. 25-35, Dec.
|
|
8256 1995. Slightly revised version of paper in Proc. 2nd International
|
|
8257 WWW Conf. '94: Mosaic and the Web, Oct. 1994, which is available at
|
|
8258 http://www.ncsa.uiuc.edu/SDG/IT94/Proceedings/DDay/mogul/
|
|
8259 HTTPLatency.html.
|
|
8260
|
|
8261 [27] Joe Touch, John Heidemann, and Katia Obraczka, "Analysis of HTTP
|
|
8262 Performance", <URL: http://www.isi.edu/lsam/ib/http-perf/>,
|
|
8263 USC/Information Sciences Institute, June 1996
|
|
8264
|
|
8265 [28] Mills, D., "Network Time Protocol, Version 3, Specification,
|
|
8266 Implementation and Analysis", RFC 1305, University of Delaware, March
|
|
8267 1992.
|
|
8268
|
|
8269 [29] Deutsch, P., "DEFLATE Compressed Data Format Specification
|
|
8270 version 1.3." RFC 1951, Aladdin Enterprises, May 1996.
|
|
8271
|
|
8272 [30] Spero, S., "Analysis of HTTP Performance Problems"
|
|
8273 <URL:http://sunsite.unc.edu/mdma-release/http-prob.html>.
|
|
8274
|
|
8275 [31] Deutsch, P., and J-L. Gailly, "ZLIB Compressed Data Format
|
|
8276 Specification version 3.3", RFC 1950, Aladdin Enterprises, Info-ZIP,
|
|
8277 May 1996.
|
|
8278
|
|
8279 [32] Franks, J., Hallam-Baker, P., Hostetler, J., Leach, P.,
|
|
8280 Luotonen, A., Sink, E., and L. Stewart, "An Extension to HTTP :
|
|
8281 Digest Access Authentication", RFC 2069, January 1997.
|
|
8282
|
|
8283
|
|
8284
|
|
8285
|
|
8286
|
|
8287
|
|
8288
|
|
8289
|
|
8290 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 148]
|
|
8291
|
|
8292 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
8293
|
|
8294
|
|
8295 18 Authors' Addresses
|
|
8296
|
|
8297 Roy T. Fielding
|
|
8298 Department of Information and Computer Science
|
|
8299 University of California
|
|
8300 Irvine, CA 92717-3425, USA
|
|
8301
|
|
8302 Fax: +1 (714) 824-4056
|
|
8303 EMail: fielding@ics.uci.edu
|
|
8304
|
|
8305
|
|
8306 Jim Gettys
|
|
8307 MIT Laboratory for Computer Science
|
|
8308 545 Technology Square
|
|
8309 Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
|
|
8310
|
|
8311 Fax: +1 (617) 258 8682
|
|
8312 EMail: jg@w3.org
|
|
8313
|
|
8314
|
|
8315 Jeffrey C. Mogul
|
|
8316 Western Research Laboratory
|
|
8317 Digital Equipment Corporation
|
|
8318 250 University Avenue
|
|
8319 Palo Alto, California, 94305, USA
|
|
8320
|
|
8321 EMail: mogul@wrl.dec.com
|
|
8322
|
|
8323
|
|
8324 Henrik Frystyk Nielsen
|
|
8325 W3 Consortium
|
|
8326 MIT Laboratory for Computer Science
|
|
8327 545 Technology Square
|
|
8328 Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
|
|
8329
|
|
8330 Fax: +1 (617) 258 8682
|
|
8331 EMail: frystyk@w3.org
|
|
8332
|
|
8333
|
|
8334 Tim Berners-Lee
|
|
8335 Director, W3 Consortium
|
|
8336 MIT Laboratory for Computer Science
|
|
8337 545 Technology Square
|
|
8338 Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
|
|
8339
|
|
8340 Fax: +1 (617) 258 8682
|
|
8341 EMail: timbl@w3.org
|
|
8342
|
|
8343
|
|
8344
|
|
8345
|
|
8346 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 149]
|
|
8347
|
|
8348 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
8349
|
|
8350
|
|
8351 19 Appendices
|
|
8352
|
|
8353 19.1 Internet Media Type message/http
|
|
8354
|
|
8355 In addition to defining the HTTP/1.1 protocol, this document serves
|
|
8356 as the specification for the Internet media type "message/http". The
|
|
8357 following is to be registered with IANA.
|
|
8358
|
|
8359 Media Type name: message
|
|
8360 Media subtype name: http
|
|
8361 Required parameters: none
|
|
8362 Optional parameters: version, msgtype
|
|
8363
|
|
8364 version: The HTTP-Version number of the enclosed message
|
|
8365 (e.g., "1.1"). If not present, the version can be
|
|
8366 determined from the first line of the body.
|
|
8367
|
|
8368 msgtype: The message type -- "request" or "response". If not
|
|
8369 present, the type can be determined from the first
|
|
8370 line of the body.
|
|
8371
|
|
8372 Encoding considerations: only "7bit", "8bit", or "binary" are
|
|
8373 permitted
|
|
8374
|
|
8375 Security considerations: none
|
|
8376
|
|
8377 19.2 Internet Media Type multipart/byteranges
|
|
8378
|
|
8379 When an HTTP message includes the content of multiple ranges (for
|
|
8380 example, a response to a request for multiple non-overlapping
|
|
8381 ranges), these are transmitted as a multipart MIME message. The
|
|
8382 multipart media type for this purpose is called
|
|
8383 "multipart/byteranges".
|
|
8384
|
|
8385 The multipart/byteranges media type includes two or more parts, each
|
|
8386 with its own Content-Type and Content-Range fields. The parts are
|
|
8387 separated using a MIME boundary parameter.
|
|
8388
|
|
8389 Media Type name: multipart
|
|
8390 Media subtype name: byteranges
|
|
8391 Required parameters: boundary
|
|
8392 Optional parameters: none
|
|
8393
|
|
8394 Encoding considerations: only "7bit", "8bit", or "binary" are
|
|
8395 permitted
|
|
8396
|
|
8397 Security considerations: none
|
|
8398
|
|
8399
|
|
8400
|
|
8401
|
|
8402 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 150]
|
|
8403
|
|
8404 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
8405
|
|
8406
|
|
8407 For example:
|
|
8408
|
|
8409 HTTP/1.1 206 Partial content
|
|
8410 Date: Wed, 15 Nov 1995 06:25:24 GMT
|
|
8411 Last-modified: Wed, 15 Nov 1995 04:58:08 GMT
|
|
8412 Content-type: multipart/byteranges; boundary=THIS_STRING_SEPARATES
|
|
8413
|
|
8414 --THIS_STRING_SEPARATES
|
|
8415 Content-type: application/pdf
|
|
8416 Content-range: bytes 500-999/8000
|
|
8417
|
|
8418 ...the first range...
|
|
8419 --THIS_STRING_SEPARATES
|
|
8420 Content-type: application/pdf
|
|
8421 Content-range: bytes 7000-7999/8000
|
|
8422
|
|
8423 ...the second range
|
|
8424 --THIS_STRING_SEPARATES--
|
|
8425
|
|
8426 19.3 Tolerant Applications
|
|
8427
|
|
8428 Although this document specifies the requirements for the generation
|
|
8429 of HTTP/1.1 messages, not all applications will be correct in their
|
|
8430 implementation. We therefore recommend that operational applications
|
|
8431 be tolerant of deviations whenever those deviations can be
|
|
8432 interpreted unambiguously.
|
|
8433
|
|
8434 Clients SHOULD be tolerant in parsing the Status-Line and servers
|
|
8435 tolerant when parsing the Request-Line. In particular, they SHOULD
|
|
8436 accept any amount of SP or HT characters between fields, even though
|
|
8437 only a single SP is required.
|
|
8438
|
|
8439 The line terminator for message-header fields is the sequence CRLF.
|
|
8440 However, we recommend that applications, when parsing such headers,
|
|
8441 recognize a single LF as a line terminator and ignore the leading CR.
|
|
8442
|
|
8443 The character set of an entity-body should be labeled as the lowest
|
|
8444 common denominator of the character codes used within that body, with
|
|
8445 the exception that no label is preferred over the labels US-ASCII or
|
|
8446 ISO-8859-1.
|
|
8447
|
|
8448 Additional rules for requirements on parsing and encoding of dates
|
|
8449 and other potential problems with date encodings include:
|
|
8450
|
|
8451 o HTTP/1.1 clients and caches should assume that an RFC-850 date
|
|
8452 which appears to be more than 50 years in the future is in fact
|
|
8453 in the past (this helps solve the "year 2000" problem).
|
|
8454
|
|
8455
|
|
8456
|
|
8457
|
|
8458 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 151]
|
|
8459
|
|
8460 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
8461
|
|
8462
|
|
8463 o An HTTP/1.1 implementation may internally represent a parsed
|
|
8464 Expires date as earlier than the proper value, but MUST NOT
|
|
8465 internally represent a parsed Expires date as later than the
|
|
8466 proper value.
|
|
8467
|
|
8468 o All expiration-related calculations must be done in GMT. The
|
|
8469 local time zone MUST NOT influence the calculation or comparison
|
|
8470 of an age or expiration time.
|
|
8471
|
|
8472 o If an HTTP header incorrectly carries a date value with a time
|
|
8473 zone other than GMT, it must be converted into GMT using the most
|
|
8474 conservative possible conversion.
|
|
8475
|
|
8476 19.4 Differences Between HTTP Entities and MIME Entities
|
|
8477
|
|
8478 HTTP/1.1 uses many of the constructs defined for Internet Mail (RFC
|
|
8479 822) and the Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions (MIME ) to allow
|
|
8480 entities to be transmitted in an open variety of representations and
|
|
8481 with extensible mechanisms. However, MIME [7] discusses mail, and
|
|
8482 HTTP has a few features that are different from those described in
|
|
8483 MIME. These differences were carefully chosen to optimize
|
|
8484 performance over binary connections, to allow greater freedom in the
|
|
8485 use of new media types, to make date comparisons easier, and to
|
|
8486 acknowledge the practice of some early HTTP servers and clients.
|
|
8487
|
|
8488 This appendix describes specific areas where HTTP differs from MIME.
|
|
8489 Proxies and gateways to strict MIME environments SHOULD be aware of
|
|
8490 these differences and provide the appropriate conversions where
|
|
8491 necessary. Proxies and gateways from MIME environments to HTTP also
|
|
8492 need to be aware of the differences because some conversions may be
|
|
8493 required.
|
|
8494
|
|
8495 19.4.1 Conversion to Canonical Form
|
|
8496
|
|
8497 MIME requires that an Internet mail entity be converted to canonical
|
|
8498 form prior to being transferred. Section 3.7.1 of this document
|
|
8499 describes the forms allowed for subtypes of the "text" media type
|
|
8500 when transmitted over HTTP. MIME requires that content with a type of
|
|
8501 "text" represent line breaks as CRLF and forbids the use of CR or LF
|
|
8502 outside of line break sequences. HTTP allows CRLF, bare CR, and bare
|
|
8503 LF to indicate a line break within text content when a message is
|
|
8504 transmitted over HTTP.
|
|
8505
|
|
8506 Where it is possible, a proxy or gateway from HTTP to a strict MIME
|
|
8507 environment SHOULD translate all line breaks within the text media
|
|
8508 types described in section 3.7.1 of this document to the MIME
|
|
8509 canonical form of CRLF. Note, however, that this may be complicated
|
|
8510 by the presence of a Content-Encoding and by the fact that HTTP
|
|
8511
|
|
8512
|
|
8513
|
|
8514 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 152]
|
|
8515
|
|
8516 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
8517
|
|
8518
|
|
8519 allows the use of some character sets which do not use octets 13 and
|
|
8520 10 to represent CR and LF, as is the case for some multi-byte
|
|
8521 character sets.
|
|
8522
|
|
8523 19.4.2 Conversion of Date Formats
|
|
8524
|
|
8525 HTTP/1.1 uses a restricted set of date formats (section 3.3.1) to
|
|
8526 simplify the process of date comparison. Proxies and gateways from
|
|
8527 other protocols SHOULD ensure that any Date header field present in a
|
|
8528 message conforms to one of the HTTP/1.1 formats and rewrite the date
|
|
8529 if necessary.
|
|
8530
|
|
8531 19.4.3 Introduction of Content-Encoding
|
|
8532
|
|
8533 MIME does not include any concept equivalent to HTTP/1.1's Content-
|
|
8534 Encoding header field. Since this acts as a modifier on the media
|
|
8535 type, proxies and gateways from HTTP to MIME-compliant protocols MUST
|
|
8536 either change the value of the Content-Type header field or decode
|
|
8537 the entity-body before forwarding the message. (Some experimental
|
|
8538 applications of Content-Type for Internet mail have used a media-type
|
|
8539 parameter of ";conversions=<content-coding>" to perform an equivalent
|
|
8540 function as Content-Encoding. However, this parameter is not part of
|
|
8541 MIME.)
|
|
8542
|
|
8543 19.4.4 No Content-Transfer-Encoding
|
|
8544
|
|
8545 HTTP does not use the Content-Transfer-Encoding (CTE) field of MIME.
|
|
8546 Proxies and gateways from MIME-compliant protocols to HTTP MUST
|
|
8547 remove any non-identity CTE ("quoted-printable" or "base64") encoding
|
|
8548 prior to delivering the response message to an HTTP client.
|
|
8549
|
|
8550 Proxies and gateways from HTTP to MIME-compliant protocols are
|
|
8551 responsible for ensuring that the message is in the correct format
|
|
8552 and encoding for safe transport on that protocol, where "safe
|
|
8553 transport" is defined by the limitations of the protocol being used.
|
|
8554 Such a proxy or gateway SHOULD label the data with an appropriate
|
|
8555 Content-Transfer-Encoding if doing so will improve the likelihood of
|
|
8556 safe transport over the destination protocol.
|
|
8557
|
|
8558 19.4.5 HTTP Header Fields in Multipart Body-Parts
|
|
8559
|
|
8560 In MIME, most header fields in multipart body-parts are generally
|
|
8561 ignored unless the field name begins with "Content-". In HTTP/1.1,
|
|
8562 multipart body-parts may contain any HTTP header fields which are
|
|
8563 significant to the meaning of that part.
|
|
8564
|
|
8565
|
|
8566
|
|
8567
|
|
8568
|
|
8569
|
|
8570 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 153]
|
|
8571
|
|
8572 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
8573
|
|
8574
|
|
8575 19.4.6 Introduction of Transfer-Encoding
|
|
8576
|
|
8577 HTTP/1.1 introduces the Transfer-Encoding header field (section
|
|
8578 14.40). Proxies/gateways MUST remove any transfer coding prior to
|
|
8579 forwarding a message via a MIME-compliant protocol.
|
|
8580
|
|
8581 A process for decoding the "chunked" transfer coding (section 3.6)
|
|
8582 can be represented in pseudo-code as:
|
|
8583
|
|
8584 length := 0
|
|
8585 read chunk-size, chunk-ext (if any) and CRLF
|
|
8586 while (chunk-size > 0) {
|
|
8587 read chunk-data and CRLF
|
|
8588 append chunk-data to entity-body
|
|
8589 length := length + chunk-size
|
|
8590 read chunk-size and CRLF
|
|
8591 }
|
|
8592 read entity-header
|
|
8593 while (entity-header not empty) {
|
|
8594 append entity-header to existing header fields
|
|
8595 read entity-header
|
|
8596 }
|
|
8597 Content-Length := length
|
|
8598 Remove "chunked" from Transfer-Encoding
|
|
8599
|
|
8600 19.4.7 MIME-Version
|
|
8601
|
|
8602 HTTP is not a MIME-compliant protocol (see appendix 19.4). However,
|
|
8603 HTTP/1.1 messages may include a single MIME-Version general-header
|
|
8604 field to indicate what version of the MIME protocol was used to
|
|
8605 construct the message. Use of the MIME-Version header field indicates
|
|
8606 that the message is in full compliance with the MIME protocol.
|
|
8607 Proxies/gateways are responsible for ensuring full compliance (where
|
|
8608 possible) when exporting HTTP messages to strict MIME environments.
|
|
8609
|
|
8610 MIME-Version = "MIME-Version" ":" 1*DIGIT "." 1*DIGIT
|
|
8611
|
|
8612 MIME version "1.0" is the default for use in HTTP/1.1. However,
|
|
8613 HTTP/1.1 message parsing and semantics are defined by this document
|
|
8614 and not the MIME specification.
|
|
8615
|
|
8616 19.5 Changes from HTTP/1.0
|
|
8617
|
|
8618 This section summarizes major differences between versions HTTP/1.0
|
|
8619 and HTTP/1.1.
|
|
8620
|
|
8621
|
|
8622
|
|
8623
|
|
8624
|
|
8625
|
|
8626 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 154]
|
|
8627
|
|
8628 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
8629
|
|
8630
|
|
8631 19.5.1 Changes to Simplify Multi-homed Web Servers and Conserve IP
|
|
8632 Addresses
|
|
8633
|
|
8634 The requirements that clients and servers support the Host request-
|
|
8635 header, report an error if the Host request-header (section 14.23) is
|
|
8636 missing from an HTTP/1.1 request, and accept absolute URIs (section
|
|
8637 5.1.2) are among the most important changes defined by this
|
|
8638 specification.
|
|
8639
|
|
8640 Older HTTP/1.0 clients assumed a one-to-one relationship of IP
|
|
8641 addresses and servers; there was no other established mechanism for
|
|
8642 distinguishing the intended server of a request than the IP address
|
|
8643 to which that request was directed. The changes outlined above will
|
|
8644 allow the Internet, once older HTTP clients are no longer common, to
|
|
8645 support multiple Web sites from a single IP address, greatly
|
|
8646 simplifying large operational Web servers, where allocation of many
|
|
8647 IP addresses to a single host has created serious problems. The
|
|
8648 Internet will also be able to recover the IP addresses that have been
|
|
8649 allocated for the sole purpose of allowing special-purpose domain
|
|
8650 names to be used in root-level HTTP URLs. Given the rate of growth of
|
|
8651 the Web, and the number of servers already deployed, it is extremely
|
|
8652 important that all implementations of HTTP (including updates to
|
|
8653 existing HTTP/1.0 applications) correctly implement these
|
|
8654 requirements:
|
|
8655
|
|
8656 o Both clients and servers MUST support the Host request-header.
|
|
8657
|
|
8658 o Host request-headers are required in HTTP/1.1 requests.
|
|
8659
|
|
8660 o Servers MUST report a 400 (Bad Request) error if an HTTP/1.1
|
|
8661 request does not include a Host request-header.
|
|
8662
|
|
8663 o Servers MUST accept absolute URIs.
|
|
8664
|
|
8665
|
|
8666
|
|
8667
|
|
8668
|
|
8669
|
|
8670
|
|
8671
|
|
8672
|
|
8673
|
|
8674
|
|
8675
|
|
8676
|
|
8677
|
|
8678
|
|
8679
|
|
8680
|
|
8681
|
|
8682 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 155]
|
|
8683
|
|
8684 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
8685
|
|
8686
|
|
8687 19.6 Additional Features
|
|
8688
|
|
8689 This appendix documents protocol elements used by some existing HTTP
|
|
8690 implementations, but not consistently and correctly across most
|
|
8691 HTTP/1.1 applications. Implementers should be aware of these
|
|
8692 features, but cannot rely upon their presence in, or interoperability
|
|
8693 with, other HTTP/1.1 applications. Some of these describe proposed
|
|
8694 experimental features, and some describe features that experimental
|
|
8695 deployment found lacking that are now addressed in the base HTTP/1.1
|
|
8696 specification.
|
|
8697
|
|
8698 19.6.1 Additional Request Methods
|
|
8699
|
|
8700 19.6.1.1 PATCH
|
|
8701
|
|
8702 The PATCH method is similar to PUT except that the entity contains a
|
|
8703 list of differences between the original version of the resource
|
|
8704 identified by the Request-URI and the desired content of the resource
|
|
8705 after the PATCH action has been applied. The list of differences is
|
|
8706 in a format defined by the media type of the entity (e.g.,
|
|
8707 "application/diff") and MUST include sufficient information to allow
|
|
8708 the server to recreate the changes necessary to convert the original
|
|
8709 version of the resource to the desired version.
|
|
8710
|
|
8711 If the request passes through a cache and the Request-URI identifies
|
|
8712 a currently cached entity, that entity MUST be removed from the
|
|
8713 cache. Responses to this method are not cachable.
|
|
8714
|
|
8715 The actual method for determining how the patched resource is placed,
|
|
8716 and what happens to its predecessor, is defined entirely by the
|
|
8717 origin server. If the original version of the resource being patched
|
|
8718 included a Content-Version header field, the request entity MUST
|
|
8719 include a Derived-From header field corresponding to the value of the
|
|
8720 original Content-Version header field. Applications are encouraged to
|
|
8721 use these fields for constructing versioning relationships and
|
|
8722 resolving version conflicts.
|
|
8723
|
|
8724 PATCH requests must obey the message transmission requirements set
|
|
8725 out in section 8.2.
|
|
8726
|
|
8727 Caches that implement PATCH should invalidate cached responses as
|
|
8728 defined in section 13.10 for PUT.
|
|
8729
|
|
8730 19.6.1.2 LINK
|
|
8731
|
|
8732 The LINK method establishes one or more Link relationships between
|
|
8733 the existing resource identified by the Request-URI and other
|
|
8734 existing resources. The difference between LINK and other methods
|
|
8735
|
|
8736
|
|
8737
|
|
8738 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 156]
|
|
8739
|
|
8740 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
8741
|
|
8742
|
|
8743 allowing links to be established between resources is that the LINK
|
|
8744 method does not allow any message-body to be sent in the request and
|
|
8745 does not directly result in the creation of new resources.
|
|
8746
|
|
8747 If the request passes through a cache and the Request-URI identifies
|
|
8748 a currently cached entity, that entity MUST be removed from the
|
|
8749 cache. Responses to this method are not cachable.
|
|
8750
|
|
8751 Caches that implement LINK should invalidate cached responses as
|
|
8752 defined in section 13.10 for PUT.
|
|
8753
|
|
8754 19.6.1.3 UNLINK
|
|
8755
|
|
8756 The UNLINK method removes one or more Link relationships from the
|
|
8757 existing resource identified by the Request-URI. These relationships
|
|
8758 may have been established using the LINK method or by any other
|
|
8759 method supporting the Link header. The removal of a link to a
|
|
8760 resource does not imply that the resource ceases to exist or becomes
|
|
8761 inaccessible for future references.
|
|
8762
|
|
8763 If the request passes through a cache and the Request-URI identifies
|
|
8764 a currently cached entity, that entity MUST be removed from the
|
|
8765 cache. Responses to this method are not cachable.
|
|
8766
|
|
8767 Caches that implement UNLINK should invalidate cached responses as
|
|
8768 defined in section 13.10 for PUT.
|
|
8769
|
|
8770 19.6.2 Additional Header Field Definitions
|
|
8771
|
|
8772 19.6.2.1 Alternates
|
|
8773
|
|
8774 The Alternates response-header field has been proposed as a means for
|
|
8775 the origin server to inform the client about other available
|
|
8776 representations of the requested resource, along with their
|
|
8777 distinguishing attributes, and thus providing a more reliable means
|
|
8778 for a user agent to perform subsequent selection of another
|
|
8779 representation which better fits the desires of its user (described
|
|
8780 as agent-driven negotiation in section 12).
|
|
8781
|
|
8782
|
|
8783
|
|
8784
|
|
8785
|
|
8786
|
|
8787
|
|
8788
|
|
8789
|
|
8790
|
|
8791
|
|
8792
|
|
8793
|
|
8794 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 157]
|
|
8795
|
|
8796 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
8797
|
|
8798
|
|
8799 The Alternates header field is orthogonal to the Vary header field in
|
|
8800 that both may coexist in a message without affecting the
|
|
8801 interpretation of the response or the available representations. It
|
|
8802 is expected that Alternates will provide a significant improvement
|
|
8803 over the server-driven negotiation provided by the Vary field for
|
|
8804 those resources that vary over common dimensions like type and
|
|
8805 language.
|
|
8806
|
|
8807 The Alternates header field will be defined in a future
|
|
8808 specification.
|
|
8809
|
|
8810 19.6.2.2 Content-Version
|
|
8811
|
|
8812 The Content-Version entity-header field defines the version tag
|
|
8813 associated with a rendition of an evolving entity. Together with the
|
|
8814 Derived-From field described in section 19.6.2.3, it allows a group
|
|
8815 of people to work simultaneously on the creation of a work as an
|
|
8816 iterative process. The field should be used to allow evolution of a
|
|
8817 particular work along a single path rather than derived works or
|
|
8818 renditions in different representations.
|
|
8819
|
|
8820 Content-Version = "Content-Version" ":" quoted-string
|
|
8821
|
|
8822 Examples of the Content-Version field include:
|
|
8823
|
|
8824 Content-Version: "2.1.2"
|
|
8825 Content-Version: "Fred 19950116-12:26:48"
|
|
8826 Content-Version: "2.5a4-omega7"
|
|
8827
|
|
8828 19.6.2.3 Derived-From
|
|
8829
|
|
8830 The Derived-From entity-header field can be used to indicate the
|
|
8831 version tag of the resource from which the enclosed entity was
|
|
8832 derived before modifications were made by the sender. This field is
|
|
8833 used to help manage the process of merging successive changes to a
|
|
8834 resource, particularly when such changes are being made in parallel
|
|
8835 and from multiple sources.
|
|
8836
|
|
8837 Derived-From = "Derived-From" ":" quoted-string
|
|
8838
|
|
8839 An example use of the field is:
|
|
8840
|
|
8841 Derived-From: "2.1.1"
|
|
8842
|
|
8843 The Derived-From field is required for PUT and PATCH requests if the
|
|
8844 entity being sent was previously retrieved from the same URI and a
|
|
8845 Content-Version header was included with the entity when it was last
|
|
8846 retrieved.
|
|
8847
|
|
8848
|
|
8849
|
|
8850 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 158]
|
|
8851
|
|
8852 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
8853
|
|
8854
|
|
8855 19.6.2.4 Link
|
|
8856
|
|
8857 The Link entity-header field provides a means for describing a
|
|
8858 relationship between two resources, generally between the requested
|
|
8859 resource and some other resource. An entity MAY include multiple Link
|
|
8860 values. Links at the metainformation level typically indicate
|
|
8861 relationships like hierarchical structure and navigation paths. The
|
|
8862 Link field is semantically equivalent to the <LINK> element in
|
|
8863 HTML.[5]
|
|
8864
|
|
8865 Link = "Link" ":" #("<" URI ">" *( ";" link-param )
|
|
8866
|
|
8867 link-param = ( ( "rel" "=" relationship )
|
|
8868 | ( "rev" "=" relationship )
|
|
8869 | ( "title" "=" quoted-string )
|
|
8870 | ( "anchor" "=" <"> URI <"> )
|
|
8871 | ( link-extension ) )
|
|
8872
|
|
8873 link-extension = token [ "=" ( token | quoted-string ) ]
|
|
8874
|
|
8875 relationship = sgml-name
|
|
8876 | ( <"> sgml-name *( SP sgml-name) <"> )
|
|
8877
|
|
8878 sgml-name = ALPHA *( ALPHA | DIGIT | "." | "-" )
|
|
8879
|
|
8880 Relationship values are case-insensitive and MAY be extended within
|
|
8881 the constraints of the sgml-name syntax. The title parameter MAY be
|
|
8882 used to label the destination of a link such that it can be used as
|
|
8883 identification within a human-readable menu. The anchor parameter MAY
|
|
8884 be used to indicate a source anchor other than the entire current
|
|
8885 resource, such as a fragment of this resource or a third resource.
|
|
8886
|
|
8887 Examples of usage include:
|
|
8888
|
|
8889 Link: <http://www.cern.ch/TheBook/chapter2>; rel="Previous"
|
|
8890
|
|
8891 Link: <mailto:timbl@w3.org>; rev="Made"; title="Tim Berners-Lee"
|
|
8892
|
|
8893 The first example indicates that chapter2 is previous to this
|
|
8894 resource in a logical navigation path. The second indicates that the
|
|
8895 person responsible for making the resource available is identified by
|
|
8896 the given e-mail address.
|
|
8897
|
|
8898 19.6.2.5 URI
|
|
8899
|
|
8900 The URI header field has, in past versions of this specification,
|
|
8901 been used as a combination of the existing Location, Content-
|
|
8902 Location, and Vary header fields as well as the future Alternates
|
|
8903
|
|
8904
|
|
8905
|
|
8906 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 159]
|
|
8907
|
|
8908 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
8909
|
|
8910
|
|
8911 field (above). Its primary purpose has been to include a list of
|
|
8912 additional URIs for the resource, including names and mirror
|
|
8913 locations. However, it has become clear that the combination of many
|
|
8914 different functions within this single field has been a barrier to
|
|
8915 consistently and correctly implementing any of those functions.
|
|
8916 Furthermore, we believe that the identification of names and mirror
|
|
8917 locations would be better performed via the Link header field. The
|
|
8918 URI header field is therefore deprecated in favor of those other
|
|
8919 fields.
|
|
8920
|
|
8921 URI-header = "URI" ":" 1#( "<" URI ">" )
|
|
8922
|
|
8923 19.7 Compatibility with Previous Versions
|
|
8924
|
|
8925 It is beyond the scope of a protocol specification to mandate
|
|
8926 compliance with previous versions. HTTP/1.1 was deliberately
|
|
8927 designed, however, to make supporting previous versions easy. It is
|
|
8928 worth noting that at the time of composing this specification, we
|
|
8929 would expect commercial HTTP/1.1 servers to:
|
|
8930
|
|
8931 o recognize the format of the Request-Line for HTTP/0.9, 1.0, and 1.1
|
|
8932 requests;
|
|
8933
|
|
8934 o understand any valid request in the format of HTTP/0.9, 1.0, or
|
|
8935 1.1;
|
|
8936
|
|
8937 o respond appropriately with a message in the same major version used
|
|
8938 by the client.
|
|
8939
|
|
8940 And we would expect HTTP/1.1 clients to:
|
|
8941
|
|
8942 o recognize the format of the Status-Line for HTTP/1.0 and 1.1
|
|
8943 responses;
|
|
8944
|
|
8945 o understand any valid response in the format of HTTP/0.9, 1.0, or
|
|
8946 1.1.
|
|
8947
|
|
8948 For most implementations of HTTP/1.0, each connection is established
|
|
8949 by the client prior to the request and closed by the server after
|
|
8950 sending the response. A few implementations implement the Keep-Alive
|
|
8951 version of persistent connections described in section 19.7.1.1.
|
|
8952
|
|
8953
|
|
8954
|
|
8955
|
|
8956
|
|
8957
|
|
8958
|
|
8959
|
|
8960
|
|
8961
|
|
8962 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 160]
|
|
8963
|
|
8964 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
8965
|
|
8966
|
|
8967 19.7.1 Compatibility with HTTP/1.0 Persistent Connections
|
|
8968
|
|
8969 Some clients and servers may wish to be compatible with some previous
|
|
8970 implementations of persistent connections in HTTP/1.0 clients and
|
|
8971 servers. Persistent connections in HTTP/1.0 must be explicitly
|
|
8972 negotiated as they are not the default behavior. HTTP/1.0
|
|
8973 experimental implementations of persistent connections are faulty,
|
|
8974 and the new facilities in HTTP/1.1 are designed to rectify these
|
|
8975 problems. The problem was that some existing 1.0 clients may be
|
|
8976 sending Keep-Alive to a proxy server that doesn't understand
|
|
8977 Connection, which would then erroneously forward it to the next
|
|
8978 inbound server, which would establish the Keep-Alive connection and
|
|
8979 result in a hung HTTP/1.0 proxy waiting for the close on the
|
|
8980 response. The result is that HTTP/1.0 clients must be prevented from
|
|
8981 using Keep-Alive when talking to proxies.
|
|
8982
|
|
8983 However, talking to proxies is the most important use of persistent
|
|
8984 connections, so that prohibition is clearly unacceptable. Therefore,
|
|
8985 we need some other mechanism for indicating a persistent connection
|
|
8986 is desired, which is safe to use even when talking to an old proxy
|
|
8987 that ignores Connection. Persistent connections are the default for
|
|
8988 HTTP/1.1 messages; we introduce a new keyword (Connection: close) for
|
|
8989 declaring non-persistence.
|
|
8990
|
|
8991 The following describes the original HTTP/1.0 form of persistent
|
|
8992 connections.
|
|
8993
|
|
8994 When it connects to an origin server, an HTTP client MAY send the
|
|
8995 Keep-Alive connection-token in addition to the Persist connection-
|
|
8996 token:
|
|
8997
|
|
8998 Connection: Keep-Alive
|
|
8999
|
|
9000 An HTTP/1.0 server would then respond with the Keep-Alive connection
|
|
9001 token and the client may proceed with an HTTP/1.0 (or Keep-Alive)
|
|
9002 persistent connection.
|
|
9003
|
|
9004 An HTTP/1.1 server may also establish persistent connections with
|
|
9005 HTTP/1.0 clients upon receipt of a Keep-Alive connection token.
|
|
9006 However, a persistent connection with an HTTP/1.0 client cannot make
|
|
9007 use of the chunked transfer-coding, and therefore MUST use a
|
|
9008 Content-Length for marking the ending boundary of each message.
|
|
9009
|
|
9010 A client MUST NOT send the Keep-Alive connection token to a proxy
|
|
9011 server as HTTP/1.0 proxy servers do not obey the rules of HTTP/1.1
|
|
9012 for parsing the Connection header field.
|
|
9013
|
|
9014
|
|
9015
|
|
9016
|
|
9017
|
|
9018 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 161]
|
|
9019
|
|
9020 RFC 2068 HTTP/1.1 January 1997
|
|
9021
|
|
9022
|
|
9023 19.7.1.1 The Keep-Alive Header
|
|
9024
|
|
9025 When the Keep-Alive connection-token has been transmitted with a
|
|
9026 request or a response, a Keep-Alive header field MAY also be
|
|
9027 included. The Keep-Alive header field takes the following form:
|
|
9028
|
|
9029 Keep-Alive-header = "Keep-Alive" ":" 0# keepalive-param
|
|
9030
|
|
9031 keepalive-param = param-name "=" value
|
|
9032
|
|
9033 The Keep-Alive header itself is optional, and is used only if a
|
|
9034 parameter is being sent. HTTP/1.1 does not define any parameters.
|
|
9035
|
|
9036 If the Keep-Alive header is sent, the corresponding connection token
|
|
9037 MUST be transmitted. The Keep-Alive header MUST be ignored if
|
|
9038 received without the connection token.
|
|
9039
|
|
9040
|
|
9041
|
|
9042
|
|
9043
|
|
9044
|
|
9045
|
|
9046
|
|
9047
|
|
9048
|
|
9049
|
|
9050
|
|
9051
|
|
9052
|
|
9053
|
|
9054
|
|
9055
|
|
9056
|
|
9057
|
|
9058
|
|
9059
|
|
9060
|
|
9061
|
|
9062
|
|
9063
|
|
9064
|
|
9065
|
|
9066
|
|
9067
|
|
9068
|
|
9069
|
|
9070
|
|
9071
|
|
9072
|
|
9073
|
|
9074 Fielding, et. al. Standards Track [Page 162]
|
|
9075
|